Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
61 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
ālokanam2.4.31NeuterSingularnidhyānam, darśanam, īkṣaṇam, nirvarṇanam
arghaḥ3.3.32MasculineSingularmāsam, amātyaḥ, atyupadhaḥ, medhyaḥ, sitaḥ, pāvakam
aryaḥ3.3.154MasculineSingularasākalyam, gajānāṃmadhyamaṃgatam
bhrūṇaḥ3.3.51MasculineSingularmaurvī, dravyāśritaḥ, sattvādikaḥ, śuklādikaḥ, sandhyādikaḥ
brahmavarcasam2.7.42NeuterSingularvṛttādhyayanardhiḥ
cintāFeminineSingularsmṛtiḥ, ādhyānamrecolection
daraḥ3.3.192MasculineSingularvinā, tādarthyam, paridhānam, avasaraḥ, ātmīyaḥ, bhedaḥ, avadhiḥ, antarātmā, bahiḥ, chidram, antardhiḥ, avakāśaḥ, madhyaḥ
dhāma3.3.131NeuterSingularprabhāvaḥ, adhyāsanam, cakram, puram
gauḥ2.9.67-72FeminineSingularupasaryā, rohiṇī, bahusūtiḥ, kapilā, navasūtikā, ekahāyanī, droṇakṣīrā, bandhyā, saurabheyī, garbhopaghātinī, arjunī, acaṇḍī, dhavalā, vaṣkayiṇī, dvivarṣā, pīnoghnī, tryabdā, samāṃsamīnā, sandhinī, vaśā, praṣṭhauhī, naicikī, pareṣṭukā, pāṭalā, suvratā, caturabdā, droṇadugdhā, avatokā, usrā, kālyā, aghnyā, sukarā, kṛṣṇā, dhenuḥ, ekābdā, pīvarastanī, trihāyaṇī, māheyī, vehad, śṛṅgiṇī, bālagarbhiṇī, śavalī, cirasūtā, dvihāyanī, sukhasaṃdohyā, caturhāyaṇī, dhenuṣyā, sravadgarbhā, mātā(49)cow
hallakam1.10.36NeuterSingularraktasandhyakamred lotus
joṣam3.3.259MasculineSingularantikam, madhyaḥ
kattṛṇamNeuterSingularpauram, saugandhikam, dhyāmam, devajagdhakam, rauhiṣam
kaukkuṭikaḥ3.3.17MasculineSingularmadhyaratnam, netā
kṛtasapatnikā2.6.7FeminineSingularadhyūḍhā, ‍adhivinnā
kṣamā3.3.150FeminineSingularadhyātmam
kusīdakaḥ2.9.6MasculineSingularvārdhuṣikaḥ, vṛddhyājīvaḥ, vādrdhuṣiḥ
lastakaḥ2.8.86MasculineSingulardhanurmadhyam
madhyadeśaḥ2.1.7MasculineSingularmadhyamaḥ
madhyamam2.6.80NeuterSingularmadhyaḥ, avalagnam
nirākṛtiḥ2.7.58MasculineSingularasvādhyāyaḥ
nirṇiktam3.1.55-56MasculineSingularanavaskaram, śodhitam, mṛṣṭam, niḥśodhyam
nirvādaḥ3.3.97MasculineSingulargoṣṭhādhyakṣaḥ
parāgaḥ3.3.26MasculineSingularsaṃhananam, upāyaḥ, dhyānam, saṅgatiḥ, yuktiḥ
pradhānam3.1.58NeuterSingularagryaḥ, agraḥ, pravarhaḥ, mukhyaḥ, pravekaḥ, agriyaḥ, prāgryaḥ, parārdhyaḥ, vareṇyaḥ, uttamaḥ, pramukhaḥ, agrīyaḥ, prāgraharaḥ, anavarārdhyaḥ, varyaḥ, anuttamaḥ
puṣyaḥMasculineSingularsidhyaḥ, tiṣyaḥphysails feloxuosa
pūtam3.1.54MasculineSingularpavitram, medhyam
rājādanaḥ2.2.45MasculineSingularphalādhyakṣaḥ, kṣīrikā
śūlam3.3.204MasculineSingularkālaḥ, maryādā, abdhyambuvikṛtiḥ
svarāḥ1.7.1MasculinePluralṣaḍjaḥ, madhyamaḥ, dhaivataḥ, niṣādaḥ, pañcamaḥ, ṛṣabhaḥ, gāndhāraḥa note of the musical scale or gamut
tryabdā2.9.69FeminineSingularbandhyā
upādhyāyaḥ2.7.7MasculineSingularadhyāpakaḥ
upādhyāyānī2.6.15FeminineSingularupādhyāyī
upādhyāyī2.6.14FeminineSingularupādhyāyā
utsāhaḥMasculineSingularadhyavasāyaḥperseverance
vegaḥ3.3.25MasculineSingularsṛṣṭiḥ, svabhāvaḥ, nirmokṣaḥ, niścayaḥ, adhyāsaḥ
viśalyā3.3.163FeminineSingularharmyādeḥprakoṣṭhaḥ, kañcī, madhyebhabandhanam
visrambhaḥ3.3.143MasculineSingularadhyakṣaḥ
sandhyā1.4.3-4FeminineSingularpitṛprasūḥevening
trisandhyamNeuterSingularperiods of the day
adhyāhāraḥMasculineSingulartarkaḥ, ūhaḥreasoning
midhyādṛṣṭiḥFeminineSingularnāstikatāheterodox or kerssry
abhidhyāFeminineSingularcoveting another property
madhyadeśaḥ2.1.7MasculineSingularmadhyamaḥ
abandhyaḥ2.4.5MasculineSingularphalegrahiḥ
bandhyaḥMasculineSingularaphalaḥ, avakeśī
dhyamMasculineSingularkundam
madhyamā2.6.8FeminineSingular‍dṛṣṭarajāḥ
upādhyāyī2.6.14FeminineSingularupādhyāyā
upādhyāyānī2.6.15FeminineSingularupādhyāyī
madhyamam2.6.80NeuterSingularmadhyaḥ, avalagnam
madhyamā2.6.83FeminineSingular
upādhyāyaḥ2.7.7MasculineSingularadhyāpakaḥ
adhyeṣaṇā2.7.35FeminineSingularsaniḥ
svādhyāyaḥ2.7.51MasculineSingularjapaḥ
adhyakṣaḥ2.8.6MasculineSingularadhikṛtaḥ
kanakādhyakṣaḥ2.8.7MasculineSingularbhaurikaḥ
rūpyādhyakṣaḥ2.8.7MasculineSingularnaiṣkikaḥ
bandhyā2.9.70FeminineSingular
badhyaḥ3.1.44MasculineSingularśīrṣacchedyaḥ
madhyam3.3.169MasculineSingularyugam, saṃśayaḥ
adhyakṣaḥ3.3.233MasculineSingularsāraṅgaḥ
Monier-Williams Search
1915 results for dhy
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
dhyā dhyāta-, dhyāna- See under dhyai-, below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāf. thinking, meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyai cl.1 P. dhy/āyati- (Epic also te-,or cl.2. dhyāti-; imperative dhyāhi-; Potential dhyāyāt- ; yīta- ; perf. dadhyau- etc.; Aorist /adhyāsīt- ;3. plural dhyāsur- ; future dhyāsyati- ; dhyātā- ; ind.p. dhyātvā- ; -dhyāya- ; dhyāyam- ) to think of, imagine, contemplate, meditate on, call to mind, recollect (with or scilicet manasā-or si-, cetasā-, dhiyā-, hṛdaye-etc.) etc. ; to brood mischief against (accusative) ; (alone) to be thoughtful or meditative etc. ; to let the head hang down (said of an animal) : Passive voice dhyāyate-, to be thought of, etc. ; Causal dhyāpayati- grammar : Desiderative didhyāsate- : Intensive dādhyāyate-, dādhyāti-, dādhyeti- grammar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāmamfn. dark-coloured, black (see śyāma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāman. any or a particular fragrant grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāman. Artemisia Indica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāmakan. a participle kind of grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāmalamfn. dark-coloured, black, impure, unclean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāmalīkṛto make dirty, soil, pollute View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāmīkaraṇan. making dark-coloured, blackening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāmīkaraṇan. burning, consuming View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāmīkṛtamfn. made dark-coloured, blackened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānan. meditation, thought, reflection, (especially) profound and abstract religious meditation, (nam āpad-, ā-sthā-or naṃ-gam-,to indulge in religious meditation) etc. (with Buddhists divided into 4 stages ;but also into 3 ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānan. mental representation of the personal attributes of a deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānan. insensibility, dulness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānam. Name of a particular personification View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānam. of the 11th day of the light half in brahma-'s month View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānabhaṅgam. equals -ccheda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānabindūpaniṣadf. Name of an View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānacakṣusn. the eye of meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānacchedam. interruption of thought or meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānadhīra() mfn. engaged in meditation, thoughtful. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānadīpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānadṛṣṭimfn. seeing with the mind's eye View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānadyutim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānagamyamfn. attainable by meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānāgāram. or n. a room to indulge in meditation
dhyānagocaram. plural a particular class of deities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānāhāram. the nutriment of meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānajapyam. pl. Name of a race (varia lectio kara-j-and dhyāna-puṣṭa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānalakṣaṇan. "mark of meditation", Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānālaṃkāram. Name of a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānamātran. mere meditation, thought alone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānāmbāf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānamudrāf. a prescribed attitude in which to meditate on a deity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānaniṣṭha() mfn. engaged in meditation, thoughtful. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānanitya() mfn. engaged in meditation, thoughtful. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānapara() mfn. engaged in meditation, thoughtful. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānapāramitāf. perfection of meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānaphalan. "fruit of meditation", Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānapuṣṭaSee -japya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānapūtamfn. purified by meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānaśatakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānaśīlāf. Name of a Buddhist goddess. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānāspadan. place of meditation, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānāśrayaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānastha() mfn. absorbed in meditation. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānasthita() mfn. absorbed in meditation. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānastimitalocanamfn. having an eye rigid by meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānataraṃgaṭīkāf. Name of commentator or commentary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānatatparamfn. lost in meditation, thoughtful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānāvacaram. plural Name of a class of Buddhist deities (see na-gocara-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānavallarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānavatmfn. intent on religious meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānayogam. profound meditation (or"meditation and abstraction"), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānayogam. Name of a kind of magic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānayogasaram. Name of an extract from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānayoginmfn. absorbed in meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāniin compound for nin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānibodhisattvam. a spiritual (not material) buddha- or bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānibuddha m. a spiritual (not material) buddha- or bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānikamfn. proceeding from religious meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāninmfn. contemplative, engaged in religious meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāninīyamfn. equals dhyeya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyātamfn. thought of, meditated on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyātamātramfn. merely thought of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyātamātrāgatamfn. appearing when merely thought of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyātamātropagāminmfn. appearing when merely thought of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyātamātropanatamfn. appearing when merely thought of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyātamātropasthitamfn. appearing when merely thought of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyātavyamfn. to be thought of or reflected upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyātṛm. one who reflects upon, a thinker View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyātṛdhyātavyatvan. equals dhyātṛtva- + dhyātavyatva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyātvan. thought, reflection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāyamind. (repeated) meditating on (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāyamānamfn. being reflected or meditated upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāyatmf(antī-)n. thinking, meditating, imagining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāyatim. Name of dhyai- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāyinmfn. absorbed in meditation, quite intent upon or engrossed in (compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyeyamfn. to be meditated on, fit for meditation, to be pondered or imagined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyuṣitamfn. dazzling white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyuṣitāśvam. Name of a prince (varia lectio vyuṣit-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abadhyamfn. unmeaning, nonsensical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abadhyaSee a-vadhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abādhyamfn. not to be opposed or pained. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abandhyamfn. not to be fettered or bound. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abandhyamf(ā-)n. not barren, not unfruitful, fruitful, productive (see a-vandhya-,which is perhaps the better spelling.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abdhyagnim. submarine fire. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhyāf. wish, longing for, desire. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhyai -dhyāyati-, to direct one's intention to, set one's heart upon, intend, desire etc. ; to meditate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhyālumfn. covetous, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhyānan. desiring, longing for (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhyānan. meditation
abhidhyāyinmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') giving one's attention to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhyeyamfn. deserving attention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhyeyamfn. (negative an--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhinidhyaito give attention to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhrānadhyāyam. pause in the study on account of rainy weather View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyadhyayanan. studying (the veda- etc.) at any place (compound), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyayodhyamind. towards or against ayodhyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhyāind. unintentionally. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abudhyamfn. not to be awakened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābudhyan. (fr. a-budha-), want of discernment, foolishness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abudhyamānamfn. not being awake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
acyutopādhyāyam. equals acyuta-jallakin- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
addhyālohakarṇamfn. having ears quite red see adhirūḍha-k/arna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhamārdhyamfn. connected with or referring to the lower part View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyāSee under ā-dhyai-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyāf. = the next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyābhṛ(imperfect tense /adhy-ābharat-) to bring near from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyācar-to use View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyācāram. reach, range, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyādhāto place upon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyadhiind. on high, just above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyadhikṣepam. excessive censure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyadhikṣepam. gross abuse. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyadhīnamfn. completely subject to or dependent on (as a slave) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyadhvamind. on the road, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāgamto meet with. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyagniind. over or by the nuptial fire (property given to the bride). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyagnīkṛtan. property given to the wife at the wedding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyagnyupāgatan. property received by a wife at the wedding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyah perf. -āha-, to speak on behalf of (dative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāhāram. act of supplying (elliptical language) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāharaṇan. ( hṛ-), act of supplying (elliptical language) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāharaṇan. supplement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāharaṇan. act of inferring, inference. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāharaṇīya mfn. to be supplied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāharaṇīyamfn. to be inferred. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāhāriṇīf. (with lipi-) a kind of written character (varia lectio madhyāh-, quod vide), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāhartavyamfn. to be supplied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāhartavyamfn. to be inferred. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāhṛtamfn. supplied, argued. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyai(see ā-dhī-) P. (parasmE-pada -dhyāyat-[ ]; imperative 2. sg. -dhyāhi-[ ]) to meditate on ; to wish or pray for anything for another. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyājyamfn. sprinkled with ghee, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyākāśamind. in the air, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyākramto attack ; to choose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyākramaṇan. stepping over, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyakṣamf(ā-)n. perceptible to the senses, observable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyakṣamf(ā-)n. exercising supervision View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyakṣam. an eye-witness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyakṣam. an inspector, superintendent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyakṣam. the plant Mimusops Kauki (kṣīrikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyakṣaramind. on the subject of syllables View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyakṣaramind. above all syllables (as the mystic om-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyakṣyan. (fr. adhy-akṣa-), superintendence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyaktamfn. ( añj-), equipped, prepared. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyaṃsamfn. being on the shoulder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyānaSee under ā-dhyai-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyānan. meditating upon, reflecting on, remembering with regret, pensive or sorrowful recollection. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyañc aṅ-, īcī-, ak-, tending upwards, eminent, superior View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyaṇḍāf. the plants Carpopogon Pruriens (cowage) and Flacourtia Cataphracta. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāṇḍāf. equals adhy-aṇḍā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyantenaind. close to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyāpakam. a teacher, a religious preceptor (= adhyāpaka- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāpakamfn. a teacher (especially of sacred knowledge). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāpakaetc. See adhī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāpakoditam. styled a teacher. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāpanan. instruction, lecturing. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyapavic -vin/akti-, to put into by singling out from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāpayitṛm. a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāpitamfn. instructed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāpyamfn. fit or proper to be instructed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyarbuda n. a congenital tumour, goitre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhamf(ā-)n. "having an additional half", one and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhakamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhakākiṇīkamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half kākiṇī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhakaṃsam. n. one and a half kaṃsa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhakaṃsamf(ī-)n. amounting to or worth one and a half kaṃsa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhakārṣāpaṇa mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half kārṣāpaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhakārṣāpaṇikamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half kārṣāpaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhakhārīkamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half khārī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhamāṣyamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half māṣa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhapādyamfn. amounting to one foot and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhapaṇyamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half paṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhapratikamfn. amounting to one and a half kārṣāpaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhasahasra mfn. amounting to or worth one thousand five hundred. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhasāhasramfn. amounting to or worth one thousand five hundred. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaśāṇa mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaśāṇyamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaśata mfn. amounting to or bought with one hundred and fifty. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaśatamāna mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śatamāna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaśātamānamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śatamāna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaśatyamfn. amounting to or bought with one hundred and fifty. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhasauvarṇikamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half suvarṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaśūrpamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half śūrpa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhasuvarṇa mfn. amounting to or worth one and a half suvarṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhaviṃśatikīnamfn. amounting to or worth one and a half score or thirty. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyardhopāf. an ūpā- and a half, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyārohaṇan. ascending, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāropam. (in vedānta- philosophy) wrong attribution, erroneous transferring of a statement from one thing to another. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāropaṇaf(ā-)n. idem or 'm. (in vedānta- philosophy) wrong attribution, erroneous transferring of a statement from one thing to another.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāropitamfn. (in vedānta- philosophy) erroneously transferred from one thing to another. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyārūḍhamfn. mounted up, ascended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyārūḍhamfn. above, superior to (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyārūḍhamfn. below, inferior to (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāruhto ascend up on high, mount: Caus. -ropayati-, to cause to mount. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyarvudan. a congenital tumour, goitre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyasto throw or place over or upon ; (in philosophy) to attribute or impute wrongly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsto sit down or lie down upon, to settle upon ; to occupy as one's seat or habitation ; to get into, enter upon ; to be directed to or upon ; to affect, concern ; to preside over, influence, rule ; to cohabit with: Causal P. adhy-āsayati-, to cause to sit down : Desiderative (parasmE-pada adhyāsisiṣamāṇa-) to be about to rise up to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsam. See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsam. (2. as-), imposing (as of a foot) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsam. (in philosophy) equals adhy-āropa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsam. an appendage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsadto sit upon (accusative) : Causal (1. sg. /adhy--sādayāmi-) to set upon (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyaśanan. eating too soon after a meal (before the last meal is digested). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsanan. act of sitting down upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsanan. presiding over View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsanan. a seat, settlement
adhyāsañj(1. sg. -sajāmi-) to hang up, suspend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāśayam. inclination, disposition, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāśayaan imagination, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāśayapurpose, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyāsikamfn. (fr. adhy-āsa- q.v), (in philosophy) belonging to or effected by erroneous attribution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsinmfn. sitting down or seated upon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsīnamfn. seated upon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsitamfn. seated down upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsitamfn. seated in a presidential chair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsitamfn. settled, inhabited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsitan. sitting upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyastamfn. placed over View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyastamfn. disguised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyastamfn. supposed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyasthan. the upper part of a bone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyasthin. a bone growing over another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyaśvim. (fr. adhy-aśva-), Name of a place, (gaRa gahādi-on ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyaśvīyamfn. () belonging to the place ādhyaśvi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāsyāf. (scilicet ṛc-) an additional verse, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātman. the Supreme Spirit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmamfn. own, belonging to self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmacetasm. one who meditates on the Supreme Spirit. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmacintāmaṇim. Name (also title or epithet) of a vedānta- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmadṛśmfn. knowing the Supreme Spirit. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmajñānan. knowledge of the Supreme Spirit or of ātman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmamind. concerning self or individual personality. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmarāmāyaṇan. a rāmāyaṇa-, in which rāma- is identified with the universal spirit (it forms part of the brahmāṇḍa-purāṇa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmaratim. a man delighting in the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmaśāstran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmavidmfn. equals -dṛś-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmavidyāf. equals -jñana-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyātmikamf(ā-and ī-)n. (fr. adhy-ātma-), relating to self or to the soul View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyātmikamf(ā-and ī-)n. proceeding from bodily and mental causes within one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyātmikamf(ā-and ī-)n. relating to the supreme spirit etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyātmikamf(ā-and ī-)n. spiritual, holy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyātmikan. (scilicet duḥkham-), Name of a class of diseases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmikaor better View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyātmikamf(ī-)n. relating to the soul or the Supreme Spirit. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyātmottarakāṇḍan. the last book of the adhyātma-rāmāyaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavahanto thrash upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavahananamfn. serving as an implement on which anything is thrashed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāvāhanikan. that part of a wife's property which, she receives when led in procession from her father's to her husband's house. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāvap --vapati-, to scatter upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāvāpam. the act of sowing or scattering upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavarahto step downwards upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāvasto inhabit, dwell in (accusative or locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasānan. attempt, effort, exertion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasānan. energy, perseverance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasānan. determining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasānan. (in rhetoric) concise and forcible language. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasāyam. idem or 'n. (in rhetoric) concise and forcible language.' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasāyam. (in philosophy) mental effort, apprehension. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasāyaclinging to (earthly things), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasāyayuktamfn. resolute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasāyinmfn. resolute. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasāyitamfn. attempted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavaseyamfn. only to be conceived in the mind, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasitamfn. ascertained, determined, apprehended. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasitif. exertion, effort. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyavasocl.4 P. -syati-, to undertake, attempt, accomplish ; to determine, consider, ascertain.
adhyāyam. a lesson, lecture, chapter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāyam. reading View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāyam. proper time for reading or for a lesson View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāyam. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' a reader (See vedādhyāya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanan. reading, studying, especially the veda-s (one of the six duties of a Brahman), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanaetc. See adhī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanaalso going over, recitation, repetition (of the veda- etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanapuṇyan. religious merit acquired by studying. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanasaṃvṛttif. community of occupation in reciting (the veda- etc.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanatapasīn. dual number study and penance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyayanīyamfn. fit to be read or studied. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāyaśatapāṭham. "Index of One Hundred Chapters", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādhyāyikam. (fr. adhy-āya-), occupied or employed in reading or studying View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāyinmfn. engaged in reading, a student. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyāyopākarmann. the opening ceremony of the annual course of Vedic recitation, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyedhto increase, prosper. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeṣaṇaf(ā-)n. solicitation, asking for instruction. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeṣaṇaSee adhīṣṭa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeṣyamāṇamf(ā-)n. (future p.) intending to study, about to read View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyetavya mfn. to be read. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyetavyaetc. See adhi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyetavyaeyamfn. to be read. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyetṛm. a student, reader. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeya1 mfn. (it is) to be studied or learned (Name (also title or epithet) impersonal or used impersonally), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeya2 mfn. not to be thought of, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyoḍham. = adhy-- ūḍha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyṛdhto expand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyudbhṛto take or carry away from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyuddhif. See /adhy-ūdhnī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyuddhif. ( dha-) ([ ]), a tubular vessel above the udder, or above the scrotum. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyuddhṛ( hṛ-), (Imper. 2. sg. /adhy-/ud-dhara-) to draw (water) from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyūḍhamfn. ( vah-), raised, exalted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyūḍhamfn. affluent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyūḍhamfn. abundant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyūḍham. the son of a woman pregnant before marriage ([ see 1. sahoḍha-]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyūḍham. śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyūḍhāf. a wife whose husband has married an additional wife. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyūḍhajam. the son of a woman pregnant before marriage. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyūdhnīf. (fr. ūdhan-) ([ ]) a tubular vessel above the udder, or above the scrotum. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyudyamto put down, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyūhto lay on, overlay ; to place upon, to raise above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyūhanan. putting on a layer (of ashes). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyupekṣ(- upa-- īkṣ-; P. - upe- kṣati-), to disregard, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyupekṣāf. disregard, neglect, indifference, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyurasind. on the breast, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyuṣam. a kind of measure (= two prasṛta-s, quod vide), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyuṣitaSee sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyuṣitamfn. (2. vas-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyuṣitamfn. (5. vas-) inhabited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyuṣitamfn. occupied. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyuṣiteind. locative case at daybreak View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyūṣivas ān-, uṣī-, at- (perf. p. 5. vas-), one who has dwelt in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyuṣṭamfn. (invented as the Sanskrit representative of the Prakrit addhuththha-,which is derived from ardha-caturtha-), three and a half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyuṣṭavalayam. forming a ring coiled up three and a half times (as a snake). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyuṣṭram. a conveyance drawn by camels. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyutthā( sthā-) to turn away from View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agrasandhyāf. early down. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhūtādhyāyinmfn. one who studies only after having been called (by the teacher). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikadhyan. (fr. ekadhā-), singleness of time or occurrence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikadhyamind. at once, together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aikadhyatasind. idem or 'ind. at once, together ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akrudhyatmfn. not being angry, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṣudhyamfn. not liable to hunger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpamadhyamamfn. thin-waisted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmadhyāhnamind. to midday. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amadhyama -āsas-, (Ved.) m. plural of whom none is the middle one (see /a-kaniṣṭha-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amadhyasthamfn. not indifferent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amātāputrādhyāpakam. amātāputra
amedhyamfn. not able or not allowed to sacrifice, not fit for sacrifice, impure, unholy, nefarious, foul etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyamfn. (am-) ,n. faeces, excrement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyāktamfn. soiled with ordure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyakuṇapāśinmfn. feeding on carrion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyalepam. smearing with ordure. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyaliptamfn. smeared with ordure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyapratimantraṇan. conjuring of unlucky omens, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyatāf. impurity, foulness, filthiness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyatvan. impurity, foulness, filthiness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amedhyayuktamfn. filthy, foul. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amitāyurdhyānasūtran. Name (also title or epithet) of a Buddhist sūtra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amlādhyuṣitan. a disease of the eyes (caused by eating acid food) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhyakṣamfn. not perceptible by the senses, not observable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhyakṣamfn. without a superintendent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhyāsamf(ā-)n. without an addition or appendix, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhyātmavidmfn. not knowing the Supreme Spirit, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhyavasitamfn. irresolute, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhyāyam. idem or 'n. not reading or studying, intermission of study ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhyāyam. a time when there is intermission of study View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhyāyanon-recitation, silence, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhyāyadivasam. a vacation day, holiday. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anadhyayanan. not reading or studying, intermission of study View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anādimadhyāntamfn. having no beginning, middle or end. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ananudhyāyinmfn. not missing, not missing anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ananudhyāyinmfn. not insidious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anativyādhyamfn. invulnerable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavabudhyamānamfn. deranged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavarārdhyamfn. chief, principal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavarodhyamfn. not to be constrained or forced, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āndhyan. (fr. andha- ), blindness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āndhyan. darkness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṅkapāśādhyāyam. the study of that concatenation. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antaḥpurādhyakṣam. superintendent of the women's apartments, chamberlain. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antardhyānan. profound inward meditation. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anubandhyamfn. principal, primary, liable to receive an adjunct (as a root, a disease) (see anū-b/andhya-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anūbandhyamfn. to be fastened (as a sacrificial animal) for slaughtering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudhyāf. sorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudhyaito consider attentively, think of, muse ; to miss, ; to bear a grudge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudhyānan. meditation, religious contemplation, solicitude. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudhyāyinmfn. contemplating, meditating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anudhyāyinmfn. missing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṇumadhyabījan. Name of a hymn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anumadhyamamfn. next oldest to the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anusandhyamind. evening after evening, every twilight. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvādhyam. plural a kind of divinity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvadhyasto throw upon after another View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvadhyāyamind. according to the chapters (of the veda-), according to the sacred texts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhyaito have a bad opinion of, curse mentally
apadhyānan. envy, jealousy etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apadhyānan. meditation upon things which are not to be thought of. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparārdhyamfn. without a maximum, unlimited in number
aparārdhyamfn. having no highest possible number, unlimited, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparodhyamfn. to be expelled or excluded from, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratisādhyamfn. incurable, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhyamfn. to be made favourable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhyamfn. to be worshipped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhyamfn. to be accomplished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhyakarpūram. Name (also title or epithet) of a poet, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhyamānamfn. being worshipped, receiving worship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārādhyamānamfn. being in course of fulfilment, being accomplished. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇyādhyayanan. reading or study in a forest on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhyamfn. forming the half of (genitive case), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhyamfn. (3) to be accomplished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhyamfn. to be obtained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arodhyamfn. (2. rudh-), not to be hindered or obstructed, unobstructed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asadadhyetṛm. a Brahman who reads heterodox works
asādhyamfn. not to be effected or completed, not proper or able to be accomplished etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asādhyamfn. incurable, irremediable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asādhyamfn. not to be overpowered or mastered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asādhyamfn. not susceptible of proof commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asādhyatāf. incurableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asādhyatāf. the state of one not to be mastered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asādhyatvan. incurableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asamidhya ind.p. not having kindled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asāṃnidhyan. "non-nearness", absence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśraddhyan. unbelief, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭādhyāyīf. "a collection of eight books or chapters", Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aṣṭādhyāyīf. also of pāṇini-'s grammar. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvabudhyamfn. (/aśva-.) based on horses, consisting of horses (as wealth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvabudhyamfn. horses (as wealth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvādhyakṣam. a guardian of horses, N. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asvādhyāyamfn. (a Brahman) who has not performed his repetition of the veda-, who has not repeated or does not repeat the veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asvādhyāyam. interruption or interval of repetition (prohibited on certain days of the moon, at eclipses, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asvādhyāyaparamfn. not devoted to the repetition of the veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atidhyaito meditate deeply View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atimadhyandinan. high noon. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ativyādhyamfn. vulnerable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmavadhyāf. idem or 'm. suicide ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupādhyāyakamfn. (fr. upādhyāya-), coming from a teacher on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aupasaṃdhyamfn. (fr. saṃdhyā-with upa-), relating to dawn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyamfn. not to be killed, inviolable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyaSee a-vadh/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyai(perf. -dadhyau-)to think Ill of (accusative), disregard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyānan. disregard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyatā(avadhy/a--) f. inviolability View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyātamfn. disregarded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyatvan. idem or '(avadhy/a--) f. inviolability ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyāyinmfn. disregarding (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound')
avadhyeyamfn. to be disregarded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avandhyamf(ā-)n. = a-bandhya-2 q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avandhyamf(ā-)n. Name of a place. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avarārdhyamfn. being on the lower or nearer side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avarārdhyamfn. beginning from below View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avarārdhyan. in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' (f(ā-).) the least part, the minimum, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avarārdhyamfn. being the minimum (see an-avarārdhya-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avarudhyamānamfn. being enclosed or surrounded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avedhyamfn. un-pierceable, not to be pierced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedhyamfn. to be pierced or pinned on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvedhyamfn. to be put on. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avidhyamfn. not to be pierced or wounded, invulnerable, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvidhya ind.p. having pierced etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avindhyam. Name of a minister of rāvaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avindhyāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviśrāntavidhyādharavyākaraṇan. Name (also title or epithet) of a grammar by vāmana- (probably wrong reading for viśr-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayodhyamf(-)n. (3, 4) not to be warred against, irresistible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayodhyāf. the capital of rāma- (the modern Oude on the river sarayu- described in ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayodhyādhipatim. the sovereign of ayodhyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyodhyakamfn. belonging to or native of ayodhyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayodhyākaṇḍan. Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayodhyāvāsinmfn. inhabiting ayodhyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āyodhyikamfn. idem or 'mfn. belonging to or native of ayodhyā- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayudhyamfn. unconquerable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayutādhyāpakam. an excellent teacher , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhabuddhipratibadhyapratihandhakatāvicāram. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhabuddhipratibadhyatāvādam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be (or being) pressed hard or harassed or distressed or pained or checked or suppressed, etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be (or being) set aside or suspended or annulled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyabādhakatāf. the condition of oppressed and oppressor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyabādhakatāf. the condition of one who pains such as deserve to be pained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamānatvan. the condition of being suspended or set aside, suspension, annulment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaretasm. one whose generative fluid is obstructed, impotent on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
badhyatasind. (freedom) from the crowd (varia lectio madhya-t/as-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyatvan. the state of being set aside, suspension, annulment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaugāyanam. patronymic fr. badhyoga- gaRa haritādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
badhyogam. Name of a man gaRa bidādi- (see bādhyoga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyoga(), bādhyauga- ( on ) patronymic fr. badhyoga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahiḥsaṃdhyamfn. one who performs his morning and evening prayers outside (the village) ( bahiḥsaṃdhyatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahiḥsaṃdhyatvan. bahiḥsaṃdhya
bāhumadhyamfn. occupying a middle position with the arm (see janghā-jaghanya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahumadhyagamfn. going among or belonging to many View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahuramadhyamfn. (bahura- equals bahula-+ m-) thick in the middle (said of the soma- juice during the process of fermentation) () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahvadhyāyamfn. consisting of many chapters gaRa guṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahvadhyayana() mfn. consisting of many chapters gaRa guṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahvṛcasaṃdhyābhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balādhyakṣam. the superintendent or commander of an army, a general, minister of war View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālādhyāpakam. a teacher of boys ( bālādhyāpakatā -- f.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālādhyāpakatāf. bālādhyāpaka
bālāriṣṭādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālasaṃdhyāf. early twilight, dawn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālasaṃdhyābhamfn. "dawn-like", of a purple colour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balivindhyam. Name of a son of manu- raivata- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bandhyamfn. to be bound or fettered or imprisoned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bandhyamfn. to be constructed (see vandhya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bandhyāśvaprob. wrong reading for vadhryaśva- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baudhyamfn. born in bodha- gaRa śaṇḍikādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baudhyam. patronymic fr. bodha- () , Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavaccaraṇāravindadhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavaddhyānamuktāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavaddhyānasopānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhaktivivṛddhyupāyagrantham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bharadhyaiSee bhṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavanmadhyamf(ā-)n. having bhavat- in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavanmadhyamind. with bhavat- in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvaphalādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛtādhyāpana varia lectio for bhṛtyādh- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛtakādhyāpakam. a hired teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛtakādhyāpanan. instruction given by a hired teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛtakādhyāpitamfn. taught by a hired teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛtakādhyayanan. learning from a hired teacher, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛtyadhyāpanan. (prob.) wrong reading for bhṛtyādh- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhṛtyādhyāpanan. teaching the veda- for hire (varia lectio bh/ṛtādh-). 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhrūmadhyan. the interval between the eyebrows View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhujamadhyan. "space between the arms", the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhujāmadhyan. "the middle of the arm", the elbow (see bhuja-m-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bījādhyakṣam. "presiding over seed", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bilvamadhyan. the flesh of the bilva- fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhyamfn. to be known or understood, to be regarded or recognized as (Nominal verb) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhyamfn. to be made known View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhyamfn. to be enlightened or instructed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhyam. Name of a ṛṣi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhyagītāf. Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhyaṅgan. a requisite for attaining perfect knowledge (7 in number ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhyaṅgavatīf. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmabodhyāf. Name of a river (Bombay edition -vedhyā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmamedhyāf. Name of a river (see -bodhyā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavadhyāf. idem or 'm. the murder of a Brahman ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavadhyākṛtan. act of murdering a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavedhyāSee -bodhyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛhanmadhyamf(ā-)n. large in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhyadhikamfn. superior in intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhyatītamfn. beyond the reach of the understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhyavajñānan. disregard or contempt of any one's understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhyamfn. See a-budhy/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cakrāyodhyam. "not to be conquered by a discus"Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturadhyāyīf. "consisting of 4 adhyāya-s", Name of śaunaka-'s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturādhyāyīfor -adh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturadhyāyikan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturadhyāyikāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturādhyāyikafor -adh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturādhyāyikāfor -adh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturaṅgabalādhyakṣam. the commander-in-chief of a complete army View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturaśītiyogādhyāyam. "containing 84 chapters on the yoga-", Name of a work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caturavarārdhyamfn. at least 4 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāturvidhyan. (fr. c/atur-vidha-) the being fourfold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chedyakādhyāyam. Name of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyin compound for dhi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyacm. (Nominal verb -/aṅ- accusative -/añcam-; dative case dhīc/e- genitive case dhīc/as-; see ) "sprinkling d/adhi- " (see dhi-kr/ā-and ghṛtāī-) Name of a mythical ṛṣi- or sacrificer ( and [called aṅgiras-] [ āṅgirasa-] ;son of atharvan-[ see ātharvaṇ/a-] ;having the head of a horse and teaching the aśvin-s to find in tvaṣṭṛ-'s house the m/adhu-or soma- ;favoured by indra- [ ] who slays 99 vṛtra-s or foes with a thunderbolt made of his bones ;propounder of the brāhmaṇa- called m/adhu- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyac -anna-, etc. See above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyagran. equals dhi-maṇḍa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyāhvam. the resin of Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyāhvayam. the resin of Pinus longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyākaram. equals dhi-samudra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyānīf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyannan. rice prepared with d/adhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyāśir(d/adh-) mfn. mixed with d/adhi- (soma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyasyaNom. jati- idem or '+ Nom. yati- equals dhīya- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyodanam. ( ) boiled rice mixed with d/adhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyudamfn. equals dhi-vāri- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyuttaran. equals -agra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyuttarāf. bulb-milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyuttaragan. equals dhy-uttara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇārdhyamfn. being on the right or southern side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dakṣiṇārdhyapūrvārdhyamfn. being on the south-western side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dānadharmādhyāyam. Name of work on alms-giving. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantamadhyan. the space between an elephant's tusks View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāruṇādhyāpakam. an indefatigable teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dattākārīṣagandhyāf. dual number dattā- and kārīṣagandhyā- Va1rtt. 6 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daurgandhya() n. bad smell, fetor. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dehamadhyan. "middle of the body", waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devāsuragaṇāṇādhyakṣam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devatādhyāya(t/adh-) n. (scilicet brāhmaṇa-) Name of a of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanādhyakṣam. "overseer of treasury", treasurer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanādhyakṣam. Name of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhāndhyan. indisposition (see dhandha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanurmadhyan. the middle part of a bow (= lastaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhāraṇādhyayanan. the conservative method of reading (id est the rehearsing of a work to keep it in memory, as opp. to grahaṇādh-,the acquisitive method) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmādhyakṣam. "overseer of justice", minister of justice, judge, magistrate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmakaropādhyāyam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmameghadhyānan. dharmamegha
dīrghasaṃdhyamfn. performing long prayers or rites at the different twilights View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasaṃdhyatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divāmadhyan. midday, noon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dormadhyan. the middle of the arm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dreṣkāṇādhyāyam. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛgadhyakṣam. "sight-ruler", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛṣṭiphalabhāvādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drutamadhyāf. "quick in the middle", a kind of metre, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥsādhyamfn. difficult to be performed or accomplished etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥsādhyamfn. difficult to be managed or dealt with difficult to be reconciled
duḥsādhyamfn. difficult to be cured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duḥsādhyamfn. difficult to be conquered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duradhyavasāyam. a bad or foolish beginning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duradhyayamfn. difficult of attainment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duradhyayayanamfn. equals adhīyāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duradhyeyamfn. difficult to be studied or learnt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duradhyeyatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durārādhyamfn. difficult to be propitiated or won or overcome View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durbodhyamfn. equals -bodha- Scholiast or Commentator on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durdharāyogādhyāyam. Name of a chapter of the mīna-rāja-jātaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durdhyānan. evil thoughts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgādhyakṣam. the governor of a fortress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duṣprasādhya() mfn. difficult to be managed or dealt with. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvādaśādhyāyīf. Name of jaimini-'s mīmāṃsā- (consisting of 12 adhyāya-s). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaidhyan. duplicity, falsehood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaidhyan. diversity, variance, discrepancy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaisaṃdhyan. morning and evening twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvaividhyan. twofold state or nature or character, duplicity, variance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvārādhyakṣa() m. equals ra-rakṣin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvibhujarāmadhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvisaṃdhyamfn. having a morning and an evening twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekādhyāyinm. a single pupil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadhyamfn. ( ) to be seized or gained as booty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gadhyamfn. see v/āja-gandhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gajādhyakṣam. the master of the elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gamadhyaiVed. infinitive mood See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order 1. gam-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇādhyakṣam. idem or 'm. (equals dhipa-) Name of gaṇeśa- ' , . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandharvopādhyāyam. a music master, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhyaSee v/āja-g-.
gaṅgāmadhyan. the bed or stream of the Ganges View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṇitādhyāyam. Name of a chapter in the brahmasiddhānta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gārddhyan. (fr. gṛddha-), desire, greediness (? ati--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gauṇasādhyavasānāf. (scilicet lakṣaṇā-) a kind of ellipse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghorādhyāpakam. a venerable or excellent teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gocarādhyāyam. equals ra-phala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
golādhyāyam. Name of chapter i of bhāskara-'s siddhānta-śiromaṇi- treating of the terrestrial and celestial globes. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gomadhyamadhyamfn. slender in the waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopādhyakṣam. an overseer of herdsmen, chief herdsman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
goṣṭhādhyakṣam. equals ṣṭha-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grahādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmādhyakṣam. idem or 'm. (grāmasyādh- )' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmādhyayanan. study in a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmaśatādhyakṣam. the governor of a province, 119 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmopādhyāyam. the religious instructor of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāsāvarārdhyan. at least one morsel, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛdhyamfn. longed for greedily View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛdhyam. ? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛdhyāf. greediness after, desire for (in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhamedhyamfn. () relating to the dh/a- or domestic sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gurumadhyamfn. equals madhye-guru-, heavy in the middle part View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hariharopādhyāyam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harimadhyāf. having a yellowish waist (and so reminding of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harimadhyāf. Name of a surāṅganā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harināthamahopādhyāyam. Name of author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harināthopādhyāyam. Name of author. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hastyadhyakṣam. a superintendent of elephants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṭṭādhyakṣam. the surveyor of a market View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayādhyakṣam. "superintendent of horses", a head groom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
horādhyāya(horādh-) m. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
huvadhyai huvān/a- See hve-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṅgitādhyāsitan. play of features
īrayadhyai(Ved.inf. of Causal of īr-), to set in motion, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
īśādhyāyam. Name of the īśā-upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣudhyaNom. (fr. iṣu-dhi-) P. A1. iṣudhyati-, -te-, to be a quiver, contain arrows gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi- ; (for 2. iṣudhya-,also for iṣudhyā-and iṣudhyu-See next column) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣudhyaNom. P. iṣudhy/ati-, to implore, request, crave for (dative case) ; ([ confer, compare Zend iṣud-,"prayer"; iṣūidyāmahi-,"we will pray."]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣudhyāf. imploring, request View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iṣudhyumfn. imploring, requesting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iyadhyai(Ved.inf. of 5. i-), to come, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jagatīmadhyan. "world-centre", the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalādhyakṣam. idem or 'm. "water-lord", varuṇa- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kābandhyan. the state of being a trunk. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākabandhyāfor -vandhyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākavandhyāf. a woman that bears only one child commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kakṣādhyāyam. Name of a part of a commentary by bhū-dhara- on the sūrya-siddhānta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālādhyakṣam. "the overseer or ruler of time", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kanakādhyakṣam. the superintendent of gold, treasurer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṇṭheviddhyāf. a female descendant of kaṇṭhe-viddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapirasādhyāf. Spondias Mangifera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karamadhyam. a particular measure (equals karṣa-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmādhyakṣam. overseer or superintendent of actions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṣṭasādhyamfn. to be accomplished with difficulty, painful, toilsome View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṭhādhyāpakam. a teacher of the above branch. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaumudagandhyāf. patronymic Va1rtt. 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khaṇḍikopādhyāyam. a teacher of khaṇḍika- pupils Va1rtt. 13 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiṣkindhyam. incorrect reading for ndha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiṣkindhyāf. likewise for ndhā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kośādhyakṣam. a treasurer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kośādhyakṣam. Name of kubera- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kramādhyayanan. reciting or reading according to the krama- method View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kramādhyāyinmfn. studying the krama- arrangement of a Vedic text View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛcchrasādhyamfn. to be done with difficulty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛcchrasādhyamfn. curable with difficulty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtavadhyacihnamfn. bearing the marks of death, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtisādhyatvan. the state of being accomplished by exertion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krudhyamānamfn. idem or 'mfn. being angry, feeling provoked ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krudhyatmfn. being angry, feeling provoked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣaṇadāndhyan. night-blindness, nyctalopsis (see kṣapāndhya-, naktāndhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣapāndhyan. night-blindness (equals kṣaṇadāndhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣāramadhyam. Achyranthes aspera View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣīṇamadhyamfn. slender-waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumārādhyāpakam. a teacher while still a youth, gaRa śramaṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kusumamadhyan. Name of a tree bearing a large acid fruit (commonly Ca1lita1 Gac, Cordia Myxa or Dillenia Indica) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuṭṭakādhyāyam. that branch or chapter of arithmetic (treated by brahmagupta-) which treats of the multiplier called kuṭṭaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣapuṣpodhyāpanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
layamadhyamfn. to be performed in mean or moderate time (as a piece of music) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
līlāsādhyamfn. to be effected with ease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokaprasiddhyāind. lokaprasiddhi
madhyamf(ā-)n. middle (used likemedius exempli gratia, 'for example' m/adhye- samudr/e-,"in the midst of the sea") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamf(ā-)n. middlemost, intermediate, central View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamf(ā-)n. standing between two, impartial, neutral View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamf(ā-)n. middle id est being of a middle kind or size or quality, middling, moderate (with vṛtti- f."a middle course") etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamf(ā-)n. (in astronomy) mean id est theoretical (opp. to spaṣṭa-,or sphuṭa-) ( madhyatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamf(ā-)n. lowest, worst View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) the middle of the body, (especially) a woman's waist etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyam. (in algebra) the middle term or the mean of progression View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāf. a young woman, a girl arrived at puberty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyam. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyam. (in music) a particular tone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyam. (also n.) a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. (m. gaRa ardharcādi-) the middle, midst, centre, inside, interior etc. ( madhyam am- ind.into the midst of, into, among, with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' etc.; madhyena dhyena- ind.in or through the midst of, on the inside, through, between, with genitive case accusative or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' etc.; madhyāt dhyāt- ind.from the midst of. out of. from among etc.; madhye dhye- ind.See sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. the middle of the sky (with or scilicet nabhasas-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. space between (exempli gratia, 'for example' bhruvos-,the eye brows) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. midday (with ahnaḥ-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. intermediate condition between (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. the belly, abdomen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. the flank of a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. (in music) mean time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. ten thousand billions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. cessation, pause, interval View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyan. Name of a country between Sindh and Hindustan proper [ confer, compare Zend maidhya; Greek , for ; Latin medius; Gothic midjis3; English midinmidland,midnightetc.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāind. in the middle, between, among (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāind. meanwhile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. (fr. madhya-,of which it is also the vṛddhi- form in compound) middle, central, mid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyabha(in astronomy) the meridian ecliptic point. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyabhāgam. the middle part or portion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyabhāgam. the middle of the body, waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyabhaktamfn. eaten in the middle (a term applied to any medicine taken in the middle of a meal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyabhāvam. middle state or condition, mediocrity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyabhāvam. a middling or moderate distance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyacārinmf(iṇī-)n. going in the midst or among (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyacchāyāf. (in astronomy) mean or middle shadow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadantam. a front tooth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeham. the middle or trunk of the body, belly etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśam. middle region, middle space, the central or middle part of anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśam. (equals madhyaṃ nabhasaḥ-), the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśam. the middle of the body, waist etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśam. the trunk of the body, belly, abdomen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśam. the midland country (lying between the himālaya-s on the north, the vindhya- mountains on the south, vinaśana- on the west, prayāga- on the east, and comprising the modern provinces of Allahabad, agra-, Delhi, Oude etc.) (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśamfn. belonging to or living in the midland country, of midland origin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśam. plural the inhabitants of the midland country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśīya() () mfn. equals prec. mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadeśya() mfn. equals prec. mfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyādhidevanan. the middle of a playing-ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadinafor madhyaṃ-dina- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyadīpakan. (in rhetoric)"illuminating in the middle" , Name of a figure in which light is thrown on a description by the use of an emphatic verb in the middle of a stanza (exempli gratia, 'for example' ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyādityam. the midday sun (-gate' hani-,"when the day has reached the mid-sun" id est at noon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyagamf(ā-)n. going or being in the middle or among (with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyagandham. "having a middling scent (?)", the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyagatamfn. idem or 'mf(ā-)n. going or being in the middle or among (with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyagatan. the middle syllable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyagrahaṇan. the middle of an eclipse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāhāriṇīlipif. Name of a particular kind of written character (Calcutta edition adhyāh-).
madhyāhnam. midday, noon etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāhnam. Name of a pupil of śaṃkarācārya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāhnakālam. midday time, noon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāhnakriyāf. idem or 'n. midday duty or business or observance ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāhnakṛtyan. midday duty or business or observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāhnasamayam. equals -kāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāhnasaṃdhyāf. the midland saṃdhyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāhnasavanan. midland sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāhnasnānavidhim. midland ablution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāhnavelāf. equals -kāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāhnenduprabhākarṇam. or n. the hypotenuse of the moon's midland shadow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāhnikam. Pentapetes Phoenicea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāhnikamf(ī-)n. (fr. madhyāhna-) belonging to midday, taking place at noon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāhnikamantramn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāhnikasaṃdhyāprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyajainendravyākaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyajihvan. the middle of the tongue (said to be the organ of the palatals) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyajyāf. the sign of the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyakarṇam. a half diameter, radius View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyakaumudīf. equals madhya-sid-dhānta-kaumudī- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyakṣāmāf. "slender-waisted"or,"slender in the centre", Name of a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyākṣaravistaralipif. Name of a particular kind of written character View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyakuru(prob.) m. pl. Name of a country View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyalagnan. the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyalīlāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyalokam. the middle world, earth, abode of mortals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyalokeśam. "lord of the middle world or earth", a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamind. madhya
madhyamamf(ā-)n. (superl. of m/adhya-) middle (used like Latin medius exempli gratia, 'for example' madhyame gulme-,"in the midst of the troop") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamamf(ā-)n. being or placed in the middle, middlemost, intermediate, central etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamamf(ā-)n. middle-born (neither youngest nor oldest), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamamf(ā-)n. of a middle kind or size or quality, middling, moderate etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamamf(ā-)n. standing between two persons or parties, impartial, neutral etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamamf(ā-)n. (in astronomy) mean (see madhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamamf(ā-)n. relating to the meridian View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. the middlemost prince (whose territory lies between that of a king seeking conquest and that of his foe) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. the middle character in plays View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. the midland country (equals madhya-deśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. (in music) the 4th or 5th note View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. the middlemost of the 3 scales View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. a particular rāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. (in gram.) the 2nd person (equals -puruṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. the governor of a province View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. a kind of antelope View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. Name of the 18th kalpa- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. plural a class of gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. (with Buddhists) Name of a particular sect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. n. the middle of the body, waist etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamāf. the womb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. midnight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. a girl arrived at puberty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. the pericarp of a lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. a central blossom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamam. (in music) a particular mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaman. the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaman. mediocrity, defectiveness, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaman. Name of the 12th (14th) kāṇḍa- of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaman. (in astronomy) the meridian ecliptic point View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamamfn. (fr. madhyama-) relating to the middle, middlemost, central (also applied to the composers of the middle portion of the ṛg-- veda- id est of books ii-vii) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamamfn. middle-born View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamam. plural Name of a race View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamabhṛtakam. a husbandman, a farm-labourer who works both for his master and himself View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamādhikāram. Name of the 1st chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamadhyāf. (in music) a particular mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamādim. (in music) a particular rāgiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamādīf. (in music) a particular rāgiṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamāgamam. one of the 4 āgama-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamagatif. (in astronomy) mean motion of a planet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamagrāmam. (in music) the middle scale View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamāharaṇan. the elimination of the middle term of an equation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamajātamfn. middle-born, born between (two other children), middlemost. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakamf(ikā-)n. middlemost View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakamf(ikā-)n. common (as property) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakan. the interior of anything (kam pra-viś-,to enter) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamakamf(ikā-)n. (from madhyama-) relating to the middle region (id est the atmosphere) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakakṣāf. the middle enclosure or courtyard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakālaṃkālokam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakālaṃkāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakāṇḍan. Name of the 2nd kāṇḍa- of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakavṛttif. Name of work (also madhyamika v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakeyam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamakeyam. plural Name of a people (varia lectio madhyamakeya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakhaṇḍan. (in algebra) the middle term of an equation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamakhaṇḍan. Name of part ii of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamalokam. the middle world (between heaven and the nether world), the earth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamalokapālam. "protector of the middle world", a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamalokendum. "moon of the middle world", a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamandiram. Name of the author of the mahābhārata-tātparya-nirṇaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamandiram. of madhvācārya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamandiran. pudendum muliebre and anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamāṅgirasm. the middle-sized aṅgiras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamāṅgulim. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamaṇim. the central or principal gem of a necklace View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamanoramāf. Name of a grammatical work (an abridgement of the manoramā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapadan. the middle number (which is sometimes omitted and requires to be supplied in a compound consisting of two words) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapadalopam. the omission of the middle member of a compound (as in, śāka-pārthiva-,the king of the era, for sākapriya-pārthiva-,the king dear to the era) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapadalopinm. (scilicet samāsa-) a compound which omits the middle member View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapāṇḍavam. "the middlemost of the five pāṇḍava-s", arjuna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamaparṇan. (prob.) a middle-sized leaf View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapuruṣam. a particular personification View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapuruṣam. (in gram.) the second person in verbal conjugation, a termination of the second person (see prathama-puruṣa-, uttama-puruṣa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamapūruṣam. a mediocre person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamarātram. midnight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamarekhāf. (in astronomy) the central meridian of the earth (a line conceived to be drawn through laṅkā-, ujjayinī-, kuru-kṣetra-, and meru-; see madhya-rekhā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasāhasam. the middlemost penalty or amercement, punishment for crimes of a middle degree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasāhasamn. violence or outrage of the middle class (injuring buildings, throwing down walls etc.)
madhyamasaṃgraham. the middle method of intriguing with another's wife (presenting flowers etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamaśīm. "lying or being in the middle", (prob.) an intercessor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasthamfn. standing or being in the middle gaRa brāhmaṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasthāmfn. standing in the middle, forming the centre (of a community) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamastheyan. the state of standing in the middle or forming the centre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamasthyan. (fr. madhyama-stha-) gaRa brāhmaṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasvabhāvamfn. indifferent, neutral, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasvaram. the middle or dominant note View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamasvaramfn. spoken in a middle tone (not too loud and not too low) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamaṭīkāf. Name of work by kumārila- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamātreyam. the middle sized ātreya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamavāhmfn. driving at middling or slow speed (equals manda-gamanena vāhaka-) (prob."driving in the middle", scilicet between gods and men) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamavayasn. middle age View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamavayaskamfn. middle-aged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamayānan. "the middle passage", the middle way to salvation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinam. (madhy/a--) (n. ) midday, noon etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinam. the midday offering (savana- or pavamāna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinam. Bassia Latifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinam. Name of a disciple of yājñavalkya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinan. Midday (personified as a son of puṣpārṇa- by prabhā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinamfn. equals mādhyaṃdina- (q.v)
dhyaṃdinamf(ī-)n. (m/ādh-) (fr. madhyaṃ-dina-) belonging to midday, meridional etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinam. equals mādhyaṃdinaḥ pavanaḥ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinam. plural Name of a branch of she vājasaneyin-s etc. (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinam. of an astronomy school who fixed the starting-point of planetary movements at noon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinam. of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinan. equals mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinagatamfn. having reached the meridian (as the sun) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinagṛhyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdināraṇyakavyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinārkasaṃtaptamfn. burnt by the midday-sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinaśākhāf. the school of the mādhyaṃdina-s ( mādhyaṃdinaśākhīya khīya-. mfn.belonging to it) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinaśākhīyamfn. mādhyaṃdinaśākhā
madhyaṃdinasamayam. midday-time, noon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinasaṃdhiyāprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinavatind. as at the midday oblation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdināyanam. (prob. fr. madhyaṃ-dina-) Name of a teacher, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdineyam. plural the school of the mādhyaṃdina-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinīf. (with śikṣā-), Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinim. (fr. idem or 'm. (prob. fr. madhyaṃ-dina-) Name of a teacher, ') Name of a grammarian, on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaṃdinīyamfn. meridional, meridian, belonging to noon or midday View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinīyamf(ā-)n. (fr. mādhyaṃdina-) usual at the midday oblation (also yaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaṃdinīyamf(ā-)n. belonging to the school of the mādhyaṃdina-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyameṣāf. a particular part of a chariot View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyameṣṭha() mfn. equals madhyama-sthā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyameṣṭhā() mfn. equals madhyama-sthā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyameṣṭheya() mfn. equals madhyama-sthā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyameśvaram. Name of a liṅga- of śiva- in Benares View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamikāf. a marriageable woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamikāf. Name of the 2nd or middle grantha- of the kāṭhaka- (see mādhyamika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamikaprob. wrong reading for mādhyamika- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamikāf. Name of the middle portion of the kāṭhaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamikamfn. (fr. madhyama-) equals m/adhyamaka- (also applied to a kind of cloth ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamikam. plural Name of a Buddhist school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamikam. of a people in central India View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamikavṛttiSee under madhyamaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamikīyamfn. equals madhyamikāyām bhavaḥ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamineyam. metron. fr. madhyamā- gaRa kalyāṇy-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamīyamfn. relating to the middle, middlemost, central gaRa gahādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāmlakesaram. or n. the citron View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamoccaistaramf(ā-)n. half loud and very loud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyamotkhātam. a particular division of time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyanagaran. the interior of a city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāṅguli(or -) f. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyanihitamfn. placed in the middle, inserted, fixed into (anything) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyānta(in the beginning of a compound) middle and end View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāntavibhāgaśāstran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāntavibhaṅgaśāstran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāntayamakan. a yamaka- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) in the midland and end of averse (exempli gratia, 'for example' ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāntikam. Name of an arhat- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyanyamfn. occupying a middle place, having a middle rank or position (in any caste etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaparimāṇan. the middle measure or magnitude (or that between an atom and infinitude) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyapātam. falling or going in the midst, intercourse, commerce View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyapātam. (in astronomy) the mean occurrence of the aspect. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyapatitamfn. fallen in the middle lying between or in the midst View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaprasūtāf. (a cow) which has had a calf not very long ago View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyapraviṣṭamfn. one who has stolen into another's confidence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyarātram. midnight ( madhyarātrau trau- ind.at midnight) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyarātrauind. madhyarātra
madhyarātrauind. madhyarātri
madhyarātrif. midnight ( madhyarātrau trau- ind.at midnight) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyarekhāf. the middle line the central or first meridian (the line conceived by the Hindus to be drawn through laṅkā-, ujjayinī-, kurukṣetra-, and other places to mount meru-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyārjunam. or n. Name of a district View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyārjunakṣetramāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyārjunatīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- on the southern bank of the kāverī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaśarīramfn. having a middle-sized body or one of moderately full habit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyaśāyinmfn. lying in the midst lying within View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasiddhāntakaumudīf. "the middle-sized "Name of an abridgment of the by varada-rāja-. = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthamf(ā-)n. being in the middle, being between or among (genitive case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthamf(ā-)n. being in the middle space id est in the air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthamf(ā-)n. standing between two persons or parties mediating, a mediator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthamf(ā-)n. belonging to neither or both parties, (only) a witness, impartial, neutral, indifferent etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthamf(ā-)n. being of a middle condition or kind, middling View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyastham. "arbitrator, umpire", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasthamfn. (fr. madhya-stha-) being in a middle state indifferent, impartial View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasthan. indifference, impartiality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthalan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ī-).) a middle place or region, (especially) the middle of the body, the waist or hip View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthānan. the middle space id est the air ( madhyasthānadevatā -devatā- f.a deity of the air ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthānan. a neutral soil View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthānadevatāf. madhyasthāna
madhyasthatāf. intermediate situation, indifference, impartiality View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāsthin. Grewia Asiatica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthitamfn. being in the middle, being among or between (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthitāf. indifference (see -stha--). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasthityardham. or n. (in astronomy) the mean half duration. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasthyan. (fr. madhya-stha-) equals preceding n. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasthyan. intercession, mediation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasūtran. the central meridian (see madhya-rekhā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyasvaritamfn. having the svarita- accent on the middle syllable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyātind. madhya
madhyatāf. the state of being in the middle, mediocrity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatamasn. circular or annular darkness, central darkness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatāpinīf. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatasind. from or in the middle, centrally, centrically etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatasind. out of. among (genitive case or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatasind. of middle sort View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatastaḥkārinm. Name of the 4 principal priests (viz. the hotṛ-, adhvaryu-, brahman-, and udgātṛ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatvan. See under madhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyatvan. madhya
madhyavallīf. Name of a vallī- of the (probably from being in the middle of the book) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāvarṣan. the middle of the rainy season , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāvarṣamfn. celebrated in the middle of the rainy reason, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavartinmfn. being in the middle or between or among, middle, central View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavartinm. a mediator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavayasmfn. middle-aged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavidaraṇan. Name of one of the ten ways in which an eclipse ends View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavivartinmfn. equals -vartin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavivartinmfn. impartial, a mediator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavivekinmfn. of mediocre discernment, sāṃkhya-s. Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyavṛttan. the navel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyayavam. a weight of six white mustard seeds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāyinmfn. recited in the middle tone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyayoginmf(inī-)n. (in astronomy) being in the middle of a conjunction, completely covered or obscured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyāyu( ya-yu-) mfn. intermediate, being a mediator or seeking a mediation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeind. in the middle, in the midst, within, between, among, in the presence of (with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound';sometimes also in the beginning of a compound; see compound below) etc. (with kṛ-[ ind.p. -kṛtya-or -kṛtvā- ],to place in the middle, make an intermediary of. on ;to count among ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeind. madhya
madhyebhabandhanan. a band or rope round an elephant's body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyecchandasn. (prob.) said to mean"the sun"or"the middle of the year" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyegaṅgamind. in or into the Ganges. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyegurumfn. (prob.) having a long syllable in the middle, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyejalātind. from out of the middle of the water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyejaṭharamind. in the middle of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyejyotisf. a kind of Vedic metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyekṛtyaind. with regard to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyemadhyamāṅgulikarpūramind. between middle finger and elbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyenaind. madhya
madhyenadiind. in or into the river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyenagaramind. in the middle of the city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyenareśvarasabhamind. in the middle of the assembly of princes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyenidhanamfn. having the passage called nidhana- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyepadmamind. in a lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyepṛṣṭamind. having the sacrificial days called pṛṣṭhya- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyepṛṣṭamn. a particular ajana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeraṇamind. in the battle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyerathyamind. in the middle of the street View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyesabhamind. in the assembly, in public View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyesamudramind. in the middle of the sea, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeśmaśānamind. on the burial-place, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevārdhiind. equals -samudram- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevāriind. in or under the water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevindhyāntarind. in the middle of the vindhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevindhyāṭaviind. in the forests of the vindhya- range View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevyomaind. in the air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeyajñamind. in the middle of the sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyodāttamfn. having the udātta- or acute accent on the middle syllable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
magadhyaNom. P. yati-, to surround (gaRa kaṇḍvādi-), to serve, be a slave
mahābhāratādhyāyānukramaṇīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābodhyaṅgavatīf. Name of a tantra- deity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmahopādhyāyam. a very great or venerable teacher (a title given to learned men) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmunisvādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahānasādhyakṣam. a chief kitchen-superintendent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāratnābhiṣekarāmadhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvandhyāf. a wholly barren woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahopādhyāyam. "great teacher", Name of various scholars and authors (exempli gratia, 'for example' of bhāravi-, vidyā-nātha-, raghu-nātha- etc.) (see mahā-mahop-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mākāradhyānan. (prob. fr. 1. -+ k-+ dh-) a particular method of abstract meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṃsagṛdhyinmfn. desirous of flesh View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānādhyāyam. "measurement-chapter", Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māndhyodam. patronymic (prob. wrong reading) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇimadhyan. Name of 2 metres View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maṇimadhyan. Chandoiu. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrārṣādhyāyam. "chapter on the Vedic ṛṣi-s", a ṛṣy-anukramaṇī- of the kāṭhaka- yajur-veda-
mantrasādhyamfn. to be subdued or effected by incantations or spells ( mantrasādhyatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrasādhyamfn. to be attained by consulation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrasādhyatvan. mantrasādhya
mantrasaṃdhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mārgamadhyagamfn. going in the middle of a road, being on the road View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māsabhāvādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mathādhyakṣam. idem or 'm. the superintendent of a monastery, principal of a college etc. ' a monastery, college View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
maulyādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyamf(ā-)n. (fr. medha-) full of sap, vigorous, fresh, mighty, strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyamf(ā-)n. fit for a sacrifice or oblation, free from blemish (as a victim), clean, pure, not defiling (by contact or by being eaten) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyamf(ā-)n. (fr. medhā-). wise, intelligent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyamf(ā-)n. equals medhām arhati- gaRa daṇḍādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. a goat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. Acacia Catechu View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. Saccharum Munja View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. barley View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. Name of the author of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyāf. Name of various plants (thought to be sacrificially pure) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. the gall-stone of a cow (equals recanā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. a particular vein View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyam. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyamandiram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyamayamf(ī-)n. consisting of pure, matter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyatāf. () ritual purity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyatamamfn. most pure, purest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyataramfn. more pure, purer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyātithim. Name of a ṛṣi- (a kāṇva- and author of ;3. 33; ix, 41-43) (see medh/atithi-and maidhyātitha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medhyatvan. ( ) ritual purity. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithaspṛdhya ind.p. ( sp/ṛdh-) meeting together as rivals, mutually emulous ( mithaspr/idhyā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithyādhyavasiti(mithyādh-) f. a particular figure of speech (in which the impossibility of a thing is expressed by making it depend upon some impossible contingency) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithyāvadhyānukīrtanan. the proclaiming that any one has been unjustly sentenced to death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miyedhyamfn. equals m/edhya-, partaking of the sacrificial food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛdumadhyāf. Name of a mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛdumadhyāf. of a kṣānti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛdumadhyādhimātramfn. moderate, middling and (or?) excessive ( mṛdumadhyādhimātratva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛdumadhyādhimātratvan. mṛdumadhyādhimātra
mṛṣādhyānin m. "feignedly meditative", Ardea Nivea (a species of crane compared to a religious hypocrite) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛṣādhyāyinm. "feignedly meditative", Ardea Nivea (a species of crane compared to a religious hypocrite) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛtyuṃjayadhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūrtidhyānan. Name of two works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūyyādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūyyādhyāyavivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nābhasayogādhyāyam. Name of 12th chapter of and 10th chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhomadhyan. "sky-centre", the zenith View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nagarādhyakṣa() m. town-chief, head police-officer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naighaṇṭukaikādhyāyam. Name of a glossary by bāhlikeyamiśra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairbādhyamfn. equals nir-b- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nairgandhyan. absence of smell, inodorousness, on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiṣadhyamfn. belonging or peculiar to the niṣadha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naiṣadhyam. niṣadha- prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naktāndhyan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nakulāndhyan. "ichneumon-blindness", a kind of disease of the eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nākulāndhyan. equals nak- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navagrahadhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navagrahadhyānaprakāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netropādhyāyam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidhyaiP. -dhyāyati- (perfect tense -dadhyau-, dhyur-), to observe, perceive ; to meditate, think of, remember (accusative) : Desiderative -didhyāsate-, to wish to meditate on, think of attentively View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidhyānan. intuition, seeing, sight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidhyaptif. reflection, philosophical meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidhyarthinmfn. seeking treasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidhyātamfn. meditated or thought on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nididhyāsanaSee ni-dhyai-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nididhyāsanan. profound and repeated meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidididhyāsitavyamfn. to be thought about or attended to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidididhyāsumfn. desirous of meditating on or attending to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥśodhyamfn. not to be cleansed or purified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥśodhyamfn. clean, pure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥsvādhyāyavaṣaṭkāramfn. neither studying the veda-s nor offering burnt sacrifices View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlasaṃdhyāf. equals -giri-karṇikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nimagnamadhyāf. (a woman) having a depressed navel or a slender waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbādhyamfn. able to remove all (impediments) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirdhyai(present tense p. -dhyāyat- ; ind.p. -dhyāya- ), to think of, reflect upon, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirdhyātamfn. thought of, meditated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmadhyamfn. having no middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmadhyāf. a particular fragrant substance (prob. wrong reading for nirmathyā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirmādhyasthan. absence of impartiality, interest, sympathy (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirudhyamānabeing checked or reined in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirvindhyāf. "being outside or coming from the vindhya-", Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niṣedhyamfn. to be kept back or prohibited or hindered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityānadhyāyam. invariable suspension of repetition of the veda-s (as on the day of full moon etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityasvādhyāyinmfn. always engaged in the study of the veda- ( nityasvādhyāyitā yi-- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityasvādhyāyitāf. nityasvādhyāyin
nividadhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nivṛttayajñasvādhyāyamfn. ceasing from sacrifices and the repetition of prayers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛtyādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyapañcādhyāyīf. equals -sūtra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
oṣadhyanuvākam. a particular anuvāka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padādhyāhāravādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādādhyāsam. treading upon, kicking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padādhyayanan. the recitation of the veda- according to the pada-pāṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padādhyāyinmfn. reciting the veda- in this way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādādimadhyayamakan. paronomasia at the beginning and in the middle of a verse (as ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādamadhyayamakan. paronomasia in the middle of the 4 verses of a stanza (as in ). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādānudhyānamfn. "thought of by (the feet of) such a one", the rightful successor of any one (thought of by his predecessor) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādānudhyāta mfn. "thought of by (the feet of) such a one", the rightful successor of any one (thought of by his predecessor) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padātyadhyakṣam. a commander of infantry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pākādhyāyam. Name of chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakṣādhyāyam. casuistry, logic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcadhābandhyāprakāśam. (?) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcādhyāyīf. "consisting of 5 chapters", Name of several works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcapādikādhyāsabhāṣyavyākhyāf. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāñcavidhyan. (fr. pañca-vidhī-), Name of a sūtra- treating of the 5 vidhi-s of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pānīyādhyakṣam. a water superintendent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paradhyānan. intent meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramārādhyam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parameśvarapañcamukhadhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parārdhyamf(ā-)n. being on the more remote or opposite side or half. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parārdhyamf(ā-)n. most distant in number, of the highest possible number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parārdhyamf(ā-)n. highest in rank or quality, most excellent, best etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parārdhyamf(ā-)n. more excellent than (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parārdhyan. a maximum (only in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound'"amounting at the most to") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parīdhya(pari-+ idhya-, indh-), to be kindled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parīdhyai(only perfect tense -dadhyau-), to meditate, ponder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paridhyupāntamf(ā-)n. bordered by the ocean (as the earth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryadhyayanamfn. averse from study Va1rtt. 4 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paścārdhyamfn. being on the west side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathimadhyeind. in the middle of the road View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pativratādhyāyam. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paṭṭopādhyāyam. the writer of royal grants or documents etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pavamānādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
peśalamadhyamfn. slender-waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalādhyakṣam. "superintendent of fruit", Mimusops Kauki View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalavandhyamfn. barren or destitute of fruits, not bearing fruit (see phalāv-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
phalāvandhyamfn. not barren of fruit, bearing fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pipīlikamadhya mf(ā-)n. thin in the middle like an ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pipīlikamadhyāf. Name of any metre the middle pāda- of which is shorter than the preceding and following, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pipīlikāmadhyamfn. Name of a kind of fast (beginning on the day of full moon with 15 mouthfuls, decreasing by one daily until the day of new moon, and after that increasing by one daily until the next day of full moon) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pipīlikamadhyamamf(ā-)n. thin in the middle like an ant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pipīlikamadhyamāf. Name of any metre the middle pāda- of which is shorter than the preceding and following, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pitṛmātṛguruśuśrūṣādhyānavatmfn. only intent on obeying father and mother and teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabandhādhyāyam. Name of the 4th chapter of the saṃgīta-darpaṇa- and of the saṃgītaratnākara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabodhyamfn. (fr. Causal) to be awakened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhānādhyakṣam. a chief superintendent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhānādhyakṣatāf. the office of chief superintendent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhyaiP. A1. -dhyāyati-, te-, to meditate upon, think of (accusative with or without prati-) ; to reflect, consider ; to excogitate, devise, hit upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhyānan. meditating upon, reflection, thinking, deep thought, subtle speculation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhyanīkan. the centre of a segment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradhyanīkan. a well View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prādhyayanan. commencement of recitation or study View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prādhyeṣaṇan. (fr. pra-adhi--1. iṣ-) incitement, exhortation (to study), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praiṣādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajādhyakṣam. (dh-) "surveyor of creatures", Name of the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajādhyakṣam. of kardama- and dakṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prakīrṇādhyāyam. a chapter containing miscellaneous subjects (Name of ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prākṛtādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prākṛtāṣṭādhyāyīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāksaṃdhyāf. morning twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇidhyai(only perfect tense -dadhyau-), to attend to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prarādhyamfn. to be satisfied or made content View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasādhyamfn. to be mastered or conquered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasādhyamfn. accomplishable, practicable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasādhyamfn. to be destroyed or defeated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātaḥsaṃdhyāf. morning twilight, dawn (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prataḥsaṃdhyāprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prataḥsaṃdhyāvandanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prataḥsaṃdhyāvandanavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātaradhyeyamfn. to be recited every morning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prātarmādhyaṃdinasavanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibadhyamfn. to be obstructed or hindered
pratidhyātamfn. ( dhyai-) thought upon, meditated (varia lectio pra-dhyāta-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣedhyamfn. to be prevented or rejected or prohibited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣedhyamfn. to be denied or negatived View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativindhyam. Name of a king who ruled over a particular part of the vindhya- mountains View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativindhyam. of a son of yudhi-ṣṭhira- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativindhyam. plural Name of his descendants View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praugādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pravarādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittādhyāyam. Name of work
prāyaścittādhyāyabhāṣyan. Name of work
prayojakādhyāyabhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyudhyuddheṣinm. (for -heṣin-) or -yudh-eṣin- a horse (literally"neighing in or longing for the battle") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
preṣaṇādhyakṣam. a superintendent of the commands (of a king), chief of the administration View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prītisambodhyaṅgan. (with Buddhists) joyfulness (one of the 7 requisites for attaining supreme knowledge) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyopabhogavandhyamfn. barren or destitute of the enjoyment of a lover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛṣṭhamadhyam. the middle of the back View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punaḥprādhyeṣaṇan. repeated invitation to study, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purādhyakṣa() m. the governor of a city or fortress, prefect of police. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puraskṛtamadhyamakramamfn. taking or adopting a middle course View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
purorujrugadhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puruṣārthasiddhyupāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvadhyānan. the first (stage of) contemplation, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvādhyuṣitamfn. formerly inhabited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvamadhyāhnam. the forenoon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvārdhyamfn. being on the eastern side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvasaṃdhyāf. "earlier twilight", dawn, day-break View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be accomplished or performed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be obtained or won View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be appeased or propitiated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be worshipped View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāgadhyānādikathanādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājayogādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktasaṃdhyakan. the flower of Nymphaea Rubra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmadhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmadhyānastotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmāyaṇāyodhyākāṇḍam. Name of a poem based upon the 2nd book of the rāmāyaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmopādhyāyam. Name of a preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṅgamadhyan. the middle of an arena View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasādhyakṣam. a superintendent of liquors or fluids View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasādhyāyam. Name of a medical work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāsapañcādhyāyīf. Name of a chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathamadhyamf(ā-)n. occupying the centre of a car = View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rathamadhyasthamfn. standing in the centre of a car View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rātryāndhyan. night-blindness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛṇabhaṅgādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rodhyamfn. to be stopped or checked or restrained (See a-r-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛṣisvādhyāyam. repetition of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudhirādhyāyam. Name of a chapter of the kālikā- purāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudradhyānavarṇanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrādhyāyam. Name of particular prayers addressed to rudra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrādhyāyaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrādhyāyāyinmfn. reciting the above prayers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudrajapapañcādhyāyam. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rudraṛṅmantradhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūpyādhyakṣam. a superintendent of silver or silver coinage, master of the mint View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdādhyāhāram. the supplying of a word (to complete an ellipsis) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdasādhyaprayogam. Name of a grammar by rāma-nātha- cakravartin-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdavedhyamfn. to be shot at without being seen (see prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdavedhyan. equals -vedha- m. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdavidyopādhyāyam. a teacher of grammar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhāmadhyeind. in society View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacadhyaiSee sac-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādbanādhyakṣam. superintendent of the military forces (Bombay edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saddhyāyinmfn. meditating on what is true View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be subdued or mastered or won or managed, conquerable, amenable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be summoned or conjured up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be set to rights, to be treated or healed or cured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be formed (grammatically) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be cultivated or perfected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be accomplished or fulfilled or brought about or effected or attained, practicable, feasible, attainable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. being effected or brought about, taking place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be prepared or cooked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be inferred or concluded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be proved or demonstrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be found out by calculation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. to be killed or destroyed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyamfn. relating to the sādhya-s (See below) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyam. (plural) "they that are to be propitiated", Name of a class of celestial beings (belonging to the gaṇa-devatā- q.v,sometimes mentioned in the veda- [see ];in the their world is said to be above the sphere of the gods;according to yāska-[ ] their locality is the bhuvarloka- or middle region between the earth and sun;in , the sādhya-s are described as created after the gods with natures exquisitely refined, and in , as children of the soma-sad-s, sons of virāj-;in the purāṇa-s they are sons of sādhyā-, and their number is variously twelve or seventeen;in the later mythology they seem to be superseded by the siddha-sSee siddha-;and their names are manas-, mantṛ-, prāṇa-, nara-, pāna-, vinirbhaya-, naya-, daṃśa-, nārāyaṇa-, vṛṣa-, prabhu-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyam. the god of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyam. Name of a Vedic ṛṣi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyam. of the 21st astronomical yoga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāf. Name of a daughter of dakṣa- and wife of dharma- or manu- (regarded as the mother of the sādhya-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyan. accomplishment, perfection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyan. an object to be accomplished, thing to be proved or established, matter in debate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyan. (in logic) the major term in a syllogism View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyan. silver View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyan. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāind. (for 1.See under sādhy/a-) equals sādhuy/ā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyaetc. See column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyābhāvam. absence of the thing to be proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyābhāvam. impossibility of cure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāhāramfn. having or with something to be supplied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyakośam. Name of a dictionary. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyapakṣam. the side of the thing to be proved (in a lawsuit) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyapramāṇasaṃkhyāvatmfn. containing the number of the things to be proved and of the proofs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyarṣi(ya+ṛṣi-) m. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyāsamfn. having an addition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasādhanan. the means of establishing what is to be proved (exempli gratia, 'for example' a hetu- or reason) , effecting what has to be done etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasādhanakaumudīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasādhanakhaṇḍaf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasamam. an assertion identical with the point to be proved, petitio principii View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasamatvan. sameness with the point to be proved (tvāt-,"because it is the same with what is to be proved") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasiddhamfn. to be still accomplished and already accomplished View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasiddhif. accomplishment of what has to be done View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasiddhif. the establishing of what has to be proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasiddhif. the success of an undertaking, accomplishment fulfilment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasiddhif. proof. conclusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyasiddhipādam. the fourth stage or division of a suit at law, judgement, decision View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyatāf. practicableness, feasibility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyatāf. conquerableness (See a-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyatāf. curableness (See a-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyatovacchedakan. the distinguishing property of the thing to be proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyatvan. curableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyatvan. perfectibility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyatvan. practicability View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyavasānā f. (in rhetoric) an elliptical figure of speech (in which the meaning is left to be implied) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyavasānikāf. (in rhetoric) an elliptical figure of speech (in which the meaning is left to be implied) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyavasāyamfn. elliptical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyavatmfn. comprehending the point to be proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyavatmfn. containing the major term (in logic) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyavatm. the party on whom the burden of proof in a lawsuit rests View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyavyāpakamfn. (in logic) invariably inherent in that which is to be proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyavyāpakatāf. invariable inherence in what is to be proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍjamadhyāf. a particular mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣāḍvidhyan. (fr. ṣaḍ-vidha-) sixfoldness on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaḍvindhyāf. a kind of insect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahadhyaiSee under 1. sah-, p.1192, col, 3. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahādhyayanan. studying together, companionship in study View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahādhyāyinm. a fellow-student, condisciple etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahādhyāyinm. one who studies the same science View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhasādhyavasāyinmfn. acting with inconsiderate haste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabhujarāmadhyānan. Name of work (wrong reading -dhyāna-rāma-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhityavidhyādharam. Name of cāritra-vardhana- muni- (author of a commentator or commentary on the naiṣadha-caritra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sainyādhyakṣam. "army-overseer", a general, commander View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaiṣyopādhyāyikāf. (fr. śiṣya-+ upādhyāya-) the relation between pupil and teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sakalavedādhyāyinmfn. repeating all the veda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākhādhyetṛ(khādh-) m. the reciter of a śākhā-, follower of any particular text of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhidhyaiP. -dhyāyati-, or -dhyāti-, to reflect deeply on, meditate on ; to direct all the thoughts upon, long for (accusative)
samādhyaiP. -dhyāyati-, to meditate deeply upon, reflect upon, be lost in thought View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samadhyamamfn. moderate on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samadhyāsA1. -āste-, to sit upon together, inhabit, occupy : Desiderative -āsisiṣate-, to wish to occupy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samadhyāsitamfn. sat upon or occupied together (as a scat) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samadhyayanan. going over or studying together, (or) that which is gone over or repeated together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmagrīpratibadhyatāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samānopādhyāyam. a common or general preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samānottamamadhyamādhamamfn. one to whom the best and the middle and worst are all the same View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samanudhyaiP. -dhyāyati-, to reflect upon, think of (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samapadhyaiP. -dhyāyati- (Epic also A1. te-), to think ill or badly of, meditate evil or injury against, injure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmasādhyamfn. to be accomplished in a conciliatory or peaceable way View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāsādhyāhāram. the supplying an ellipsis in a compound etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samayādhyuṣitamfn. half-risen (as the sun) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samayādhyuṣitan. a time at which neither stars nor sun are visible
sambadhyamānamfn. being bound together or connected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambadhyamānakamfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') being in some degree related to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambodhyamfn. to be enlightened or instructed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambodhyaṅgan. sambodhi
sambudhyamānamfn. being quite aware View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyin compound for saṃdhi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyamfn. (for 2.See column 3) being on the point of junction etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyamfn. based on saṃdhi- or euphonic combination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāf. See next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāf. holding together, union, junction, juncture, (especially) juncture of day and night, morning or evening twilight etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāf. juncture of the three divisions of the day (morning, noon, and evening) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāf. the religious acts performed by Brahmans and twice-born men at the above three divisions of the day (accusative with ās-or anv-ās-or upa-ās-,"to perform these saṃdhyā- services", which consist of sipping water, repetition of prayers and mantra-s, especially of the gāyatrī- prayer;if regarded as an act of meditation the saṃdhyā-may be connected with saṃ-dhyai-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāf. Twilight (especially evening Twilight, personified as a manifestation or daughter of brahmā-, and as the consort of śiva-, of the Sun, of kāla-, of pulastya-, of pūṣan- etc., and as the mother-in-law of vidyut-keśa-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāf. a girl one year old representing the goddess saṃdhyā- at the durgā- festival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāf. a deity presiding over the three divisions of the day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāf. the period which precedes a yuga- or age of the world (See yuga-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāf. a boundary, limit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāf. promise, agreement, assent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāf. equals saṃ-dhāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāf. a particular flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyamfn. (for 1.See column 2) thinking about, reflecting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāf. thinking about, reflection, meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃdhyamfn. produced by coalescence (as a syllable) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃdhyamfn. (fr. saṃ-dhyā-) relating to the evening twilight, vespertine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃdhyamfn. relating to the morning twilight or dawn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyābalam. "strong during twilight", a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyābalim. the evening or twilight oblation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyābalim. a bull (or its image) in a temple of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyābhāṣyan. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃdhyabhojanan. an evening meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyābhran. (dhyābh-) equals -payoda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyābhran. a sort of red chalk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyācalam. (dhyāc-) "twilight-mountain", Name of a mountain, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyācalatarpaṇavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyadhyāyam. an adhyāya- or chapter on saṃdhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyādibrahmakarman(dhyād-), n. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyaiP. -dhyāyati-, to reflect or meditate on, think about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyākālam. twilight-time, evening-time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyākālam. the interval of a yuga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyākālikamfn. belonging to twilight-time, vespertine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyākalpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyākārikāf. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyākāryan. the morning or evening devotional acts etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyākramapaddhatif. Name of work treating of the saṃdhyā- ceremonial. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyakṣaran. a compound vowel, diphthong, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃdhyakusumāf. Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāmāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāmaṅgalan. the auspicious saṃdhyā- service View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāmantram. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāmantravyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāmantravyākhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāmayamf(ī-)n. consisting of twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāṃśa(dhyā-) m. ( ) "portion of twilight", the period at the end of each yuga- (See above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāṃsa(dhyā-) mfn. having the morning and evening twilight for shoulders View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāṃśakam. () "portion of twilight", the period at the end of each yuga- (See above) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāṃśu(dhyā-) m. "twilight-ray", twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyānāṭinm. "dancing at evening twilight", Name of śiva- (wrong reading -nādin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyānirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyānirṇayakalpavallīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyānyāsam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāpaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāpañcīkaraṇavārttikan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāpātran. a vessel used for pouring out water in performing the saṃdhyā- ceremonies View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāpayodam. a twilight rain-cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāprāyaścittan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāprayogam. equals -kārya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāpuṣpīf. Jasminum Grandiflorum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāpuṣpīf. nutmeg View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyārāgam. the red glow of twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyārāgamfn. having the colour of twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyārāgan. red-lead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyārāma(dhyār-) m. "delighting in the saṃdhyā-", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyarkṣa(for -ṛkṣa-?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāsamayam. twilight-period View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāsamayam. a portion of each yuga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāśaṅkham. the evening conch-shell (of worship, used as an instrument to sound the evening hour) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāśaṅkhadhvanim. the sound made with it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāśatasūtrībhāṣyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāsūtrapravacanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyātṛmfn. one who reflects or meditates View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyātṛmfn. one who binds (wrong reading for saṃ-dātṛ-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyātrayan. the 3 divisions or periods of the day (morning, noon, and evening) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyātrayaprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyātrayavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyātvan. the state of twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyātvan. the time for devotional exercises View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāvandanan. the morning and evening hymns and acts of worship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāvandanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāvandanabhāṣyan. Name of work
saṃdhyāvandanagurubhāṣyan. Name of work
saṃdhyāvandanalaghubhāṣyan. Name of work
saṃdhyāvandanamantram. Name of work
saṃdhyāvandanavidhim. Name of work
saṃdhyāvandanavivaraṇan. Name of work
saṃdhyāvandanopāsanakramam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāvāsam. Name of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāvidhim. equals -kārya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāvidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāvidhimantrasamūhaṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāvidyāf. Name of vara-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyāyaNom. A1. dhyāyate-, to resemble twilight (yāyita- mfn. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyopaniṣadf. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyopāsanan. worship performed at the saṃdhyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyopāsanavidhim. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdhyopasthānan. adoration (of the Sun) at the saṃdhyā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃgītavinodenṛtyādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhitādhyayana(dh-) n. the repeating of the saṃhitā- of a veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhitādhyāyin(dh-) mfn. repeating the saṃhitā- of a veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samidhyaNom. P. yati- (future -idhyitā-or -idhitā-), to wish for fuel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samidhyamānamfn. (pr. p. Passive voice) being kindled or ignited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samidhyamānavatmfn. containing the word samidhyamāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkīrṇarāgādhyāyam. Name of work on music View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkṣepādhyātmasāram. Name of work
sāṃnidhyan. (fr. saṃ-nidhi-) the being near, nearness, vicinity, presence, attendance (accusative with kṛ-,"to make one's appearance, be or become present";with Causal of kṛ-,"to cause to be near, call near";with -,or vraj-"to come near, approach"; -pakṣe-jan-with genitive case,"to take the place of") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃnidhyatāf. vicinity, neighbourhood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃnidhyatasind. from proximity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnyāsinsaṃdhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprasādhyamfn. to be accomplished or set right View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃrādhyamfn. to be conciliated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃrādhyamfn. to be appropriated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃrādhyamfn. to be acquired by perfect meditation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmṛddhyan. (fr. sam-ṛddha-) prosperity, welfare, going on well, success (of a sacrifice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃrodhyamfn. to be restrained or confined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsādhyamfn. to be accomplished or performed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsādhyamfn. to be got or obtained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsādhyamfn. to be overcome or subdued, conquerable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāṃsiddhyan. the state of having attained the highest object, perfection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsodhyamfn. to be completely cleansed etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsodhyamfn. to be purged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsodhyamfn. to be paid or acquitted (as a debt) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃsodhyamfn. to be corrected or rectified View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samyaktvādhyāpanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samyaktvādhyayanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāntikādhyāyam. Name of work. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptabodhyaṅgakusumāḍhyam. Name of buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptaśatadhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptaśatajapārthanyāsadhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śardhyamfn. bold, strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvādhyakṣam. a general superintendent, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvaliṅgādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvamedhyamfn. universally or perfectly pure ( sarvamedhyatva -tva- n."universal purity") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvamedhyatvan. sarvamedhya
sasaṃdhyamf(ā-)n. having or relating to the period called saṃdhyā-, vespertine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasaṃdhyāṃśamfn. with the period called saṃdhyāṃśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstrādhyāpakam. a teacher of the śāstra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatādhyāyam. equals śata-rudriya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣaṭcakradhyānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyābhidhyāyinmfn. meditating upon truth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saugandhyan. sweetness of odour, fragrance, perfume View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaunakīyacaturādhyāyikāf. " śaunaka-'s treatise in four chapters", Name of the atharva-- veda- prātiśākhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sauvādhyāyikamfn. (fr. svādhyāya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayadhyai Vedic or Veda infinitive mood of 1. śī- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāyaṃsaṃdhyāf. the evening twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāyaṃsaṃdhyādevatāf. "deity of the evening twilight", Name of sarasvatī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāyaṃsaṃdhyāprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śayyādhyakṣa(śayyādh-), m. equals -pāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
senādhyakṣa() m. the commander of an army. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyamfn. who or what has effected what was to be done View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyamfn. effected, accomplished, proved View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyam. a particular mantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyan. demonstrated proof or conclusion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhasādhyakam. a particular mantra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhyin compound for 2. siddhi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhyarthamind. for the sake of accomplishing or obtaining View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhyasiddhif. dual number success and misfortune View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sidhyam. "auspicious", Name of the asterism puṣya-
śīkṣādhyāyopaniṣad f. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
silikamadhyamamfn. (said of the horses of the Sun; according to to equals saṃsṛtamadhyama-,or śīrṣa-madhyama-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sindhumadhyaName of a district View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śiṣṭādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivadhyānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivapañcamukhadhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skandhyamf(ā-)n. belonging etc. to the shoulder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
skandhyamf(ā-)n. equals skandha iva- gaRa śākhādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtisādhyamfn. capable of being proved by law View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snaigdhyan. unctuousness, oiliness, smoothness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snaigdhyan. tenderness, fondness, affectionateness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snaigdhya snaihika- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣoḍaśabhujarāmadhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṣoḍaśaganapatidhyānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śodhyamfn. to be cleansed or purified or refined or corrected or improved etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śodhyamfn. to be discharged, payable, due View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śodhyamfn. to be subtracted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śodhyam. an accused person, one to be tried or cleared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śodhyan. (in arith.) a constant number to be subtracted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sopādhyāyagaṇamfn. with a multitude of teachers View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spardhyamfn. to be competed for, desirable, valuable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spardhyāstaraṇavatmfn. covered with a valuable carpet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
spṛdhyaSee mitha-spṛ-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śramasādhyamfn. to be accomplished by exertion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śṛdhyāf. boldness, defiance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīkaraṇādhyakṣam. a kind of official (prob. equals prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śriyadhyai śriy/ase-, śriyā- etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrīyadhyaiVed. infinitive mood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrudhyan. Name of two sāman-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutādhyayanasampannamfn. conversant with repetition or recitation of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanamadhyam. a nipple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stanamadhyan. the space between the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stavadhyaiSee above under root. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthānādhyakṣam. the governor of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlamadhyamf(ā-)n. thick in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strībādhyamfn. one who suffers himself to be distressed by a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strījanmapattrībhāvādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strīmadhyan. society of women View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
stryadhyakṣam. the superintendent of a king's wives, chamberlain, R View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śucadhyaiSee under 1. śuc-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūdādhyakṣam. a superintendent of cooking, director of the kitchen View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhamadhyamārgīf. (in music) a particular mūrchanā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhasādhyavasānā f. Name of two kinds of ellipsis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suddhyupāsyamfn. (euphonically for sudhy-up-See su-dhī-) "to be worshipped by the intelligent"(said of the Supreme Being) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudhyupāsyamfn. See suddhyup- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suduṣprasādhyamfn. very difficult to be mastered or conquered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhārādhyamfn. easy to be conciliated or propitiated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasādhyamfn. easy to be accomplished or attained View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasādhyamfn. easy to be cured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasādhyamfn. easy to be conquered or subdued View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhasambodhyamfn. easy to be taught or explained or to be reasoned with View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukladhyānan. meditation on pure spirit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuklayajurvedādhyetṛpraśaṃsāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śulkādhyakṣam. a superintendent of tolls or taxes or revenue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumadhyamf(ā-)n. good in the middle, containing good stuffing (as meat) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumadhyamf(ā-)n. having a beautiful waist, slender-waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumadhyamamf(ā-)n. very middling or mediocre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumadhyamamf(ā-)n. slender waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumadhyamāf. a graceful woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumedhyamfn. very pure (in a ritual sense) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śundhyu mfn. pure, bright, radiant, beautiful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śundhyumfn. purified or free from, unmolested by (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śundhyum. fire or agni-, the god of fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śundhyun. (with bharad-vājasya-) Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śundhyūmfn. pure, bright, radiant, beautiful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śundhyūmfn. purified or free from, unmolested by (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śundhyūm. fire or agni-, the god of fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śundhyūn. (with bharad-vājasya-) Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śūnyamadhyam. "having a hollow or empty centre", a hollow reed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suparṇādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surādhyakṣam. "sovereign of the gods", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surādhyakṣam. of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surādhyakṣam. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sureśvaropādhyāyam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryadhyānan. Name of work
susādhyamf(ā-)n. easy to be kept in order, obedient, amenable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtramadhyabhūmfn. "produced amid threads or fibres", the resin of Shorea Robusta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūtramadhyabhūmfn. incense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svadeśamadhyaparidhim. circumference of the terrestrial equator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svadhyakṣamf(-)n. good to be inspected View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svadhyavasānamf(-)n. good to be striven after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyam. reciting or repeating or rehearsing to one's self, repetition or recitation of the veda- in a low voice to one's self etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyam. repeating the veda- aloud (accusative with caus. of1. śru-,"to cause the veda- to be repeated aloud") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyam. recitation or perusal of any sacred texts View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyam. the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyam. a day on which sacred recitation is resumed after its suspension View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyamfn. studying the veda- (-tama-,perhaps wrong reading for svādhyāyi-t-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyaNom. P. yāyati-, to study, recite, read to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyabrāhmaṇan. Name of chapter in the taittirīyāraṇyaka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyadhṛkmfn. one who repeats or recites the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyanam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyanam. plural his family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyanikāf. a certain portion of a sacred work or sacred texts which have to be repeated or studied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyavatmfn. (equals -dhṛk-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyavatm. a repeater or student of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyāyārthinm. one who seeks a maintenance for himself during his studentship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyinmfn. repeating or reciting the veda- (see nitya-sv-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyinm. one who recites or repeats any sacred texts to himself, (especially) a repeater of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyinm. a tradesman, shopkeeper, dealer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svādhyāyinikāf. equals svādhyāyanikā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svapnādhyāyam. "dreams-chapter", Name of the 68th pariśiṣṭa- of the atharva-- veda- and other works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svapnādhyāyavidm. an interpreter of dreams View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svapnaphalādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaragatādhyāyam. Name of the first chapter of the saṃgīta-darpaṇa- and of the saṃgīta-ratnākara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svarmadhyan. the central point of the sky, zenith View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetamadhyam. Cyperus Rotundus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
syandayadhyaiSee root, column 1. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tādvidhyan. the being such like (tad-vidha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tālādhyāyam. "time-chapter", Name of saṃgīta-darpaṇa- (treating of musical instruments). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanmadhyan. "the midst thereof" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanmadhyaetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanmadhyamanasetc. See View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanmadhyasthamfn. situated in the midst of that. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanmadhyātind. ablative from among them View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantumadhyamf(ā-)n. having a thread-like waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanumadhyan. "body-middle", the waist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanumadhyamf(ā-)n. equals dhyama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanumadhyāf. a metre of 4x6 (- - u u - -) syllables. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tanumadhyamamf(ā-)n. slender-waisted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapaḥsādhyamfn. to be accomplished by austerities. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāpasādhyuṣitamfn. inhabited by ascetics. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkasādhyan. Name of a kalā- (see rku-karman-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tejovasdagdhyaśīlovatmfn. having energy (and) cleverness (and) a good character, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
traividhyan. triplicity etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
traividhyamfn. triple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisaṃdhyan. the 3 divisions of the day (dawn, noon, and sunset), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisaṃdhyāf. idem or 'f. idem or 'n. the 3 divisions of the day (dawn, noon, and sunset), ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisaṃdhyāf. equals -kusumā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisaṃdhyāf. durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisaṃdhyakusumāf. Hibiscus rosa sinensis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisaṃdhyamind. at dawn, noon, and sunset . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisaṃdhyīf. idem or 'n. the 3 divisions of the day (dawn, noon, and sunset), ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trisaugandhyan. equals -sugandha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tryavarārdhyamind. idem or 'ind. at least thrice ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tulāvarārdhyamfn. at least as much in weight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūbadhyaor /ūvadhya- n. (etymology doubtful) undigested grass etc. in the stomach or bowels (of an animal killed for sacrifice) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūbadhyabreaking wind, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūbadhyagoham. any hole in the ground where the above is concealed & View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbadhya ind.p. having tied up or hanged one's self, hanging one's self View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddhyam. ( ujjh- on ) a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uddhyam. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upacaradhyai(Ved.inf. of upa-. car-), Sch. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhyai View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upadhyātamfn. remembered, thought of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upādhyāyam. ( i-), a teacher, preceptor (who subsists by teaching a part of the veda- or vedāṅga-s, grammar etc.;he is distinguished from the ācārya- q.v) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upādhyāyaf(ā-or ī-) a female teacher on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upādhyāyānīf. the wife of a teacher on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upādhyāyasarvasvan. Name of a grammar (frequently referred to by the commentator or commentary on ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upādhyāyīf. the wife of a teacher on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upādhyāyīkṛto choose as teacher, appoint as teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upamadhyamāf. (scilicet aṅguli-) the finger next to the middle finger, the last finger but one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanidhyātavyamfn. (confer, compare ni- - dhyai-) to be considered, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upārādhya ind.p. having waited upon, waiting upon, serving View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparudhya ind.p. having locked in, having obstructed or kept in check etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃdhyamind. (fr. saṃdhyā-), about twilight View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavindhyam. the land near the vindhya- mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavindhyādrāind. near the vindhya- mountains, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upendhyamfn. ( indh-), to be kindled or inflamed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttamādhamamadhyamamfn. good, bad, and indifferent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttamādhamamadhyamamfn. high, low, and middling. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttamārdhyamfn. relating to or connected with the last part or the best half View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uttarārdhya(fr. uttarārdha-) mfn. being on the northern side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūvadhyaSee /ūbadhya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyamfn. (frequently written b/adhya-) to be slain or killed, to be capitally punished, to be corporally chastised (see under vadha-), sentenced, a criminal etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyamfn. to be destroyed or annihilated etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyam. an enemy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyāf. See below.
vadhyāf. killing, murder (See atma--and brahma-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyaetc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyabhū f. a place of public execution, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyabhūmif. a place of public execution, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyacihnan. the mark or attribute of one sentenced to be killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyadiṇḍimam. or n. (?) a drum beaten at the time of the execution of a criminal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyaghātaka() mfn. killing one sentenced to death, executing criminals. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyaghna() mfn. killing one sentenced to death, executing criminals. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyamālāf. a garland placed on the head of one sentenced to death View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyapālam. "guardian of criminals", a jailer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyaparyāyam. (a hangman's) turn to execute a criminal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyapaṭam. the red garment of a criminal during his execution, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyapaṭaham. equals -diṇḍima- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyaśilāf. a stone or rock on which malefactors are executed, scaffold, slaughter-house, shambles View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyaśilāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyasrajf. equals -mālā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyasthānan. equals -bhū- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyatmfn. equals vadhyamāna-, being struck or killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyatāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyatvan. the state of being sentenced to death, fitness to be killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyavāsasn. the clothes of a criminal who has been executed (given to a caṇḍāla-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vadhyoṣam. Name of a man in gaRa bidādi- on (see badhyoga-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyoṣāyaṇam. patronymic fr. vadhyoṣa- gaRa bidādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vādyadhyāyam. Name of a chapter of the saṃgīta-ratnākara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahadhyaiSee 1. vah-, column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidagdhyan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) dexterity, intelligence, acuteness, cunning in (locative case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidagdhyavatmfn. possessed of cleverness, clever, skilful, experienced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidhyatam. Name of yama-'s doorkeeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaimṛdhyamfn. equals vaimṛdh/a- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaindhyamfn. belonging to the vindhya- range View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiṣṇavadhyānaprakāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājagandhya(v/āja--) mfn. (prob.) forming or possessing a cart-load of goods or booty (see gadhā-and g/adhya-;others "whose gifts are to be seized or held fast") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājedhyāf. (vāja-+ idhy/ā-) equals dīpti- on (perhaps wrong reading for vājetyā-,race, course). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyādhyāhāram. supplying what is wanting in a sentence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vākyapañcādhyāyīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandadhyaiSee under vand-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyamf(ā-)n. (also written bandhya- q.v,and perhaps to be connected with bandh-) barren, unfruitful, unproductive (said of women, female animals and plants) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyamf(ā-)n. fruitless, useless, defective, deprived or destitute of (instrumental case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyāf. See below. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyāf. a barren or childless woman etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyāf. a barren cow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyāf. a particular fragrant substance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyāduhitṛf. the daughter of a barren woman, a mere chimera or anything merely imaginary View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyāgarbhadhāraṇavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyākarkaṭakīf. a species of medicinal plant (given to barren women) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyaparvatam. Name of a district View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyaphalamfn. fruitless, useless, idle, vain ( vandhyaphalatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyaphalatāf. vandhyaphala
vandhyāprakāśaSee pañcadhābandhyā-pr-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyāprāyaścittividhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyāputram. the son of a barren woman, id est anything merely imaginary, an impossibility
vandhyārogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyāsūnum. equals -tanaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyāsuta m. equals -tanaya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyatāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyātanayam. equals -putra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyatvan. barrenness, sterility, uselessness, deficiency, lack of (locative case or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyātvan. the barrenness of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyātvakārakopadravaharavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyāvalīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vandhyāyaNom. A1. yate-, to become barren or useless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varārdhya wrong reading for avar-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārddhyan. old age, senility View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vardhmavṛddhyadhikāram. Name of chapter of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vartayadhyaiSee under vṛt-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasantādhyayanan. studying in spring on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāstumadhyan. the centre of a homestead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāvṛdhadhyaiSee vṛdh-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyakṣam. "protector of the veda-", Name of kṛṣṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyāpakam. a teacher of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyāpanan. teaching the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyāya mfn. one who repeats or is constantly repeating the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyayanan. the repetition or recitation of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyāyāyinmfn. one who repeats or is constantly repeating the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedādhyayinmfn. equals dhvāyin- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedānadhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedānadhyayanan. remissness in repeating the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntācāryavigrahadhyānapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyamfn. to be pierced or perforated etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyamfn. to be cut open or punctured (as a vein; vedhyatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyamfn. to be fixed or observed (see 2. vedha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyāf. a kind of musical instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyan. a mark for shooting at, butt, target View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedhyatāf. vedhya
vedimadhyamf(ā-)n. (a woman) having a waist resembling a vedi- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyin compound before vowels for 2. vidhi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyamfn. (from vyadh-) to be pierced or perforated, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyādim. the commencement of an action View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyalaṃkāram. a kind of rhetorical figure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyalaṃkriyāf. a kind of rhetorical figure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyantam. a concluding act View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyantaetc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyantatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyaparādham. transgression of a rule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyaparādhaprāyaścittan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyaparādhaprāyaścittaprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyaparādhaprāyaścittasūtran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyapāśrayam. adherence to a rule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhyātmakamfn. consisting of a positive injunction (opp. to pratiṣedhātm-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vigrahadhyānan. Name of a stotra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilagnamadhyāf. a woman with a slender waist. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimadhyan. (v/i--) the midst, middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimadhya vi-madhyama- See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimadhyabhāvam. mediocrity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimadhyamamfn. middling, indifferent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyam. (of doubtful derivation) Name of a low range of hills connecting the Northern extremities of the Western and Eastern Ghauts, and separating Hindustan proper from the Dekhan (the vindhya- range is reckoned among the seven principal ranges of bhārata-varṣa- [see kulagiri-,] , and according to , forms the Southern limit of madhya-deśa- or the middle region;according to a legend related in ,the personified vindhya-, jealous of himālaya-, demanded that the sun should revolve round him in the same way as about meru-, which the sun declining to do, the vindhya- then began to elevate himself that he might bar the progress of both sun and moon;the gods alarmed, asked the aid of the saint agastya-, who approached the vindhya- and requested that by bending down he would afford him an easy passage to the South country, begging at the same time that he would retain a low position till his return;this he promised to do, but agastya- never returned, and the vindhya- range consequently never attained the elevation of the himālaya-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyam. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyam. a hunter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyāf. Averrhoa Acida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyāf. small cardamoms View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyācalam. equals ya-giri- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyācalavāsinīf. a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyaculikam. plural Name of a people (varia lectio -pulika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyādhivāsinīf. a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyādrim. equals ya-giri- etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyādrivāsinīf. equals vindhya-vās-? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyagirim. the vindhya- range of hills View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyakam. plural Name of a dynasty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyakailāsavāsinīf. a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyakandaran. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyaketum. Name of a king of the pulinda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyakūṭam. Name of the saint agastya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyakūṭaka m. Name of the saint agastya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyakūṭanam. Name of the saint agastya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyamauleya() m. plural idem or '() () m. plural idem or 'm. plural idem or 'm. plural Name of a people ' (see -culika-).' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyamūlika() () m. plural idem or 'm. plural idem or 'm. plural Name of a people ' (see -culika-).' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyanilayāf. a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyanivāsinm. Name of vyāḍi- (see -vāsin-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyāntavāsinm. plural the inhabitants of the inner vindhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyapālakam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyaparam. Name of a king of the vidyādhara-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyaparvatam. equals -giri- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyapulikam. plural idem or 'm. plural Name of a people ' (see -culika-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyārim. Name of agastya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyaśailam. the vindhya- hills View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyaśaktim. of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyasenam. Name of a king (varia lectio bimbisāra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyasthamfn. residing in the vindhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyastham. Name of vyāḍi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyāṭavīf. a forest in the vindhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyāvali f. Name of the wife of the asura- bali- and mother of bāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyāvalīf. Name of the wife of the asura- bali- and mother of bāṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyāvalīputram. Name of the asura- bāṇa-. (Calcutta edition) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyāvalisutam. () Name of the asura- bāṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyāvalīsutam. Name of the asura- bāṇa-. () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavanan. a forest in the vindhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavarmanm. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavāsakam. Name (also title or epithet) of a sāṃkhya- teacher. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavāsinmfn. dwelling in the vindhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavāsinm. Name of vyāḍi-
vindhyavāsinm. of a medical writer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavāsinm. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavāsin m. Name (also title or epithet) of a sāṃkhya- teacher. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavāsinīf. (with or without devī-) a form of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavāsinīdaśakan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyavatm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyāyaNom. A1. yate-, to represent or act the part of the vindhya- mountains View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyeśvarīprasādam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipaṇimadhyagamfn. being in the midst of a market View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virādhyamfn. to be lost, anything of which one is to be deprived View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virodhyamfn. to be disunited or set at variance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
virodhyamfn. to be opposed or contended against View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇudevārādhyam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇudhyānastotrādiName of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇūpādhyāyam. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇusvarūpadhyānādivarṇanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇuvarṇanadhyānādiName of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśodhyan. to be cleansed or purified etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśodhyan. to be subtracted from (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśodhyan. debt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvambharamaithilopādhyāyam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvanāthopādhyāyam. composed by viśva-nātha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṭṭhalopādhyāyapattran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivādādhyāsitamfn. subject to dispute, disputed, discussed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivindhyam. Name of a dānava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viyanmadhyahaṃsam. "the flamingo in the middle of the sky", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viyonijanmādhyāyam. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhyin compound for vṛddhi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhyājīva () mfn. one who lives by moneylending or usury, a money-lender, usurer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhyājīvin() mfn. one who lives by moneylending or usury, a money-lender, usurer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛddhyupajīvin() mfn. one who lives by moneylending or usury, a money-lender, usurer. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttādhyayanan. moral conduct and repetition (of veda-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttādhyayanarddhif. (for ṛddhi-) welfare resulting from the above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttādhyayanasampattif. welfare resulting from the above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛttasvādhyāyavatmfn. leading a virtuous life and devoted to repetition of the veda-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyādhyin compound for vy-ādhi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyadhyamfn. to be pierced or perforated ( vyadhyasira -sira- mfn.one who is to be bled ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyadhyamfn. a bowstring View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyadhyamfn. a butt, mark to shoot at View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyādhyamfn. to be pierced or cut (as a vein) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyādhyam. Name of śiva- (varia lectio vyādha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyādhyargalaName of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyādhyārtamfn. pained with or suffering from disease View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyadhyasiramfn. vyadhya
vyādhyupaśamam. allaying or curing diseases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyomamadhyeind. in the middle of the sky, in mid-air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yādrādhyamind. (prob.) as far or as well or as quickly as possible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yādrādhyamSee under 2. y/āt-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajadhyaiSee under 1. yaj-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajanādhyayanan. dual number sacrificing and studying the veda- (the duties incumbent on all twice-born) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajñārādhyamfn. to be propitiated by sacrifice (said of viṣṇu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yajuḥsaṃdhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yanmadhyeind. in the centre of which View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantrādhyāyavivṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathādhyāpakam(thādh-) ind. according to a teacher, agreeably to a time's instructions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathādhyāyamind. according to the chapter, id est in the same ch, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathākāmavadhyamfn. to be chastised or punished at pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāvadadhyayanamind. during the recitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyamf(ā-)n. (y/ava--) being like a barleycorn in the middle id est broad in the centre and thin or tapering at the, ends etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyam. a particular pañca-rātra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyam. a kind of drum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyāf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyan. a particular measure of length View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyan. a kind of cāndrāyaṇa-, on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyamam. a particular measure of length, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavamadhyaman. a kind of cāndrāyaṇa- or lunar penance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavanamatagolādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yodhyaSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yodhyamfn. to be fought or overcome or subdued (see a-y-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yodhyam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yoginīdaśādhyāyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yudhyāmadhim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugādhyakṣam. "superintendent of a yuga-", Name of prajā-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugādhyakṣam. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yūpamadhyan. the middle part of the sacrificial post View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
185 results
dhyā ध्या Thought, meditation, reflection.
dhyai ध्यै 1 P. (ध्यायति, ध्यात; desid. दिध्यासति; pass. ध्यायते) To think of, meditate upon, ponder over, contemplate, reflect upon, imagine, call to mind; ध्यायतो विषयान् पुंसः सङ्गस्तेषूपजायते Bg.2.62; न ध्यातं पदमीश्वरस्य Bh.3.11; पितॄन् ध्यायन् Ms.3.224; ध्यायन्ति चान्यं धिया Pt.1.136; Me.3; Ms.5.47;9.21.
dhyāma ध्याम a. Unclean, dirty, black, soiled; Bk.8.71. -मम् A kind of grass.
dhyāman ध्यामन् m. 1 Measure. -2 Light. -n. Meditation (less correctly ध्मामन्).
dhyāna ध्यान [ध्यै-भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Meditation, reflection, thought; contemplation; ज्ञानाद् ध्यानं विशिष्यते Bg.12.12; Ms.1.12; 6.72. -2 Especially, abstract contemplation, religious meditation; तदैव ध्यानादवगतो$स्मि Ś.7; ध्यानस्तिमितलोचनः R.1.73. -3 Divine intuition or discernment. -4 Mental representation of the personal attributes of a deity; इति ध्यानम्. -Comp. -गम्या a. attainable by meditation only; योगिभिर्ध्यानगम्यम् Viṣṇustotra. -तत्पर, -निष्ठ, -पर a. lost in thought, absorbed in meditation, contemplative. -धिष्ण्य a. suitable for ध्यान; रूपं चेदं पौरुषं ध्यानधिष्ण्यम् Bhāg.1.3.28. -मात्रम् mere thought or reflection. -मुद्रा a prescribed attitude in which to meditate on a deity. -योगः profound meditation. -स्थ a. absorbed in meditation; lost in thought.
dhyānika ध्यानिक a. Sought or obtained by pious contemplation or abstract meditation; ध्यानिकं सर्वमेवैतद्यदेतदभिशब्दितम् Ms.7.82.
dhyānin ध्यानिन् a. contemplative, engaged in religious meditation. -बुद्धः, -बोधिसत्त्वः a spiritual Buddha.
dhyāṅkṣaḥ ध्याङ्क्षः see ध्वाङ्क्ष. ध्यात dhyāta ध्यान dhyāna ध्यानिक dhyānika ध्यात ध्यान ध्यानिक &c. See under ध्यै; ध्यातं वित्त- महर्निशं नियमितप्राणैर्न शम्भोः पदम् Bh.3.13.
dhyāta ध्यात p. p. [ध्यै-क्त] Thought of, meditated or reflected upon.
dhyātavya ध्यातव्य ध्येय a. 1 To be meditated upon, to be contemplated. -2 Fit for meditation; ध्येयः सदा सवितृमण्डल- मध्यवर्ती Viṣṇudhyānam. -3 To be imagined or conceived.
dhyātvam ध्यात्वम् Thought, reflection.
akṣudhya अक्षुध्य a. [अक्षुधे हितं; अक्षुध्-यत्.] Ved. 1 That which tends to cause absence of hunger (क्षुधाभावसाधनं द्रव्यम्). -2 Not liable to hunger.
atisandhyā अतिसन्ध्या The time about the twilights, the time just before and after the morning and evening twilight.
adhyuṣita अध्युषित p. p. _x001F_-Inhabited, _x001F_-resorted to; विद्याधराध्युषित- चारुशिलातलानि स्थानानि Bh.2.7; बलैरध्युषितास्तस्य R.4.46; 9.25;14.3; सप्तर्षिमंण्डल˚ K.48.
adhyayaḥ अध्ययः [इ-भावे अच्] 1 Learning, study; remembrance. -2 = अध्याय, q. v.
adhyayanam अध्ययनम् 1 [इ-ल्युट्] Learning, study, reading (especially the Vedas); one of the six duties of a Brāhmaṇa. The study of the Vedas is allowed to the first 3 classes, but not to a Śūdra Ms.1.88.91. अध्ययनं च अक्षरमात्रपाठ इति वैदिकाः, सार्थाक्षरग्रहणमिति मीमांसकाः; the latter view is obviously correct; cf. यथा पशुर्भारवाही न तस्य भजते फलम् । द्विजस्तथार्थानभिज्ञो न वेदफलमश्रुते ॥ or better still Yāska's Nirukta : स्थाणुरयं भारहारः किलाभूदधीत्य वेदं न विजानाति यो$र्थम् । यो$र्थज्ञ इत् (अर्थविद्) सकलं भद्रमश्रुते नाकमेति ज्ञानविधूतपाप्मा ॥ See also under अनग्नि. -2 Muttering प्रणव mantra; वीतरागा महाप्रज्ञा ध्यानाध्ययनसम्पदा Mb. 12.3.49. (अध्ययनं प्रणवजपः इति टीका) -3 Teaching; कृत्वा चाध्ययनं तेषां शिष्याणां शतमुत्तमम् Mb.12.318.17 see अध्यापनम्.
adhyāpakaḥ अध्यापकः [अधि-इ-णिच्-ण्वुल्] A teacher, preceptor, instructor; especially of the Vedas; व्याकरण˚, न्याय˚ professor or _x001F_+teacher of _x001F_2grammar, logic &c.; भृतक˚ a hired teacher, mercenary teacher; ˚उदितः styled a professor. According to Viṣṇu-Smṛiti an adhyāpaka is of 2 kinds : he is either an Achārya i. e. one who invests a boy with the sacred thread and initiates him into the Vedas, or he is an Upādhyāya i. e. one who teaches for livelihood (वृत्त्यर्थम्) See Ms.2.14-141. and the two words. [उपनीय तु यः शिष्यां वेदमध्यापयेद्द्विजः । सकल्पं सरहस्यं च तमाचार्यं प्रचक्षते ॥ एकदेशं तु वेदस्य वेदाङ्गान्यपि वा पुनः । यो$ध्यापयति कृत्त्यर्थमुपाध्यायः स उच्यते ॥]
adhyāpanam अध्यापनम् [इ-णिच्-भावे-ल्युट्] Teaching, instructing, lecturing, especially on sacred knowledge; one of the six duties of a Brāhmaṇa. According to Indian lawgivers अध्यापन is of three kinds: (1) undertaken for charity, (2) for wages and (3) in consideration of services rendered; cf. Hārīta : अध्यापनं च त्रिविधं धर्मार्थमृक्थ- कारणम् । शुश्रूषाकरणं चेति त्रिविधं परिकीर्तितम् ॥
adhyāpayitṛ अध्यापयितृ m. [इ-णिच्-तृच्] A teacher, instructor.
adhyāya अध्याय a. [इ-घञ् P.III.3.21] (At the end of comp.) A reader, student, one who studies; वेदाध्यायः a student of the Vedas; so मन्त्र˚ -यः 1 Reading, learning, study, especially of the Vedas; प्रशान्ताध्यायसत्कथा (नगरी) Rām. -2 Proper time for reading or for a lesson; ˚ज्ञाः प्रचक्षते Ms.4.12, see अनध्याय also. -3 A lesson, lecture; अधीयते$स्मिन् अध्यायः P.III.3.122; so स्वाध्यायो$ध्येतव्यः. -4 A chapter, a large division of a work, such as of the Rāmāyaṇa, Mahābhārata, Manu-smṛiti, Pāṇini's Sūtras &c. The following are some of the names used by Sanskrit writers to denote chapters or divisions of works :--सर्गो वर्गः परिच्छेदोद्घाताध्यायाङ्क- संग्रहाः । उच्छ्वासः परिवर्तश्च पटलः काण्डमाननम् । स्थानं प्रकरणं चैव पर्वोल्लासाह्निकानि च । स्कन्धांशौ तु पुराणादौ प्रायशः परिकीर्तितौ ॥
adhyāyin अध्यायिन् a. [इ-णिनि] Studying.
adhyetṛ अध्येतृ m., -त्री f. A student, learner.
adhyakṣa अध्यक्ष a. [अधिगतः अक्षं इन्द्रियं व्यवहारं वा] 1 Perceptible to the senses, visible; यैरध्यक्षैरथ निजसखं नीरदं स्मारयद्भिः Bv.4.17. -2 One who exercises supervision, presiding over. cf. प्रत्यक्षे$धिकृते$ध्यक्षः । Nm. -क्षः 1 A superintendent, president, head, lord, master, controller, ruler. ततो राज्ञः कलत्राणि भ्रातॄणां चास्य सर्वतः । वाहनेषु समारोप्य अध्यक्षाः प्राद्रवन्भ- यात् ॥ Mb.9.29.94. मया$ध्यक्षेण प्रकृतिः सूयते सचराचरम् Bg.9.1; यदध्यक्षेण जगतां वयमारोपितास्त्वया Ku.6.17; इत्यध्यक्षप्रचारो द्वितीयमधिकरणम् । Kau. A.2 oft. in comp.; गज˚, सेना˚, ग्राम˚, द्वार˚. -2 An eye-witness (Ved.) -3 N. of a plant (क्षीरिका) Mimusops Kauki. (Mar. दुधी).
adhyakṣaram अध्यक्षरम् ind. On the subject of syllables; above all syllables. -रम् The mystic syllable ओम्.
adhyagni अध्यग्नि ind. [अग्नौ अग्निसमीपे वा] Over, by or near the nuptial fire. n. (ग्नि) One of the six kinds of स्त्रीधन (woman's property) mentioned in Ms.9.194 (अध्यग्न्य- ध्यावाहनिकं दत्तं च प्रीतिकर्मणि । भ्रातृमातृपितृप्राप्तं षड्विधं स्त्रीधनं स्मृतम् ॥); a gift made to a woman at the time of marriage : विवाहकाले यत्स्त्रीभ्यो दीयते ह्यग्निसन्निधौ । तदध्यग्निकृतं सद्भिः स्त्रीधनं परिकीर्तितम् ॥ So अध्यग्निकृतं अध्यग्न्युपागतम्; पितृ- मातृपतिभ्रातृदत्तमध्यग्न्युपागतम् । आधिवेदनिकाद्यं च स्त्रीधनं परिकीर्तितम्.
adhyañc अध्यञ्च् [अधि-अञ्च्-क्विन्] 1 Tending upwards; superior, eminent; अध्यङ् शस्त्रभृतां रामः । Bk.5.36. -2 One who obtains or acquires.
adhyaṇḍā अध्यण्डा [अधिकमण्डमिव बीजं यस्याः सा] Names of two plants (अजशृङ्गी) Carpopogon Pruriens (Mar. मेढशिंगी), and भूम्यामलकी Flacourtia Cataphracta (Mar. भुई आंवळी).
adhyadhi अध्यधि ind. On high (acc.); ˚धि लोकम् Sk.
adhyadhikṣepaḥ अध्यधिक्षेपः [अधिकः अधिक्षेपः] Excessive abuse or censure, gross abuse; गुरूणामध्यधिक्षेपो वेदनिन्दा सुहृद्वधः । ब्रह्महत्यासमं ज्ञेयमधीतस्य च नाशनम् ॥ Y.3.228.
adhyadhīna अध्यधीन a. [आधिक्येन अधीनः] Completely subject or dependent, as a slave; नाध्यधीनो न वक्तव्यो न दस्युर्न विकर्मकृत् । Ms.8.66 (Kull. अत्यन्तपरतन्त्रो गर्भदासः).
adhyaya अध्यय अध्ययनम् &c. See under अधी.
adhyardha अध्यर्ध a. [अधिकमर्धं यस्य] Having an additional half; अध्यर्धयोजनं गत्वा सरय्वा दक्षिणे तटे Rām.1.22.11; Bṛ. Up.3.9.1. एकाधिकं हरेज्जयेष्ठः पुत्रो$ध्यर्धं ततो$नुजः Ms.9.117; शतमध्यर्धमायता Mb., i. e. 15; ˚योजनशतात् Pt. 2.18. (in comp. with a following noun) Amounting to or worth one and a half; ˚कंस amounting to one and a half Kaṁsa; so ˚काकिणीक, कार्षापण-णिक, ˚खारीक, ˚पण्य, ˚पाद्य, ˚प्रतिक, ˚भाष्य, ˚विंशतिकीन, ˚शत-त्य, ˚श-शा-तमान, ˚शाण, ˚शाण्य, ˚शूर्प, ˚सहस्र, ˚सौवर्ण &c. (P.V.1.28-35.). -र्धः Wind (यदस्मिन् इदं सर्वं अध्यार्ध्नोत् अधिकमवर्धयत् तेन अध्यर्धः पवनः इति स्थितम् Bṛ. Up.).
adhyarbudam अध्यर्बुदम् [अधिकं or अधिजातं अर्बुदम्] A tumour, goitre; यज्जायते$न्यत्खलु पूर्वजाते ज्ञेयं तदध्यर्बुदमर्बुदज्ञैः Suśr.
adhyavaso अध्यवसो 4 P. 1 To determine, resolve; कथमिदानीं दुर्जनवचनादेवं अध्यवसितं देवेन U. 1; अदुर्लभं मरणमध्यवसितम् K. 171; किमध्यवस्यन्ति गुरवः Ve.1; अभिधातुमध्यवससौ न गिरा Śi.9.76; resolve or mean to do. -2 To attempt, exert, undertake; मा साहसं अध्यवस्यः Dk.123; व्रतं दुष्करमध्यवसितम् H.1. -3 To grapple with. -4 To conceive, apprehend, think; अकार्यं कार्यवदध्यवस्य Dk.86.
adhyavasānam अध्यवसानम् [भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Effort, determination &c. See अध्यवसाय -2 (In Rhet.) Identification of two things (प्रकृत and अप्रकृत) in such a manner that the one is completely absorbed into the other; निगीर्याध्यवसानं तु प्रकृतस्य परेण यत् K. P.1; on such identification is founded the figure called अतिशयोक्ति, and the लक्षणा called साध्यवसाना. See K. P.2.
adhyavasāyaḥ अध्यवसायः 1 An attempt, effort, exertion; न स्वल्प- मप्यध्यवसायभीरोः करोति विज्ञाननिधिर्गुणं हि H.1.v.l.; ˚सह- चरेषु साहसेषु Dk.161. -2 Determination, resolution; mental effort or apprehension; संभावनं नाम अस्तित्वाध्यव- सायः P.VI.2.21. cf. also प्रतिविषयाध्यवसायो दृष्टम् । Sāṅk-hya K.5. -3 Perseverance, diligence, energy, constancy; तत्को$यं पदे पदे महाननध्यवसायः U.4 absence of energy or resolution, drooping of spirits; (with महानध्यवसायः as the reading, the meaning would be 'why this effort on your part i. e. to determine whether you should go or not, hesitation.')
adhyavasāyin अध्यवसायिन् a. [सो-णिनि] Attempting; resolute, persevering, energetic.
adhyavasita अध्यवसित p. p. Attempted, mentally apprehended, determined.
adhyavasin अध्यवसिन् a. One who observes a vow, धर्माश्रमे$- ध्यवसिनां ब्राह्मणानां युधिष्ठिरः Mb.12.64.6.
adhyavahananam अध्यवहननम् [अधि उपरि अवहननम्] Beating again what is being threshed and peeled (पूर्वावघातेन वितुषीकर- णे$पि पुनरवघातः).
adhyaśanam अध्यशनम् [अधिकमशनम्] Excessive eating, eating again before the last meal is digested; साजीर्णे भुज्यते यत्तु तदध्यशनमुच्यते Suśr.
adhyasthi अध्यस्थि n. [अधिरूढमस्थि] A bone growing over another.
adhyas अध्यस् 4 P. 1 To place upon another, add or append to. -2 (In Phil) To attribute or ascribe falsely, attribute the nature of one thing to another; सर्वो हि पुरो$वस्थिते विषये विषयान्तरमध्यस्यति, बाह्यधर्मानात्मन्यध्यस्यति Ś.B.
adhyasta अध्यस्त p. p. [अस्-क्त] 1 Placed upon or over -2 Attributed, wrongly ascribed or supposed; as शुक्तौ रजतमध्यस्तम्, ब्रह्मणि जगदध्यस्तम् &c.
adhyāsaḥ अध्यासः [अस्-घञ्] 1 False attribution, wrong supposition (गिथ्याज्ञनम्, अतस्मिंस्तद्बुद्धिः or अयथार्थानुभवः); स्मृतिरूपः परत्र पूर्वदृष्टावभासः; for full explanation see Ś. B.8-22 and अध्यारोप also. -2 An appendage. -3 Putting down upon; पादाध्यासे शतं दमः Y.2.217.
adhyākram अध्याक्रम् 1 U. 1 To fix upon, to occupy. -2 To attack.
adhyākrānta अध्याक्रान्त a. Taken possession of, occupied; ˚ता वसतिरमुना Ś.2.15.
adhyācarita अध्याचरित a. used शय्यासने$ध्याचरिते श्रेयसा न समाविशेत् Ms.2.119.
adhyātma अध्यात्म a. [आत्मन. संबद्धं, आत्मनि अधिकृतं वा] Belonging to self or person; concerning an individual. -त्मम् ind. [आत्मानमधिकृत्य] Concerning self. -त्मम् The supreme spirit (manifested as the individual self) or the relation between the supreme and the individual soul; अक्षरं ब्रह्म परमं स्वभावो$ध्यात्ममुच्यते Bg.8.3 (स्वस्यैव ब्रह्मण एवांशतया जीवस्वरूपेण भावो भवनं स एव आत्मानं देहमधिकृत्य भोक्तृ- त्वेन वर्तमानो$ध्यात्मशब्देनोच्यते Śrīdhara) 'Brahman is the supreme, the indestructible; its manifestation (as an individual self) is अध्यात्म' -Telang's Bhagavadgītā; -त्मन् 1 Egotism; कर्माण्यध्यात्मना रुद्रे यदहं ममता क्रिया Bhāg. 7.12.29. -2 Wind; स्पर्शमध्यात्मनि त्वचम् Bhāg.7.12.27. ˚चेतसा Bg.3.3. -Comp. -ज्ञानम्-विद्या knowledge of the supreme spirit or आत्मन्, theosophical or metaphysical knowledge (the doctrines taught by the Upaniṣads &c.); ˚विद्या विद्यानां वादः प्रवदतामहम् Bg.1.32 (अध्यात्मविद्या न्यायवैशेषिकमते देहभिन्नत्वेन, सांख्यादिमते प्रकृतिभिन्नत्वेन आत्मनः स्वरूपादिप्रतिपादिका, वेदान्तिमते तु ब्रह्माभिन्नत्वेन इति भेदः; सर्वेषां मते$पि आत्मतत्त्वज्ञानरूपत्वात्तस्या अध्यात्मविद्यात्वम्.). त्रयी विग्रह- वत्येव सममध्यात्मविद्यया M.1.14; -वृश्-विद् n. [अध्यात्मं पश्यति वेत्ति वा] one proficient in this knowledge; न ह्यन- ध्यात्मवित्कश्चित् क्रियाफलमुपाश्रुते Ms.6.82. -योगः [आत्मानं क्षेत्रज्ञमधिकृत्य योगः] concentration of the mind on the Ātman drawing it off from all objects of sense. -रति a. [स. ब.] one who delights in the contemplation of the supreme spirit; अध्यात्मरतिरासीनो निरपेक्षो निरामिषः । आत्मनैव सहायेन सुखार्थी विचरेदिह ॥ Ms.6.49. -रामायणम् N. of a Rāmāyaṇa which treats of the relation between the supreme and the individual soul, while it narrates Rāma's story. It forms part of the Brahmāṇḍa Purāṇa.
adhyātmika अध्यात्मिक a. (-की f.) Relating to अध्यात्म.
adhyāpaka अध्यापक पनम् अध्याय See under अधि.
adhyāruh अध्यारुह् 1 P. 1 to ascend, mount; विष्णुपदं द्वितीयमध्या- रुरोहेव रजश्छलेन R.16.28; (fig.) to gain ascendancy over, domineer or lord it over; लतेव विटपकानध्यारोहति K. 15; बुद्धिहीनो$युच्छ्रितो$पि भूभृत् परैरध्यारुह्यमाणमात्मानं न चेतयते Dk.154. -Caus. [-रोहयति] 1 To cause to ascend, mount or sit in. -2 (-रोपयति) (a) To place one in, entrust or appoint to; to cause, produce, bring about; कुसुमायुधस्य दुर्जयतामध्यारोपयन्ती K.148; कस्य न बन्धुत्वमध्यारोपयसि 22. (b) To attribute falsely; दोषानवि गुणपक्षमध्यारोपयद्भिः K. 18 (falsely) representing even vices as virtues. (c) To overdo, exaggerate.
adhyārūḍha अध्यारूढ p. p 1 Mounted, ascended. -2 Raised above, elevated. -3 Above, superior to, more than (with instr.); below, inferior; ततो$ध्यारुढानां पदमसुजनद्वेष- जननम् Mu.5.12 of those in high office; आयुधपरिग्रहं यावद- ध्यारूढो दुर्योगः U.6 my insolence went the length of taking up arms.
adhyāropaḥ अध्यारोपः 1 Raising, elevating &c. -2 (In Vedānta Phil.) Act of attributing falsely or through mistake; erroneously attributing the properties of one thing to another; considering through mistake a rope (which) is not really a serpent) to be serpent, or considering Brahman (which is not really the material world) to be the material world; असर्पभूतरज्जौ सर्पारोपवत्, अजगद्रूपे ब्रह्मणि जगद्रूपारोपवत्, वस्तुनि अवस्त्वारोपो$ध्यारोपः Vedāntasāra. -3 Erroneous knowledge.
adhyāropaṇam अध्यारोपणम् 1 Raising &c.; अलीक˚ K.222.18. -2 Sowing (seed).
adhyāropita अध्यारोपित p. p. Falsely attributed or supposed; hyperbolical.
adhyāvāpaḥ अध्यावापः [अधि-आ-वप्-घञ्] 1 Act of sowing or scattering (seed &c.) -2 [आधारे घञ्] A field wherein seed &c. is sown.
adhyāvāhanikam अध्यावाहनिकम् [अध्यावाहनं पितृगृहात्पतिगृहगमनम्, तत्काले लब्धम्; लब्धार्थे ठन्] One of the six kinds of स्त्रीधन or woman's property, the property which she receives when leaving her father's house for her husband's; Ms.9.194. यत् पुनर्लभते नारी नीयमाना तु पैतृकात् (गृहात्) । अध्यावाहनिकं नाम स्त्रीधनं परिकीर्तितम् ॥
adhyāśayaḥ अध्याशयः (उत्कृष्टः आशयः कर्णिकाख्यः) the pericarp; अध्याशयो वा स्फुटपुण्डरीकं पुराधिराजं तदलञ्चकार । Bu. Ch.1.9. the commentator explains the word also as 'Jīva' अधि प्रधानभूत आशेते निवसति शरीर इत्यध्याशयो जिवः ।
adhyās अध्यास् 2 A. 1 (a) To lie down, settle upon; occupy, dwell in (as a seat or habitation:; seat oneself in or upon, enter upon, get into (as a path &c.) (with acc. of place); त्वरिततरमध्यास्यतामियं वनस्थली K.28;36,4; पर्णशालामध्यास्य R.1.95; द्वितीयमाश्रममध्या- सितुं समयः V.5; द्वारदेशमध्यास्ते Dk.3 is waiting at the door; R.2.17;4.74;6.1;12.85;13.22,76;15. 93; Me.78; Bk.1.5; Ms.7.77; अये सिंहासनमध्यास्ते वृषलः Mu.3; भगवत्या प्राश्निकपदमध्यासितव्यम् M.1 occupy the seat of judge, accept the office of judge. (b) To take possession of, grasp, seize; धेन्वा तदध्यासितकातराक्ष्या R.2. 52 with eyes tremulous on account of her being seized by him (अध्यासितम् = आक्रमणम्). (c) To resort to, inhabit; यदध्यासितमर्हद्भिस्तद्धि प्रचक्षते Ku.6.56. -2 To live in conjugal relation; cohabit with. -3 To be directed or fixed upon. -4 To rule, govern, influence; affect, concern (mostly Ved.). -Caus. To cause one to sit down upon; भवन्तमध्यासयन्नासनम् Bk.2.46.
adhyāsanam अध्यासनम् 1 Sitting down upon, occupying, presiding over. -2 A seat, place.
adhyāsita अध्यासित a. Seated down, upon, settled. -तम् Sitting upon; धेन्वा तदध्यासितकातराक्ष्या निरीक्ष्यमाणः R.2.52.
adhyāsaḥ अध्यासः See Under अध्यस्.
adhyāhāraḥ अध्याहारः A mode of interpreting a sentence. According to this mode, an incomplete sentence is made to yield complete sense by supplying some extra word or words therein. अध्याहार should be clearly distinguished from अनुषङ्ग which also is a mode of interpreting an incomplete sentence; परिपूर्णमेवेदं वाक्यं नाध्याहारमर्हति विप्रलम्भ- कर्तृकम् ŚB. on MS.4.3.1 (see अनुषङ्ग). cf. also अपरि- पूर्णं यद् वाक्यं तदध्याहारेण वा पूर्येत व्यवहितकल्पनया वा । तत्राध्या- हाराद् व्यवहितकल्पना ज्यायसी । अध्याहारे हि अश्रुतः कल्प्येत । ईत- रत्र श्रुतेन सम्बन्धः । ŚB. on MS.7.4.1. अध्याहारः adhyāhārḥ हरणम् haraṇam अध्याहारः हरणम् 1 Supplying an ellipsis (आकाङ्क्षा- विषयपदानुसंधानम्). -2 Arguing; inferring; new supposition; inference or conjecture.
adhyuṣita अध्युषित a. Inhabited, occupied.
adhyuṣite अध्युषिते ind. At daybreak; उवाच राजन्संग्रामे$ध्युषिते पर्युपस्थिते Mb.8.36.4.
adhyuṣṭa अध्युष्ट a. (Ety?) Coiled up three and a half times; ˚वलयः a snake forming a ring coiled up three and a half times; अवाप्य स्वां भूमिं भुजकनिभमध्युष्टवलयं स्वमात्मानं कृत्वा A. L.1.
adhyuṣṭraḥ अध्युष्ट्रः [अधिगतः उष्ट्रं वाहनेत्वेन] A carriage drawn or borne by camels.
adhyūḍha अध्यूढ a. [अधि उपरि ऊढः] 1 Raised, exalted, elevated, hanging over. एतस्यामृच्यध्यूढ साम तस्मादृच्यध्यूढ साम गीयते Ch. Up.1.6.1. -2 Abundant, increased, copious. -3 Rich, affluent. -ढः 1 Śiva. -2 The son of a woman pregnant before marriage; अध्यूढश्च तथा$परः Mb.13.49.4. -ढा A wife whose husband has married another wife and thus superseded her (अधिविन्ना q. v.). अध्यूढायाश्च यद् दुःखं साक्षिभिर्विहितस्य च Mb.2.68.83.
adhyūdhnī अध्यूध्नी [अधिकम् ऊधो यस्याः अनङ् ङीप् च] 1 A cow with full and fat udders. -2 The vessel (in the body) above the udder or above the scrotum; perhaps urethra (?).
adhyūh अध्यूह् 1 U. 1 To overlay, place on or upon. -2 To raise above.
adhyūhanam अध्यूहनम् Putting of a layer (of ashes &c.).
adhyeṣaṇam अध्येषणम् [अधि-इष् प्रैरणे-ल्युट्] Causing one to do a thing, especially a preceptor &c. as an honorific duty. -णा [अधिका एषणा प्रार्थना] Solicitation, entreaty.
anadhyakṣa अनध्यक्ष a. [न. त.] 1 Not perceptible or observable, invisible; मनो$पि न तथाज्ञानादनध्यक्षं तदा भवेत् । Bhāṣā P. -2 Without controller or ruler &c.
anadhyāyaḥ अनध्यायः अनध्ययनम् [न. त.] Not studying, intermission of study; the time when there is or ought to be such intermission, a holiday (˚दिवसः); अद्य शिष्टानध्यायः U.4 a holiday (given) in honour of distinguished guests. See Ms.2.15-6;4.13-4;15-8;117-8, 126 &c.
anavarārdhya अनवरार्ध्य a. [अवरस्मिन् अर्धे भवः, यत्. न. त.] Chief, best, excellent.
anudhyai अनुध्यै 1 P. 1 To think of, muse, consider attentively. -2 To wish well of, to bless, favour; प्रजानिषेकं मयि वर्तमानं सूनोरनुध्यायत चेतसेति R.14.6 bless; अनुदध्युर- नुध्येयं सांनिध्यैः प्रतिमागतैः 17.36 favoured.
anudhyā अनुध्या [ध्यै-अङ्] 1 Thinking or wishing well of, favouring, attachment. यदनुध्यासिना युक्ताः कर्मग्रन्थिनिबन्धनम् Bhāg.1.2.15. -2 Sorrow; प्रेतो यन्तु व्याधः प्रानुध्याः Av. 7.114.2.
anudhyāna अनुध्यान p. p. Mused, thought of &c. -तम्, -नम् [ध्यै-ल्युट्] 1 Thought; अनुध्यानानन्तरमेव K.262; meditation, religious contemplation. -2 Thinking of, remembrance; या नः प्रीतिर्विरूपाक्ष त्वदनुध्यानसम्भवा Ku.6.21. -3 Wishing well of, affectionate solicitude for; अनुध्या- नैरुपेतव्यं वत्सयोर्भद्रमस्तु वः (v. l. अनुध्यातै) U.7.11; सा त्वमम्ब स्नुषायामरुन्धतीव सीतायां शिवानुध्यानपरां भव U.1.
anudhyāyaḥ अनुध्यायः [ध्यै कर्तरि घञ्] One who wishes well of.
anudhyeya अनुध्येय a. To be favoured or wished well of; अनु- दध्युरनुध्येयम् R.17.36.
anubandhya अनुबन्ध्य a. Principal, chief, primary (which may receive an adjunct, as a root, a disease &c.). -2 [वधार्थं बन्धः अनुबन्धः कर्मणि ण्यत्] To be killed (as a bull), one of the three principal sacrificial animals at the ज्योतिष्टोम sacrifice; गारनुबन्ध्यः K. P.2.
anūbandhya अनूबन्ध्य a. Ved. To be fastened as a sacrificial animal; वशामनुबन्ध्यामालभेत Śat. Br.; अनुबन्ध्ययेष्ट्वा Āśval.
anvādhyaḥ अन्वाध्यः A class of divinities.
apadhyai अपध्यै 1 P. To think ill of, have evil thoughts about, curse mentally; अपध्याता च विप्रेण न्यपतद्धरणीतले Mb.
apadhyānam अपध्यानम् 1 Evil thoughts, thinking ill of, cursing mentally; तदपध्यानात् पिशाचतामुपगतम् K.29. -2 Meditation upon things which are not to be thought of. (Jain).
abudhya अबुध्य a. Ved. Not to be perceived or awakened.
abhidhyai अभिध्यै 1 P. (epic 2 P.) 1 To meditate upon, reflect, consider, think of; यदभिध्याम्यहं शश्वच्छुभं वा यदि वा$शुभम् Mb. -2 To covet, wish or desire for; परद्रव्याण्यभि- ध्यायन् Y.3.134.
abhidhyā अभिध्या [ध्यै-अङ्] 1 Coveting another's property. न चाचिकीर्षीत् परवस्त्वभिध्याम् Bu. Ch.2.44. -2 Longing, wish; desire in general; अभिध्योपदेशात् Br. Sūt. -3 Desire of taking (in general).
abhidhyānam अभिध्यानम् Desiring or longing for, coveting; a wish or desire; परद्रव्येष्वभिध्यानम् Ms.12.5. -2 Meditation, profound thought. -3 Anxiety; अभिध्या$प्रख्यता चैव सर्वं लोभात्प्रवर्तते Mb.12.158.5. -4 Censure, reviling; सो$भिध्यानाद् ब्राह्मणस्य पराभूयादसंशयम् Mb.12.327.51.
amedhya अमेध्य a. 1 Not able or allowed to sacrifice. -2 Unfit for a sacrifice; नामेध्यं प्रक्षिपेदग्नौ Ms.4.53,56; 5.5,132. -2 Unholy, filthy, foul, dirty, impure; उच्छिष्टमपि चामेध्यं भोजनं तामसप्रियम् Bg.17.1.; Bh.3.16. -ध्यम् 1 Excrement, ordure; सुमुत्सृजेद्राजमार्गे यस्त्वमेध्यम- नापदि Ms.9.282;5.126,128;12.71. -2 An unlucky or inauspicious omen, अमेध्यं दृष्ट्वा सूर्यमुपतिष्ठेत Kāty. -Comp. -कुणपाशिन् a. feeding on carrion. -युक्त, -लिप्त a. smeared with ordure, foul, defiled, dirty; Ms.4.56. -लेपः smearing with ordure.
ayudhya अयुध्य a. Unconquerable, irresistible दुश्च्यवनः पृतनाषाळयुध्यो Rv.1.13.7.
ayodhya अयोध्य a. Not to be warred against, unassailable; irresistible; अद्यायोध्या महावाहो अयोध्या प्रतिभाति नः Rām. -ध्या The capital of solar kings, born of the line of Raghu, (the modern Oudh) situated on the river Śarayu. अलमुपहितशोभां तूर्णमायादयोध्याम् । Bk. [It is said to have extended 48 miles in length and 12 miles in breadth. It was also called Sāketa, and one of its suburbs was Nandi-grāma, where Bharata lived governing the kingdom during the absence of Rāma. The town plays an important part in the story of the Rāmāyaṇa; the second book (अयोध्याकाण्ड) dealing mostly with events that took place in that city during the youthful days of Rāma.]
ardhya अर्ध्य a. 1 Belonging to the half (of anything). -2 Fit to be increased. -3 To be accomplished; अधा ते विष्णो विदुषा चिदर्ध्यः Rv.1.156.1. -4 To be obtained; शविष्ठं वाजं विदुषा चिदर्ध्यम् Rv.5-44.1.
ādhyakṣyam आध्यक्ष्यम् [अध्यक्ष-ष्यञ्] Ved. 1 Superintendence. -2 Presence.
ādhyātmika आध्यात्मिक a. (-की f.) [आत्मानं अधिकृत्य भवः ठञ्] 1 Relating to the Supreme Spirit. -2 Spiritual, holy; जपयज्ञप्रसिद्धर्थं्य विद्यां चाध्यात्मिकीं जपेत् Y.1.11; Ms.2.117 -3 Relating to self. -4 Caused by the mind (pain, sorrow &c.); see आधिदैविक.
ādhyāpakaḥ आध्यापकः [अध्यापक एव स्वार्थे अण्] A teacher, a spiritual preceptor.
ādhyāyika आध्यायिक a. (-की f.) [अध्याय ठञ्] Occupied or employed in reading or studying (the Vedas) (अधीतवेद); युवा स्यात्साधुयुवाध्यायिकः T. Up.2.8.
ādhyāsika आध्यासिक a. (-की f.) [अध्यासेन कल्पितः ठक्] Caused by adhyāsa i. e. by attributing the nature and properties of one thing to another (in Vedānta Phil.).
ādhyai आध्यै 1 P. To think on, meditate, remember.
ādhyā आध्या [आध्या-अङ्] Remembering, especially with regret, sorrowful recollection.
ādhyānam आध्यानम् 1 Anxiety. -2 Remembering with regret, pensive or sorrowful recollection; आध्यानमुत्कण्ठापूर्वक- स्मरणम् Sk. -3 Meditating or reflecting upon.
āndhyam आन्ध्यम् [अन्धस्य भावः ष्यञ्] Blindness; तेनेदमान्ध्यं किल नान्धकारैः N.22.35.
ābudhyam आबुध्यम् Want of discernment, foolishness.
idhyā इध्या f. Kindling, lighting.
iṣudhyati इषुध्यति Den. P. 1 To contain arrows. -2 To Implore, request, ask. -3 To desire oblations.
iṣudhyā इषुध्या Imploring, request; इषुध्येव मरुतो रोदस्योः Rv.1.122.1.
iṣudhyu इषुध्यु a. 1 Going. -2 Requesting; इषुध्यव ऋतसापः पुरन्धीः Rv.5.41.6.
uddhyaḥ उद्ध्यः [P.III.1.115; cf. उज्झत्युदकमिति उद्ध्यः Malli.] N. of a river; तोयदागम इवोद्ध्यभिद्ययोः R.11.8.
upasaṃdhyam उपसंध्यम् ind. About twilight; उपसंध्यमास्त तनु सानुमतः Śi.9.5.
upādhyāyaḥ उपाध्यायः [उपेत्याधीयते अस्मात्, उप-अधि-इ-घञ्] 1 A teacher or preceptor in general. -2 Particularly, a spiritual teacher, religious preceptor; य उदात्ते कर्तव्ये$ नुदात्तं करोति खण्डिकोपाध्यायस्तमै चपेटां ददाति Mbh.I.1.1. (by Y.1.35 a sub-teacher who instructs for wages only in a part of the Veda and is inferior to an आचार्य; एकदेशमुपाध्यायः); cf. Ms.2.141; एकदेशं तु वेदस्य वेदाङ्गान्यपि वा पुनः । यो$ध्यापयति वृत्त्यर्थमुपाध्यायः स उच्यते ॥ see अध्यापक, and under आचार्य also. -या A female preceptor. -यी 1 A female preceptor. उपेत्य अधीयते तस्या उपाध्यायी, उपाध्याया and Vārt. या तु स्वयमेवाध्यापिका तत्र वा ङीष् वाच्यः on P.IV.1.49 Sk. -2 The wife of a preceptor. -Comp. -सर्वस्वम् N. of a grammar frequently referred to by the commentary on the Uṇādi Sūtras.
upādhyāyānī उपाध्यायानी The wife of a preceptor. Vārt. मातुलो- पाध्याययोरानुग्वा । on P.IV.1.49
ūvadhyam ऊवध्यम् Half digested food; Bṛi. Up.1.1.1. उवध्य- गोहं पार्थिवं रवनतात् T. Br.
aikadhyam ऐकध्यम् Singleness of time or occurrence.
aupanidhya औपनिध्य a. See औपनिधिक; Śukra.2.316.
aupasaṃdhya औपसंध्य a. Relating to dawn; N.
aupādhyāyaka औपाध्यायक a. (-की f.) [उपाध्याय-वुञ् P.IV.3.77] Coming or obtained from a teacher.
kābandhyam काबन्ध्यम् The state of being a trunk; इन्द्रास्त्रकृत- काबन्ध्यः पूतो$स्मि भवदाश्रयात् Mv.5.34.
gadhya गध्य a. Ved. To be seized (as booty); ऋज्रा वाजं न गध्यं युयूषन् Rv.4.16.11.
gārddhyam गार्द्ध्यम् Greediness; पीत्वा जलानां निधिनातिगार्ध्यात् Śi.3.73.
gṛdhyam गृध्यम् ध्या a. [गृध् कर्मणि क्यप्] Desire, greediness.
gṛdhya गृध्य a. Longed for, greedily desired; गृध्यमर्थमवाप्स्यसि Bk.7.55.
cāturvidhyam चातुर्विध्यम् Four kinds (collectively), a four-fold division.
traividhyam त्रैविध्यम् Three-foldness, three kinds of sorts, triplicity. त्रैविष्टपः traiviṣṭapḥ त्रैविष्टपेयः traiviṣṭapēyḥ त्रैविष्टपः त्रैविष्टपेयः A god; गन्धर्वयक्षासुरसिद्धचारणत्रैविष्ट- पेयादिषु नान्वविन्दत Bhāg.8.8.19.
daurgandhyam दौर्गन्ध्यम् Bad or disagreeable smell.
dvaidhyam द्वैध्यम् 1 Duplicity. -2 Diversity, difference. -3 Falsehood.
dvaividhyam द्वैविध्यम् 1 Duality, two-fold nature. -2 Variance, diversity, difference.
nidhyai निध्यै 1 P. 1 To think of, meditate upon, remember; बिभीषणादिति श्रुत्वा तं निदध्यौ सघूत्तमः Bk.14.65. -2 To meditate deeply upon, look steadfastly or intently at; अङ्गुलीयकं निध्यायन्ती M.1; Śi.8.69;12.4; Ki.1.46;14.58. निदिध्यासः nididhyāsḥ निदिध्यासनम् nididhyāsanam निदिध्यासः निदिध्यासनम् Profound and repeated meditation, constant musing.
nidhyāta निध्यात a. Meditated or thought on.
nidhyānam निध्यानम् Seeing, beholding, sight.
nirdhyāta निर्ध्यात a. thought of, meditated.
pradhyai प्रध्यै 1 P., Ā. 1 To meditate upon, think, reflect, consider. -2 To devise, hit upon.
pradhyānam प्रध्यानम् 1 Deep thought or reflection. -2 Reflection or thought in general.
prādhyayanam प्राध्ययनम् Reading, studying.
bandhya बन्ध्य [बन्ध्-यत्] 1 To be bound or fettered, to be confined or imprisoned; अबन्ध्यं यश्च बध्नाति बद्धं यश्च प्रमुञ्चति Y.2.243. -2 To be joined or bound together. -3 To be formed, built or constructed. -4 Detained, under arrest. -5 (= वन्ध्य) Barren, unproductive, fruitless; useless (said of persons or things); बन्ध्यश्रमास्ते R.16.75; अबन्ध्ययत्नाश्च बभूवुरत्र ते 3.29; Ki.1.33. -6 Not having the menses or menstrual discharge. -7 (At the end of comp.) Deprived or destitute of. -Comp. -फल a. useless, vain, idle.
bandhyā बन्ध्या (= वन्ध्या) 1 A barren woman; न हि बन्ध्या विजानाति गुर्वी प्रसववेदनाम् Subhāṣ. -2 A barren cow. -3 A kind or perfume (बाल). -Comp. -तनयः, -पुत्रः, -सुतः, or दुहिता, -सुता &c. the son or daughter of a barren woman; i. e. a wild impossibility, anything that does not and cannot exist; एष बन्ध्यासुतो याति खपुष्पकृतशेखरः; see खपुष्प.
dhya बाध्य a. 1 To be pained or troubled. -2 Fit to be opposed or objected to, objectionable, exceptionable. -3 To be annulled. -Comp. -बाधकता the condition of oppressed and oppressor. -रेतस् a. impotent; Kull. on Ms.9.79. बाध्यत्वम् bādhyatvam बाध्यमानत्वम् bādhyamānatvam बाध्यत्वम् बाध्यमानत्वम् Suspension, annulment.
budhya बुध्य a. 1 Observable, noteworthy. -2 To be awaked or roused.
bodhya बोध्य बोद्धव्य a. To be known or understood; उत्था- योत्थाय बोद्धव्यं महद्भयमुपस्थितम् H. -2 Intelligible, perceivable. -3 To be informed, instructed &c.
magadhyati मगध्यति Den. P. 1 To surround. -2 To serve, be a slave, attend upon, (as a bard, waiter &c.).
madhya मध्य a. [मन्-यत् नस्य धः Tv.] 1 Middle, central, being in the middle or centre; एकं मुक्तागुणमिव भुवः स्थूल- मध्येन्द्रनीलम् Me.48; Ms.2.21. -2 Intervening, intermediate. -3 Middling, moderate, of a middling size or quality, mediocre; अग्ऱ्यो मध्यो जघन्यश्च तं प्रवेक्ष्याम्यशेषतः Ms.12.3; प्रारभ्य विघ्नविहता विरमन्ति मध्याः Bh.2.27. -4 Neutral, impartial. -5 Just, right. -6 Mean (in astr.). -ध्यः, -ध्यम् 1 The middle, centre, middle or central part; अह्नः मध्यम् midday; सहस्रदीधितिरलंकरोति मध्यमह्नः Māl. 1 'the sun is on the meridian' or 'right over-head'; सरति सहसा बाह्वोर्मध्यं गताप्यबला सती M.4.11 (v. l.); व्योममध्ये V.2.1. -2 The middle of the body, the waist; मध्ये क्षामा Me.84; वेदिविलग्नमध्या Ku.1.39; विशालवक्षास्तनुवृत्तमध्यः R.6.32; दधाना बलिभं मध्यं कर्णजाहविलोचना Bk.4.16. -3 The belly, abdomen; मध्येन ... वलित्रयं चारु बभार बाला Ku.1.39. -4 The inside or interior of anything. -5 A middle state or condition. -6 The flank of a horse. -7 Mean time in music. -8 The middle term of a progression. -9 Cessation, pause, interval. -ध्या 1 The middle finger. -2 A young woman, one arrived at puberty. -ध्यम् Ten thousand billions. [The acc., instr., abl. and loc. singulars of मध्य are used adverbially. (a) मध्यम् into the midst of, into. (b) मध्येन through or between. (c) मध्यात् out of, from among, from the midst (with gen.); तेषां मध्यात् काकः प्रोवाच Pt.1. (d) मध्ये 1 in the middle, between, among, in the midst; स जहार तयोर्मध्ये मैथिलीं लोकशोषणः R.12.29. -2 in, into, within, inside, oft. as the first member of adverbial compounds; e. g. मध्येगङ्गम् into the Ganges; मध्येजठरम् in the belly; Bv.1.61; मध्येनगरम् inside the city; मध्येनदि in the middle of the river; मध्येपृष्ठम् on the back; मध्येभक्तम् a medicine taken in the middle of one's meals; मध्येरणम् in the battle; Bv.1.128; मध्ये- सभम् in or before an assembly; N.6.76; मध्येसमुद्रम् in the midst of the sea; Śi.3.33.]. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः, -ला f. the middle finger. -अह्नः (for अहन्) midday, noon; प्रातःकालो मुहूर्तांस्त्रीन् संगवस्तावदेव तु । मध्याह्नस्त्रिमुहूर्तं स्यात् ...... Dakṣasamhitā. ˚कृत्यम्, ˚क्रिया a midday rite or observance. ˚कालः, ˚वेला, ˚समयः noontime, midday. ˚स्नानम् midday ablution. -आदित्यः the mid-day sun. -उदात्त a. having the उदात्त accent on the middle syllable. -कर्णः a radius. -क्ष्मामा N. of a metre. -ग a. being or going in the middle or among. -गत a. central, middle, being in the middle. -गन्धः the mango tree. -ग्रहणम् the middle of an eclipse. -छाया mean or middle shadow. -जिह्वम् the organ of the palatals. -ज्या the sign of the meridian. -तमस् n. circular or annular darkness, central darkness. -तापिनी N. of an Upaniṣad. -दन्तः a front tooth. -दिनम् (also मध्यंदिनम्); मध्यंदिने$र्धरात्रे च Ms.7.151. 1 midday, noon. -2 a midday offering. -दीपकम् a variety of the figure called Dīpaka, in which the common attribute that throws light on the whole description is placed in the middle; e. g; गरुडानिलतिग्मरश्मयः पततां यद्यपि संमता जवे । अचिरेण कृतार्थमागतं तममन्यन्त तथाप्यतीव ते ॥ Bk.1.25. -देशः 1 the middle region or space, the middle part of anything. -2 the waist. -3 the belly. -4 the meridian. -5 the central region, the country lying between the Himālaya and Vindhya mountains; हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोर्मध्यं यत्प्राग्विनशनादपि । प्रत्यगेव प्रयागाच्च मध्यदेशः स कीर्तितः ॥ Ms.2.21. -देहः the trunk of the body, the belly. -निहित a. inserted, fixed into. -पदम् the middle word. ˚लेपिन् see मध्यमपदलोपिन्. -परिमाणम् the middle measure (between an atom and infinitude). -पातः 1 communion, intercourse. -2 (in astr.) the mean occurrence of the aspect. -प्रविष्ट a. one who has stolen into another's confidence; Ks. -भः (in astr.) the meridian ecliptic point. -भागः 1 the middle part. -2 the waist. -भावः 1 middle state, mediocrity. -2 a middling or moderate distance. -मणिः the principle or central gem of a necklace. -यवः a weight of six white mustard-seeds. -योगिन् a. being in the middle of a conjunction, completely obscured. -रात्रः, -रात्रिः f. midnight. -रेखा the central or first meridian; (the line supposed to be drawn through लङ्का, उज्जयिनी, कुरुक्षेत्र and other places to the mount मेरु). -लग्नम् the point of the ecliptic situated on the meridian. -लोकः the middle of the three worlds; i. e. the earth or world of mortals. ˚ईशः, ˚ईश्वरः a king. -वयस् a. middle-aged. -वर्तिन् a. 1 middle, central. -2 being among or in the middle. (-m.) an arbitrator, a mediator. -वृत्तम् the navel. -शरीर a. 1 having a middle-sized body. -2 one of moderately full habit. -सूत्रम् = मध्यरेखा q. v. -स्थ a. 1 being or standing in the middle, central. -2 intermediate, intervening. -3 middling. -4 mediating, acting as umpire between two parties. -5 impartial, neutral; सुहृन्मित्रार्युदासीनमध्यस्थ- द्वेष्यबन्धुषु ... समबुद्धिर्विशिष्यते Bg.6.9. -6 indifferent, unconcerned; अन्या मध्यस्थचिन्ता तु विमर्दाभ्यधिकोदया Rām. 2.2.16; मध्यस्थो देशबन्धुषु Pt.4.6; वयमत्र मध्यस्थाः Ś.5. (-स्थः) 1 an umpire, arbitrator, a mediator. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -स्थता 1 intermediate position. -2 middle state or character. -3 mediocrity. -4 arbitration, mediatorship. -5 impartiality; मध्यस्थतां गृहीत्वा भण M.3 'say impartially'; मध्यस्थतानैकतरोपहासः N. -6 indifference. -स्थलम्, -स्थली 1 the middle or centre. -2 the middle space or region. -3 the waist. -4 the hip; कुचौ मरिचसंनिभौ मुरजमध्यमध्यस्थली Udb. -स्थानम् 1 the middle station. -2 the middle space; i. e. air. -3 a neutral region. -स्थित a. central, intermediate. -ता indifference. -स्वरित a. having the स्वरित accent on the middle syllable.
madhyakam मध्यकम् A common property, common belonging; मध्यकं हीदं दम्पत्योर्धनम् ŚB. on MS.6.1.17; मध्यकं स्यात् कृत्स्नं फलम् इति ŚB. on MS.6.2.1.
madhyatas मध्यतस् ind. 1 From the middle or midst, out of. -2 Among, between.
madhyaṃdina मध्यंदिन a. 1 Middle, central. -2 Meridional, belonging to noon (also मध्यंदिनीय). -नम् 1 The midday (the third division of the day out of five); अथ यत् संप्रति मध्यंदिने Ch. Up.2.9.5. -2 The time of the day between 16 to 2 Ghaṭakās; मध्यंदिने विष्णुररीन्द्रपाणिः Bhāg.6.8.2.
madhyanya मध्यन्य a. 1 Occupying a middle station. -2 Having a middle rank or position (in any caste &c.).
madhyama मध्यम a. [मध्ये भवः म] 1 Being or standing in the middle, middle, central; पितुः पदं मध्यममुत्पतन्ती V.1.19; मध्यमोपलम् Ki.9.2; so मध्यमलोकपालः, मध्यमपदम्, मध्यमरेखा q. q. v. v. -2 Intermediate, intervening; नाप्नोद्यो$यं मध्यमः प्राणस्तानि ज्ञातुं दध्रिरे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -3 Middling condition or quality, mediocre; as in उत्तमाधममध्यम. -4 Middling, moderate; तेन मध्यमशक्तीनि मित्राणि स्थापितान्यतः R.17.58. -5 Middle-sized. -6 Neither youngest nor oldest, the middleborn (as a brother); प्रणमति पितरौ वां मध्यमः पाण्डवो$यम् Ve.5.26; ततो$र्धं मध्यमस्य स्यात् तुरीयं तु यवीयसः Ms.9.112. -7 Impartial, neutral. -8 Mean (in astr.). -9 Belonging to the meridian. -मः 1 The fifth note in music. -2 A particular musical mode. -3 The mid-land country; see मध्यदेश. -4 The second person (in grammar). -5 A neutral sovereign; धर्मोत्तरं मध्यममाश्रयन्ते R.13.7. -6 the middle-most prince; मध्यमस्य प्रचारं च विजिगीषोश्च चेष्टितम् Ms.7.155. -7 the middle character in plays. -8 The governor of a province. -9 An epithet of Bhīma; (cf. मध्वमव्यायोग). -मा 1 The middle finger. -2 A marriageable girl, one arrived at the age of puberty. -3 The pericarp of a lotus. -4 One of the classes of heroines (Nāyikās) in poetic compositions, a woman in the middle of her youth; cf. S. D. 1. -5 A central blossom. -मम् 1 The middle. -2 The waist; तदैव यन्न दग्धस्त्वं धर्षयंस्तनुमध्यमाम् Rām.6.111.24. -3 The defectiveness. -4 (In astr.) The meridian ecliptic point. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः the middle finger. -आगमः one of the four Āgamas; Buddh. -आहरणम् (in alg.) elimination of the middle term in an equation. -उत्खातः a particular division of time. -उपलः = मध्यमणिः q. v.; मध्यमोपलनिभे लसदंशौ Ki.9.2. -कक्षा the middle courtyard. -खण्डम् the middle term of an equation. -गतिः (in astr.) the mean motion of a planet. -ग्रामः (in music) the middle scale. -जात a. middle-born. -पदम् the middle member (of a compound). ˚लेपिन् m. a subdivision of the Tatpuruṣa compound in which the middle word is omitted in composition; the usual instance given is शाकपार्थिवः which is dissolved as शाकप्रियः पार्थिवः; here the middle word प्रिय is omitted; so छायातरु, गुडधानाः &c. -पाण्डवः an epithet of Arjuna. -पुरुषः the second person (in grammar). -पूरुषः a mediocre person. -भृतकः a husbandman or cultivator (who works both for himself and his master or landlord). -यानम् the middle way to salvation. -रात्रः midnight. -राष्ट्रकम् a variety of diamonds; Kau. A.2.11.29. -रेखा the central meridian of the earth. -लोकः the middle world, the earth. ˚पालः a king; तां ...... अन्वग्ययौ मध्यमलोकपालः R.2.16. -वयस् n. middle age. -वयस्क a. middle-aged. -संग्रहः intrigue of a middling character, such as sending presents of flowers &c. to another's wife; it is thus defined by Vyāsa :-प्रेषणं गन्धमाल्यानां धूपभूषणवाससाम् । प्रलोभनं चान्नपानैर्मध्यमः संग्रहः स्मृतः ॥ -साहसः the second of the three penalties or modes of punishment; see Ms.8. 138. (-सः, -सम्) an outrage or offence of the middle class. -स्थ a. being in the middle.
madhyamaka मध्यमक a. (-मिका f.) 1 Middle, middle-most. -2 Common (property &c.). -कम् The interior of anything.
madhyamikā मध्यमिका A girl arrived at puberty, a marriageable woman.
madhyamīya मध्यमीय a. Middle, central.
madhye मध्ये See under मध्य.
mākāradhyānam माकारध्यानम् A particular method of abstract meditation.
dhya माध्य a. [मध्य-अण्] Central, middle.
dhyaṃdina माध्यंदिन a. (-नी f.) 1 Midday, meridional. -2 Middle, central. -नः 1 N. of a branch of Vājasaneyins. -2 N. of an astronomical school which fixed the starting point of planetary movements at noon. -नम् A branch of the शुक्ल or white Yajurveda (followed by the Mādhyandinas).
dhyama माध्यम a. (-मी f.) [मध्यम-अण्] Belonging to the middle portion, central, middle, middlemost.
dhyamaka माध्यमक a. (-मिका f.) माध्यमिक a. (-की f.) Middle, central. -काः (m. pl.) 1 N. of a people or their country in the central part of India. -2 N. of a Buddhist school; भगवत्पूज्यपादाश्च शुष्कतर्कपटूनमून् । आहुर्माध्यमिकान् भ्रान्तानचिन्त्ये$स्मिन् सदात्मनि ॥ Pañchadaśī 2.3.
dhyastha माध्यस्थ a. Indifferent, impartial, neutral. माध्यस्थम् mādhyastham माध्यस्थ्यम् mādhyasthyam माध्यस्थम् माध्यस्थ्यम् 1 Impartiality; निर्माध्यस्थ्याच्च हर्षाच्च बभाषे दुर्वचं वचः Rām.2.11.11. -2 Indifference. unconcern; अभ्यर्थनाभङ्गभयेन साधुर्माध्यस्थ्यमिष्टे$प्यवलम्बते$र्थे Ku.1.52; कैवल्यं माध्यस्थ्यम् Sāṅ. K.19. -3 Intercession, mediation.
dhyāhnika माध्याह्निक a. (-की f.) Belonging to noon.
miyedhya मियेध्य a. Partaking of sacrificial offering.
medhya मेध्य a. [मेध्-ण्यत्, मेधाय हितं यत् वा] 1 Fit for a sacrifice; अजाश्वयोर्मुखं मेध्यम् Y.1.194; Ms.5.54. -2 Relating to a sacrifice, sacrificial; मेध्येनाश्वेनेजे; R.13. 3; उषा वा अश्वस्य मेध्यस्य शिरः Bṛi. Up.1.1.1. -3 Pure, sacred, holy; भुवं कोष्णेन कुण्डोघ्नी मध्येनावमृथादपि R.1.84; 3.31;14.81. -4 Ved. Fresh, strong, vigorous. -5 Wise, intelligent. -ध्यः 1 A goat. -2 A Khadira tree. -3 Barley (according to Medinī). -ध्या 1 N. of several plants (केतकी, शङ्खपुष्पी, रोचना, शमी &c.). -2 The gallstone of a cow (रोचना). -3 A particular vein.
maugdhyam मौग्ध्यम् [मुग्ध-ष्यञ्] 1 Silliness, foolishness. -2 Artlessness, simplicity, innocence. -3 Charm, beauty.
maudhyam मौध्यम् Uselessness.
vadhya वध्य a. 1 To be killed or slain. -2 Sentenced to be killed. -3 Vulnerable. -4 To be subjected to corporeal punishment, to be corporeally punished -ध्यः 1 A victim, one seeking his doom; अद्यापि बध्यमानां वध्यः को नेच्छति शिखां मे Mu.1.9. -2 An enemy. -Comp. -दिण्डिमः, -पटहः a drum beaten at the time of execution. -पालः a jailer. -भूः, -भूमिः f., -स्थलम्, -स्थानम् a place of execution. -माला a garland of flowers placed on a person who is about to be executed. -वासस् the clothes of a criminal who has been executed; वध्यांश्च हन्युः सततं यथाशास्त्रं नृपाज्ञया । वध्यवासांसि गृह्णीयुः शय्याश्चाभरणानि च ॥ Ms.1.56. -शिला 1 an executioner's block, scaffold. -2 a slaughter-house.
vadhyā वध्या Killing, slaughter, murder.
vandhya वन्ध्य [Uṇ.4.121], वन्ध्या See बन्ध्य, बन्ध्या; यत्र वन्ध्य- फला वृक्षा विपुष्पा पर्णवर्जिताः Rām.4.48.8.
vindhyaḥ विन्ध्यः [विदधाति करोति भयम् Uṇ.4.121] 1 N. of a range of mountain which separates Hindustan proper from the Deccan or south; it is one of the seven Kulaparvatas (q. v.) and forms the southern limit of Madhyadeśa; see Ms.2.21. [According to a legend, the Vindhya mountain, being jealous of the mount Meru (or Himālaya) demanded that the sun should revolve round himself as about Meru, which the sun declined to do; whereupon the Vindhya began to rise higher and higher so as to obstruct the path of the sun and moon. The gods being alarmed sought the aid of the sage Agastya, who approached the mountain and requested that by bending down he would give him an easy passage to the south, and that he would retain the same position till his return. This Vindhya consented to do (because according to one account, he regarded Agastya as his teacher); but Agastya never returned from the south, and Vindhya never attained the height of Meru.] -2 A hunter. -न्ध्या 1 N. of a plant (लवली). -2 Small cardamoms. -3 A measure of time (त्रुटि); L. D. B. -Comp. -अटवी the great Vindhya forest. -कूटः, -कूटनम् epithets of the sage Agastya. -गिरिः the Vindhya range of hills; also विन्ध्याचल, विन्ध्याद्रि. -वासिन् m. an epithet of the grammarian व्याडि. (-नी) an epithet of Durgā.
viśodhya विशोध्य a. To be purified, cleansed or corrected. -ध्यम् A debt.
vedhyam वेध्यम् A butt, target.
vaidhyataḥ वैध्यतः A door-keeper of Yama.
vyadhyaḥ व्यध्यः 1 A butt, target, a mark to aim at. -2 A bow-string.
śundhyuḥ शुन्ध्युः (शुन्ध्-युः Uṇ.3.2) 1 Air, wind. -2 N. of Agni (Ved.). -f. A mare. -a. holy.
sadhyañc सध्यञ्च् a. (-सध्रीची f.) [सहाञ्चति; cf. P.VI.3.95] 1 Going along with, associated with, accompanying. -2 Right, correct; क्षेमस्य सध्र्यग्विमृशेषु हेतुः Bhāg.4.22.21. -m. A companion (husband); सध्रीचा वलयितपद्मनालसूत्रः Śi.8.44.
saṃdhya संध्य a. 1 Being on the point of junction; संध्यं तृतीयं स्वप्नस्थानं तस्मिन् संध्ये स्थाने तिष्ठन् Bṛi. Up.4.3.9. -2 Based on संधि, euphonic combination.
saṃdhyā संध्या 1 Union. -2 Joint, division. -3 Morning or evening twilight; अनुरागवती संध्या दिवसस्तत्पुरस्सरः । अहो दैवगतिश्चित्रा पथापि न समागमः ॥ K. P.7. -4 Early morning. -5 Evening, dusk; संध्यामङ्गलदीपिका विभजते शुद्धान्तवृद्धाजनः V.3.2; संध्याभ्ररेखेव मुहूर्तरागाः Pt.1.194. -6 The period which precedes a Yuga, the time intervening between the expiration of one Yuga and the commencement of another; चत्वार्याहुः सहस्राणि वर्षाणां तत्कृतं युगम् । तस्य तावच्छती संध्या संध्यांशश्च तथाविधः ॥ Ms.1.69; अथासौ युगसंध्यायां दस्युप्रायेषु राजसु Bhāg.1.3.25. -7 The morning, noon, and evening prayers of a Brāhmaṇa; उत्थायावश्यकं कृत्वा कृतशौचः समाहितः । पूर्वं संध्यां जपंस्तिष्ठेत् स्वकाले चापरां चिरम् ॥ Ms.4.93;2.69. -8 A promise, an agreement. -9 A boundary, limit. -1 Thinking, meditation. -11 A kind of flower. -12 N. of a river. -13 N. of the wife of Brahman. -14 Any one of the divisions of the day (पूर्वाह्ण, मध्याह्न, अपराह्ण). -Comp. -अंशः the period at the end of each Yuga; Ms.1.69. -अंशुः twilight. -अभ्रम् 1 an evening cloud (tinged with the sun's rays); संध्याभ्ररेखेव मुहूर्तरागाः Pt.1.194. -2 a kind of red-chalk. -उपसनम्, उपासना Saṁdhyā adoration; Ms.2.67. -कालः 1 the period of twilight. -2 evening. -त्रयम् the three divisions of the day (forenoon, noon and afternoon). -नाटिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -पयोदः a twilight rain-cloud. -पुष्पी 1 a kind of jasmine. -2 a nutmeg. -बलः a demon (राक्षस). -बलिः 1 an image of bull in a temple of Śiva. -2 the evening oblation. -मङ्गलम् an evening religious rite. ˚दीपिका an auspicious evening lamp; V.3.2. -रागः red-lead. -रामः (some take आराम as the word here) an epithet of Brahman. -वन्दनम् the morning and evening prayers. -समयः 1 evening-time. -2 a portion of each Yuga.
sasaṃdhya ससंध्य a. Evening, vespertine.
sāṃsiddhyam सांसिद्ध्यम् Perfect attainment; सांसिद्ध्यमक्ष्णोस्तव दर्शनान्नः Bhāg.3.21.13.
dhya साध्य a. [साध्-णिच् यत्] 1 To be effected or accomplished, to be brought about; साध्ये सिद्धिर्विधीयताम् H.2. 15. -2 Feasible, practicable, attainable. -3 To be proved or demonstrated; आप्तवागनुमानाभ्यां साध्यं त्वां प्रति का कथा R.1.28. -4 To be established or made good. -5 To be inferred or concluded; अनुमानं तदुक्तं यत् साध्य- साधनयोर्वचः K. P.1. -6 To be conquered or subdued, conquerable; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपातसाध्यः Ku.3.15; चतुर्योपाय- साध्ये तु रिपौ सान्त्वमपक्रिया Pt.3.27. -7 Curable. -8 To be killed or destroyed. -ध्यः 1 A particular class of celestial beings; साध्यानां च गणं सूक्ष्मम् Ms.1.22; विराट्- सुताः सोमसदः साध्यानां पितरः स्मृताः Ms.3.195; Mb.1.1. 35. -2 A deity in general. -3 N. of a Mantra. -ध्यम् 1 Accomplishment, perfection. -2 The thing to be proved or established, the matter at issue. -3 (In logic) The predicate of a proposition, the major term in a syllogism; साध्ये निश्चितमन्वयेन घाटेतं ... &c.; यत् साध्यं स्वयमेव तुल्यमुभयोः पक्षे विरुद्धं च यत् Mu.5.1. -4 Silver. -Comp. -अभावः the absence of the major term. -ऋषिः an epithet of Śiva. -पक्षः the plaint in a law-suit. -व्यापक a. (in logic) invariably inherent in that which is to be proved. -समः an assertion identical with the point to be proved. -साधनम् effecting what has to be done. -सिद्धिः f. 1 accomplishment. -2 conclusion. ˚पादः judgment, decision.
dhyatā साध्यता 1 Feasibility, practicability. -2 Curableness. -Comp. -अवच्छेदकम् that which marks out or measures the साध्य or major term, its characteristic property.
dhyavat साध्यवत् m. The party on whom rests the onus probandi or burden of proof in a law-suit. -n. That which contains the साध्य or the major term.
sāṃdhya सांध्य a. (-ध्यी f.) 1 Relating to the twilight or evening; साध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38; Ki. 5.8; R.11.6; Śi.9.15. -2 Relating to the morning twilight or dawn. सांनहनिक sānnahanika सांनाहिक sānnāhika सांनहनिक सांनाहिक a. (-की f.) 1 Bearing or putting on an armour; सांनाहिको यदा राजन् राजन्यो$थ पशुः शुचिः Bhāg.9.7.14. -2 Calling to arms, encouraging to prepare for battle; शैलकटकतटभिन्नरवः प्रणनाद सांनहनिको- $स्य वारिजः Śi.15.72; अकृतार्थश्च भीतश्च न च सांनाहको हतः Mb.7.71.11. -कः An armour-bearer.
sāṃnidhyam सांनिध्यम् 1 Vicinity, proximity; वदनामलेन्दुसांनिध्यतः Māl.3.5. -2 Presence, attendance; परिकल्पितसांनिध्या काले काले च वन्दिषु R.4.6;7.3; Ku.7.33.
sidhyaḥ सिध्यः The asterism Puṣya; सिध्यतारामिव ख्यातां शबरी- मापतुर्वने Bk.6.59.
saugandhyam सौगन्ध्यम् Sweetness of odour, fragrance, perfume.
sauvādhyāyika सौवाध्यायिक a. (-की f.) Belonging to sacred study (or स्वाध्याय q. v.).
snaigdhyam स्नैग्ध्यम् 1 Unctuousness, oiliness, lubricity. -2 Tenderness, fondness. -3 Smoothness, blandness.
spardhya स्पर्ध्य a. 1 Desirable. -2 Valuable; शयनं तत्र संक्लृप्तं स्पर्ध्यास्तरणसंवृतम् Mb.1.47.7.
Macdonell Vedic Search
14 results
adhyakṣa ádhy-akṣa, m. eye-witness; surveyor, x. 129, 7 [having one’s eye upon].
abudhyamāna á-budhya-māna, pr. pt. unawakening, iv. 51, 3 [budh wake].
ṛdh ṛdh thrive, V. P. ṛdhnóti. ánu- bring forward, op. 2. s. ṛdhyās, viii. 48, 2.
krudh krudh be angry, IV. P. krúdhyati; red. ao. inj. cukrudhāma, ii. 33, 4.
gamadhyai gám-a-dhyai, dat. ínf. (of gam) to go, i. 154, 6.
gṛdh gṛdh be greedy, IV. P. gṛ́dhyati; a ao. ágṛdhat, x. 34, 4.
dhyāna dí̄dhy-āna, pr. pt. Ā. pondering, iv. 50, 1 [dhī think].
dhī dhī think, III. dí̄dhye. á̄- think to oneself, ā- dí̄dhye, x. 34, 5.
pratibudhyamāna prati-búdhyamāna, pr. pt. awaking towards (acc.), iv. 51, 10.
madhya mádhya, a. middle, vii. 49, 1. 3; x. 15, 14 [Lat. mediu-s].
madhyama madhya-má, spv. a. middlemost, x. 15, 1.
yudhyamāna yúdhya-māna, pr. pt. Ā. fighting; m. fighter, ii. 12, 9 [yudh fight].
randh randh make subject, IV. P. rádhya: red. ao., ii. 33, 5.
vimadhya ví-madhya, m. middle, iv. 51, 3.
Macdonell Search
148 results
dhyāma n. kind of fragrant grass.
dhyāna n. meditation; religious contemplation: -tatpara, a. lost in thought; -dhîra, a. absorbed in thought; -para, a. id.; -yoga, m. deep meditation, religious ab sorption; -vat, a. devoted to religious medi tation; -sthita, pp. absorbed in thought.
dhyānika a. proceeding from re ligious meditation; -in, a. devoted to reli gious meditation.
dhyātamātrāgata pp. com ing as soon as only thought of, -½upagâmin, a. id.
dhyātavya fp. to be thought of or meditated on; n. impl. one should think: -tva, n. abst. n.; -tri, m. one who reflects, thinker.
dhyātopanata pp. present as soon as thought of; -½upasthita, pp. id.
dhyāyam abs. pondering (ac.).
dhyāyin a. lost in thought.
dhyeya fp. to be meditated on; to be thought of as (nm.).
dhyuṣita dhy-ushita ] pp. [√ vas, shine], dazzling white: -½asva, m. N. of a prince.
agrasaṃdhyā f. dawn.
adhyāsita (pp.) n. the sitting upon.
adhyāsa m. placing upon; erroneous predication.
adhyāvāhanika n. property brought with her by a woman from the parental house.
adhyāropa m., °ree; -nâ, f. erro neous predication (ph.).
adhyāya m. reading, study (esp. of sacred books); time suitable for study; chapter.
adhyāpya fp. to be instructed.
adhyāpaya cs. of adhi+√ i, teach.
adhyāpana n. instruction.
adhyāpaka m. teacher.
adhyātma a. peculiar to one's person; n. supreme soul; the soul as agent of an action; -vidyâ, f. science of the universal soul.
adhyācāra m. sphere, province.
adhyākāśam ad. in the air.
adhyavasita pp. √ sâ.
adhyavasāyin a. resolved on (--°ree;).
adhyavasāyita pp. firmly re solved.
adhyardha a. one and a half.
adhyayana n. [going to a teacher], study, reading (esp. of sacred books); learning from (ab.); -sampradâna, n. guidance in study; -½âdâna, n. receiving instruction from (ab.).
adhyantena (in.) ad. close up to (d.).
adhyadhvam ad. on the way.
adhyadhīna a. wholly dependent; m. slave.
adhyadhikṣepa m. unseemly fault-finding.
adhyagni ad. before the fire (esp. at weddings).
adhyakṣa a. perceptible; m. eye-witness; overseer, inspector; n. perception.
adhyaṃsa a. lying on the shoulder.
adhyeṣaṇa n. request.
adhyetavya fp. to be studied, -read.
adhyūḍha pp. (√ ûh) placed upon (lc.).
adhyuṣita pp. √ vas.
adhyuras ad. on the breast.
adhyāhārya fp. to be supplied.
adhyāhāra m. supplying, supple menting.
adhyāsin a. sitting upon.
adhyāsitavya fp. to be under taken.
ananudhyāyin a. missing nothing.
anadhyāyin a. not studying.
anadhyāya m. prohibition of study; adjournment of study.
anadhyātmavid a. not knowing the supreme soul.
anadhyayana n. neglect of study.
anadhyakṣa a. not perceptible.
anabhidhyeya fp. not to be thought of.
anabhidhyā f. lack of desire for (lc.).
anavarodhya fp. not to be com pelled.
abandhya fp. not to be put in chains.
abudhyamāna pr. pt. Â. not awaking.
abudhya fp. not to be awakened.
abhidhyāna n. thinking of (g.); desire for (lc.).
amedhya a. unfit for sacrifice; im pure; n. impurity, excrement.
ayodhya fp. unconquerable; â, f. N. of a city (Oude).
avadhya fp. inviolable: -vyavasâ ya-vâhya, a. foreign to the resolve that no thing should be killed; -tâ, f. inviolable ness; -tva, n., -bhâva, m. id.
avandhya a. not barren, not fruit less; successful: -tâ, f. successfulness; -pâta, a. unerring (arrow); -prasâda, a. whose favour is fruitful; -rûpa, a. whose beauty is not in vain: -tâ, f. abst. n.
avaidagdhya n. want of sagacity; stupidity.
aṣṭādhyāyī f. book of eight chapters.
asāṃnidhya n. absence.
asādhya fp. unmanageable; un attainable, unfeasible; unconquerable; in curable; unascertainable.
āndhya n. blindness.
āmadhyāhnam ad. till noon.
āhūtādhyāyin a. waiting with one's studies till summoned.
iṣudhyā f. supplication; -dhyú, a. supplicating.
upasaṃdhyam ad. about the time of twilight.
upādhyāya m. teacher; -ânî, f. wife of a teacher.
ūvadhya n. contents of the entrails.
aikadhyam ad. at once, together; -patya, n. sole dominion over (g.); -matya, n. unanimity; -mukhya, n. agreement; -râg ya, n. sole dominion; -râtrika, a. remaining a night; -rûpya, n. uniformity; identity.
kābandhya n. condition of a trunk.
gajādhyakṣa m. keeper of an elephant; -½anîka, m. N.
gamadhyai d. inf. to go.
gārddhya n. greed.
gṛdhyā f. greed; eagerness for (--°ree;); -yin, a. greedy; eager for (--°ree;).
gṛdhya a. coveted.
tādvidhya n. the being such.
dadhyanna n. rice cooked with cur dled milk; -½ódana, n. pap prepared with curdled milk.
dhyāna pr. pt. (of dîdhi) look ing towards.
daurgandhya n. bad odour, stench.
nidhyarthin a. treasure-seeking.
nairgandhya n. scentlessness; absence of smell; -gun-ya, n. exemption from qualities; lack of virtues; -ghrin-ya, n. hard-heartedness, cruelty; -ghara, a. belonging to waterfalls.
paṭṭopādhyāya m. engraver of documents (grants etc.).
pūrvamadhyānha m. forenoon; -mârin, a. dying before, predeceasing; -mî mâmsâ, f. earlier Mîmâmsâ (the philosophi cal system founded by Gaimini and dealing with the discussion of the sacred text); -mu kha, a. facing eastwards.
pradīdhyāna pr. pt. radiant; -dîpa, m. lamp; fig.=ornament, of (--°ree;); often --°ree; in the titles of explanatory works= commentary: -ka, m., i-kâ, f. (little) lamp; small commentary; -dîpana, a.inflaming; m. kind of poison; n. kindling; -dîpâ-ya, den. Â. represent or play the part of a lamp; -dîpta, pp. kindled, blazing, burning: -½aksha, m. (flaming-eyed), N. of a Yaksha; -dîpti-mat, a. radiant, luminous; -dîrgha, a. extremely long; -dûshaka, a. defiling, polluting; -dûshana, a. deteriorating, spoiling; (á)-dripti, f. wantonness, madness.
pradhyāna n. reflexion, absorp tion; -dhvamsa, m. annihilation, destruc tion; disappearance (of a disease); -dhváms ana, a. destroying; m. destroyer; -dhvams a½abhâva, m. (non-existence in consequence of annihilation), cessation of existence; -dhvamsin, a. perishable, transitory; --°ree;, de stroying.
prātaradhyeya fp. to be recited early in the morning; -anuvâká, m. early recitation (the litany with which the Prâtah savana begins); -anta, a. ending in the morning; -apavarga, a. id.; -abhivâda, m. morning greeting; -avanegá, m. morning ablution; -ahna, m. early part of the day, forenoon; -âsa, m. morning meal, breakfast; -âsita, pp. having taken one's morning meal, having breakfasted; -âhutí, f.morning sacri fice (the second half of the daily Agnihotra sacrifice).
prātaḥsaṃdhyā f. morning twi light, dawn; -sava, m., -savaná, n. early Soma libation (the ritual of which consists of ten parts); -sâvá, m. morning Soma liba tion; -snâna, n. morning ablution; -snâyin, a. bathing in the early morning.
bandhya fp. deserving to be bound, fettered, or imprisoned; to be constructed; -stopped up (cp. vandhya).
dhya fp. to be annoyed, distressed, or afflicted; allowing oneself to be troubled by (--°ree;); being checked; to be set aside, removed, or annulled; -ya-mâna-tva, n. condition of being annulled, set aside, or refuted.
bahuramadhya a. thick in the middle (Soma).
bodhya fp. to be understood, re garded, or recognised as (nm.); -made known; -instructed or brought to one's senses; n. imps. one should understand.
bharadhyai (V.) d. inf. of √ bhri.
bhavanmadhya a. having &open;bha vat&close; in the middle: -m, ad. with &open;bhavat&close; in the middle.
madhya a. middle (in V. like Latin medius=mid-, the middle of); central; mid dling, mediocre, of medium kind; middle sized; moderate; intermediate; neutral (â vritti, f. middle course); (m.) n. middle of the body, esp. woman's waist; n. middle, centre; inside, interior; meridian; interme diate condition between (g.); ten thousand bil lions (as being between koti and parârdha): -m, into the midst of, into, amongst (g. or --°ree;); in. in or through the midst of, between (ac., g., or --°ree;); ab. from the midst of, out of, from among (g. or --°ree;); lc. in the middle, between; in the midst of, within, in, into, among (g. or --°ree;); --°ree;--=ac. or lc.; madhye kri, place in the middle, make an intermediary of; ac count (--°ree;); -kritya, with regard to (ac.).
madhyamandira n. female or gan; anus.
madhyamaka a. (ikâ) common to (g.); n. interior: -m pra-vis, enter; -ka kshâ, f. middle of the courtyard; -gâta, pp. born in the middle (son).
madhyama spv. middlemost, situ ated between; being in the middle, central; of medium kind or strength, middle-sized, middling, mediocre, moderate; neutral; m. =Madhya-desa; middle=fourth orfifth note in the scale; one of the three musical scales; second person (gr.); m. n. middle of the body, waist; n. middle; meridian.
madhyapatita pp. lying be tween; -pâta, m. intercourse; -bhâga, m. middle part; waist: lc. therein; within (g.); -bhâva, m. moderate distance.
madhyaṃdina m. midday, noon; midday offering (savana).
madhyatas ad. from, in, or into the midst of, out of, among (g. or --°ree;); of mid dle sort; -tâ, f. mediocrity; -desa, m. middle region; waist; Midland (the country lying between the Himâlaya, the Vindhya, Vina sana in the west and Prayâga in the east): pl. the inhabitants of Madhya-desa: î-ya, a. be longing to or living in Midland; -desya, a. id.; -deha, m. middle of the body; -nagara, n. interior of a city; -nihita,pp. put inside.
madhyakaumudī f. T. of a grammar = madhya-siddhânta-kaumudî; -ga, a. moving in the midst of, being in, on, or among, contained in, abiding among, be ing common to (g. or --°ree;); -gata,pp. being in the midst of, between, or among (g. or --°ree;); -kârin, a. moving in the midst of or among (g.).
madhyenagaram ad. within a city; -nadi, ad. in or into the river; -na resvara-sabham, ad. in the midst of the assembly of the princes; -padmam, ad. in a lotus; -prishtham, ad. on the back; -vin dhya½atavi, ad. in the forests of the Vindhya; -vindhya½antar, ad. in the midst of the Vin dhya; -vyoma, ad. in the air; -sabham, ad. in the assembly, in public; -samudram, ad. in the midst of the sea.
madhyāditya m. noontide sun: -gate&zip;hani, at midday; â-varsha, n. middle of the rainy season; -½ahna, m. midday: -kâ la, m., -velâ, f., -samaya, m. noontide.
madhyā in. ad. (RV.) between (g.); meanwhile.
madhyarātra m. midnight; -râ tri, f. id.; -rekhâ, f. central line (supposed to be drawn to Mount Meru from La&ndot;kâ, Uggayinî, Kurukshetra, and other places); -vayas, a. middle-aged; -vartin,a. being in the midst of, in, or among (--°ree;); -sarîra, a. moderately stout; -sâyin, a. lying within; -siddhânta-kaumudî, f. medium Siddhânta kaumudî, T. of an abridgment of the Sid dhânta-kaumudî; -stha, a. being in the mid dle; being in the air; being within; being in, between, or among (g. or --°ree;); mediating between (g.); middling; indifferent, impar tial, neutral; standing between=belonging to neither or to both parties (territory etc.): -tâ, f. indifference; impartiality; -sthala, n. middle part, hip; -sthâna, n. middle re gion, atmosphere; -sthita, pp. being between (g.); indifferent: -tâ, f. indifference.
madhyamā f. middle finger.
madhyamapadalopin a. in which the middle word is dropped (com pound: e. g. sâka-pârthiva=vegetable, sc. loving, king); -purusha, m. kind of personi fication; second person (gr.); -pûrusha, m. mediocre person; -bhâva, m. moderate dis tance; -râtra, m. midnight; -loka, m. mid dle world=earth: -pâla, m. protector of earth, king, -½indu, m. moon of earth, king; -vayas-á, n. middle age; -½ashtakâ,f. eighth day in the dark fortnight of Mâgha.
dhyānhika a. (î) belonging to noon.
dhyastha a. indifferent, im partial; n. indifference; moderation; -sth-ya, n. indifference, unconcern; impartiality, neu trality.
dhyama a. belonging to the middle, central, inhabiting the middle of the country; m. pl. composers of the middle of the Rig-veda (books II to VII): -ka, a. (i-kâ) relating or belonging to the middle region (the atmosphere); i-ka, a. id.; m. pl. N. of a people in Midland (Madhya-desa).
dhyaṃdina a. (î) belonging to midday; m. pl. N. of a school, a branch of the White Yagur-veda: -sâkhâ, f. the school of the Mâdhyamdinas.
dhya a. central.
medhya a. vigorous (V.); fit for sacri fice, sacrificially pure; pure, not defiling; m. N.: -tâ, f., -tvá, n. ritual purity.
maudhya n. [fr. mogha] futility.
maugdhya n. [fr. mugdha] artless ness, simplicity, innocence.
yajadhyai d. inf. of √ yag (RV.).
yādrādhyam ad. as well as pos sible; with utmost speed (ac.).
dhya fp. (V.) to be performed; worthy to be won; to be satisfied; to be wor shipped; obtainable.
vadhya fp. to be slain or killed; de serving or liable to be killed; sentenced to death; to be chastised or corporally pun ished; to be destroyed: -tâ, f. penalty of death or corporal punishment; -pataha, m.drum beaten at executions; -bhû, f. place of execution; -bhûmi, f. id.; -mâlâ, f. garland placed on the head of one sentenced to death; -silâ, f. stone used for executing or slaughter ing, block; -sthâna, n. place of execution; -srag, f.=-mâlâ.
vadhyā f. (--°ree;) slaughter, murder.
vandhyā f. barren woman: -tva, n. barrenness; -suta, m. son of a barren woman (=an impossibility).
vandhya a. barren (female), unpro ductive (plant); fruitless, useless; destitute of (in., --°ree;): -tâ, f. fruitlessness, useless ness; lack of (lc., --°ree;); -tva, n. fruitlessness, uselessness; -phala, a. fruitless, useless: -tva, -ness.
vahadhyai V. inf. (√ vah) to ride.
vākyādhyāhāra m. supple menting a sentence; -½artha, m. meaning or purport of a sentence: -½upamâ, f. simile in which two objects are compared in detail; -½alamkâra, m. ornament of speech or of the sentence.
vidhyaparādha m. transgres sion of a rule; -½apâsraya, m. adherence to a rule; -½alamkâra, m., -½alamkriyâ, f. kind of rhetorical figure; -½âtmaka, a. having a positive (opp. negative) form.
vindhyāya den. Â. represent the Vindhya range.
vindhya m. N. of a mountain range running from east to west and separating the Deccan from Madhya-desa: -ketu, m. N. of a prince of Pulinda; -giri, m. the Vindhya range; -para, m. N. of a prince of the fairies; -vana, n. forest in the Vindhya; -vâsin, a. dwelling in the Vindhya: -î, f. (± devî) a form of the goddess Durgâ; -stha, a. resid ing in the Vindhya; -½akala, m. the Vindhya range; -½atavî, f. forest in the Vindhya; -½adri, m. the Vindhya range.
vaindhya a. belonging to the Vindhya.
śundhyu a. (&usharp;) bright, beauteous (V.).
śṛdhyā f. defiance (RV.1).
ṣāḍvidhya n. sixfoldness.
saṃdhyārāga m. twilight glow; -vandana, n. morning or evening prayers; -vâsa, m. N. of a village; -vidhi, m. morn ing or evening prayers; -sa&ndot;kha-dhvani, m. sound of a shell blown at the beginning of twilight; -samaya, m. period of twilight, evening-tide; -½upasthâna, n. worship of twilight.
saṃdhyāya den. Â. resemble twi light: pp. i-ta.
saṃdhyāṃśa m. (twilight-portion), evening twilight of a Yuga or cosmic age; -kâla, m. period of twilight, evening tide; -kârya, n. morning and evening pray ers; -kâlika, a. belonging to evening; -tva, n. condition of twilight; -payoda, m. rain cloud in the twilight; -prayoga, m. morning or evening prayers; -bali, m. offering presented at twilight; -½abhra, m. rain-cloud in the twi light; -maya, a. (î) consisting of twilight.
saṃdhyakṣara n. vowel produced by Samdhi, diphthong.
saṃdhya a. based on euphonic com bination; &asharp;, f. juncture of day and night, morning or evening twilight (ord. mg.); twi light devotions, morning or evening prayers; morning (and evening) twilight of a Yuga or cosmic age; juncture of the day, morn ing, noon, or evening (rare); Twilight (esp. evening) personified as a manifestation of Brahman and mistress of the sun: -m âs, anu½âs, or upa½âs, perform morning or even ing devotions.
sahadhyai d. inf. √ sah.
sahādhyāyin a. studying to gether; m. fellow-student.
dhya fp. to be subdued, won, or managed, conquerable, amenable; to be set to rights; -treated (medically), -cured, curable (disease); to be perfected (capacity); -accomplished, effected, brought about, or attained (ord. mg.); being effected, taking place; to be inferred or concluded; -proved or demonstrated; m. pl. a class of deities (to be propitiated): -tva, n. curableness; per fectibility; practicableness; -vat, a.com prehending what is to be proved; -sama, m. (identical with what is to be proved), petitio principii; -sâdhana, n. accomplishment of what is to be done; -siddhi, f. success of an undertaking.
sāṃdhya a. 1. produced by coalescence (syllable; samdhi); 2. relating to twilight or evening (samdhyâ).
snaigdhya n. [snigdha] smoothness.
svapnādhyāya m. chapter on dreams, T. of a work: -vid, m. interpreter of dreams; -½antá, m. condition of sleep or dream ing; -½antara, n. id.
svādhyāya m. repeating to oneself, study of the Veda; repetition of the Veda aloud: -m srâvaya, cause the Veda to be repeated aloud: -dhrik, a. studying the Veda; -vat, a. id.
skandhya a. belonging etc. to the shoulder.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
148 results0 results162 results
dhyānaṃ nārāyaṇaḥ paraḥ TA.10.11.1b; MahānU.11.5b.
dhyāyed yaś ca sarasvatīm RVKh.9.67.17b.
akṣudhyā atṛṣyā sta (AVP. -dhyā atṛṣyāsaḥ) # AVś.7.60.4c; AVP.3.26.3c. See atṛṣyā, and anaśyā.
adhyakṣaṃ dharmaṇām imam # RV.8.43.24b.
adhyakṣāyānukṣattāram # TB.3.4.1.9. See ādhy-, and cf. aupadraṣṭryāyānukṣattāram.
adhyakṣo naḥ purohitaḥ # AVś.10.1.6b.
adhyakṣo vājī mama kāma ugraḥ # AVś.9.2.7a.
adhy anya āyan suvar anye parāyan # JB.2.438d.
adhyardhaś ca parasvataḥ # AVś.20.131.22.
adhy avocad adhivaktā # VS.16.5a; TS.4.5.1.2a; MS.2.9.2a: 121.5; KS.17.11a. P: adhy avocat Mś.11.7.1.4. Cf. apāvocad.
adhy aṣṭhāṃ pṛthivīm aham # AVś.12.1.11f.
adhy askandad vaśe tvā # AVś.10.10.16d.
adhy asthāt sānu pavamāno avyayam # RV.9.86.8c.
adhy asyāṃ māmakī tanū # AVP.6.6.8d.
adhyāpitā ye guruṃ nādriyante # VāDh.2.11a; N.2.4a. Cf. SaṃhitopaniṣadB.3 (comm.).
adhy ū nv eṣu pavayo vavṛtyuḥ # RV.10.27.6d.
anativyādhyaṃ kṛtam # AVP.7.8.9b.
anubandhyo 'smy ahaṃ vibhuḥ # TA.1.11.4c.
anvādīdhyāthām iha naḥ sakhāyā # TB.3.7.13.4b; TA.4.20.3b. See next, and manmā dīdhyānā.
anvādīdhyānā abhi nas sakhāyau # KA.1.198.13b. See under prec.
apasidhya duritaṃ dhattam āyuḥ # AVś.8.2.7d.
abudhyamānaṃ suṣupāṇam indra # RV.4.19.3b.
abudhyamānāḥ paṇayaḥ sasantu # RV.1.124.10b.
abudhyamānān sarvā jaghāna # AVP.12.14.10b. See amanyamānāñ charvā.
abudhyamānās tamaso vimadhye # RV.4.51.3d.
abodhy agnir jma ud eti sūryaḥ # RV.1.157.1a; SV.2.1108a. P: abodhy agnir jmaḥ Aś.4.15.2. Cf. BṛhD.4.26.
abodhy agniḥ samidhā janānām # RV.5.1.1a; AVś.13.2.46a; SV.1.73a; 2.1096a; VS.15.24a; TS.4.4.4.1a; MS.2.13.7a: 155.14; ā.1.1.1.15. Ps: abodhy agniḥ samidhā Aś.4.13.7; abodhy agniḥ Vait.29.8; Mś.1.5.1.24; 6.2.2.21; Svidh.1.4.6; 2.1.5; 2.1; BṛhPDh.9.111. Cf. BṛhD.5.12.
amadhyamāso mahasā vi vāvṛdhuḥ # RV.5.59.6b.
ayodhyena duścyavanena dhṛṣṇunā # AVś.19.13.3b; AVP.7.4.3b. See yutkāreṇa.
ayodhyeva etc. # see ayoddheva.
arāddhyā edidhiṣuḥpatim # VS.30.9. See ārādhyai.
aśvamedhyam atikramya # AVP.14.7.7a.
ādhyakṣyāyānukṣattāram # VS.30.11. See under adhy-.
ādhy cittam upa te bharantām # AVP.3.37.6b.
ādhyo ni tirāmi te # AVś.6.131.1b. See next.
ādhyo veśayāmi te # AVP.3.37.8b. See prec.
ārādhyai didhiṣūpatim # TB.3.4.1.4. See arāddhyā edidhi-.
indrāyādhyakṣāya # VS.4.19; TS.1.2.4.2; 6.1.7.6; MS.1.2.4: 13.5; 3.7.6: 82.7; KS.2.5; 24.3; śB.3.2.4.20.
iṣudhyava ṛtasāpaḥ puraṃdhīḥ # RV.5.41.6c.
iṣudhyeva maruto rodasyoḥ # RV.1.122.1d.
ūbadhyagoho 'si pārthivaḥ # Lś.2.3.4.
ūbadhyam asya kīṭebhyaḥ # AVś.9.4.16c.
ūbadhyādam anāhutim # AVP.6.14.1b.
ūvadhyaṃ vātaṃ (MS. vātāt) sabvaṃ tad ārāt # VS.19.84d; MS.3.11.9d: 153.10; KS.38.3d; TB.2.6.4.2d.
ūvadhyagohaṃ pārthivaṃ khanatāt # MS.4.13.4: 204.1; KS.16.21; AB.2.6.16; TB.3.6.6.3; Aś.3.3.1; śś.5.17.7; Apś.7.16.1. P: ūvadhyagoham śś.15.1.26.
ṛtasyardhyāsam adya makhasya śiraḥ # KA.1.9--13; 2.9. See ṛdhyāsam adya makhasya, and makhasya te 'dya.
ṛddhyai svāhā # Apś.3.11.2. See ṛdhyai svāhā.
dhyāma karmāpasā navena # RV.1.31.8c. See śakema etc.
dhyāma te varuṇa khām ṛtasya # RV.2.28.5b; MS.4.14.9b: 228.13.
dhyāma stomaṃ sanuyāma vājam # RV.10.106.11a.
dhyāmā ta (MS. tā) ohaiḥ # RV.4.10.1d; SV.1.434d; 2.1127d; VS.15.44d; 17.77d; MS.1.10.3d: 144.3; 2.13.8d: 157.16; śB.9.2.3.41d.
dhyāsam adya pṛṣatīnāṃ graham # TS.3.2.6.1.
dhyāsam adya makhasya śiraḥ # MS.4.9.1 (quater): 121.1,3,4,5; TA.4.2.2,3 (bis),4 (bis); 5.2.7; Apś.15.1.10. See under ṛtasyardhyāsam.
dhyāsuḥ # śś.6.1.5.
dhyāsma tvā suvarcasaḥ # AVP.1.103.2d.
dhyāsma putraiḥ paśubhiḥ # Kauś.136.2c. See under bhūyāma putraiḥ.
dhyāsma sūktocyam # MS.4.13.9: 211.13; TB.3.5.10.1; Aś.1.9.1; śś.1.14.2.
dhyāsma havyair namasopasadya # TB.3.1.2.1a.
dhyāsmedaṃ sarasvati # AVś.6.94.3d.
dhyai svāhā # TB.3.7.11.4. See ṛddhyai svāhā.
oṣadhyā varṣajūtayā # AVP.9.3.9c--13c.
oṣadhyā (!) vaiṣṇave sthaḥ # Mś.1.1.3.12. See pavitre stho.
karmādhyakṣaḥ sarvabhūtādhivāsaḥ # śvetU.6.11c; GopālU.2c; BrahmaU.4.1c.
chṛndhy ūrjam # TA.4.3.3; 5.3.9.
juhudhy agne vayunāni vidvān # AVP.12.9.4c.
tamasāvidhyad āsuraḥ # RV.5.40.5b,9b; KB.24.4b.
tenardhyāsam # KS.4.14; KA.1.198A,198B,1.199; SMB.1.6.9--13. See tena rādhyāsam.
tenedhyasva vardhasva ceddha (HG. cendhi) # AG.1.10.12b; HG.1.2.11b.
tvayādhyakṣeṇa pṛtanā jayema # RV.10.128.1d; AVś.5.3.1d; AVP.5.4.1d; MS.1.4.1d: 47.2; TS.4.7.14.1d; KS.4.14d; 40.10d; Kś.2.1.3d.
dadhyaṅ dhiyam atnata # RV.1.80.16b; N.12.34b.
dadhyaṅ ha me januṣaṃ pūrvo aṅgirāḥ # RV.1.139.9a; Aś.8.1.2. P: dadhyaṅ ha śś.10.7.7. Cf. BṛhD.4.10.
dadhyaṅ ha yan madhv ātharvaṇo vām # RV.1.116.12c; śB.14.1.1.25c; 5.5.16c; KA.1.226c; 3.226; BṛhU.2.5.16c.
durādhye martāya # RV.8.71.7c.
durādhyo aditiṃ srevayantaḥ # RV.7.18.8a.
daurārddhyai svāhā # TB.3.7.11.3; Apś.3.11.2.
nānudhyāyād bahūñ chabdān # śB.14.7.2.23e; BṛhU.4.4.23e.
nirbādhyena haviṣā # TB.3.3.11.3c; Apś.3.14.2c. See nairbādhyena.
nīlatoyadamadhyasthā # TA.10.11.2a; MahānU.11.12a.
nairbādhyena haviṣā # AVś.6.75.1c. See nirbādhyena.
puraṃdhyā vivāsati # RV.8.69.1d; SV.1.360d.
pradīdhyānā joṣam anyābhir eti # RV.1.113.10d.
prabudhyamānāya svāhā # TS.7.1.19.2; KSA.1.10.
prānudhyāḥ pro aśastayaḥ # AVś.7.114.2b.
budhyema śaradaḥ śatam # AVś.19.67.3.
bodhy āpir avaso nūtanasya # RV.3.51.6c.
brahmādhyatiṣṭhad bhuvanāni dhārayan # TB.2.8.9.7d.
madhya āpasya tiṣṭhati (JB. madhya āpasyati) # SV.2.1006b; JB.2.145b.
madhya ā barhir ūtaye yajatra # RV.3.14.2d.
madhya ā rocane divaḥ # SV.1.368b. See triṣv ā.
madhya ārodhane divaḥ # RV.1.105.11b.
madhyataḥkāriṇāṃ camasādhvaryavo vaṣaṭkṛtānuvaṣaṭkṛtāñ (Mś. -te) juhuta # Apś.12.23.4; Mś.2.4.1.21.
madhyaṃ tad asya yad vaiśyaḥ # AVś.19.6.6c; AVP.9.5.6c. See ūrū tad.
madhyaṃ tvā sarvasya veda # HG.1.23.1.
madhyaṃdina uditā sūryasya # RV.5.69.3b; 76.3b; SV.2.1104b.
madhyaṃdinasya tejasā madhyam annasya prāśiṣam # Kauś.22.3.
madhyamaṃ sakthy udyatam # AVś.20.136.5d.
madhyamaṃ ny uttamaṃ śṛṇīhi # AVP.4.24.8b.
madhyam antaṃ ca rakṣase # RV.6.43.2b.
madhyamasyām avamasyām uta sthaḥ # RV.1.108.10b; N.12.31b.
madhyamasyāṃ paramasyām uta sthaḥ # RV.1.108.9b.
madhyam aham asya janapadasya bhūyāsam # HG.1.23.1.
madhyam etad anaḍuhaḥ # AVś.4.11.8a; AVP.3.25.11a.
madhyā kartor ny adhāc chakma dhīraḥ # RV.2.38.4b.
madhyā kartor vitataṃ saṃjabhāra # RV.1.115.4b; AVś.20.123.1b; VS.33.37b; MS.4.10.2b: 147.1; TB.2.8.7.1b; N.4.11b.
madhyāt tvā pātv arjunam # AVś.5.28.9b; AVP.2.59.7b.
madhyāt svasrām anu jaghāna sarvam # AVP.5.27.7c.
madhyā yat kartvam abhavad abhīke # RV.10.61.6a.
madhyāya svāhā # TS.7.2.20.1; KSA.2.10; TB.3.8.16.4.
madhyāyuva upa śikṣanti yajñaiḥ # RV.1.173.10d.
madhye khalasya nirmitaḥ # AVP.11.10.4c.
madhye ca viśāṃ sukṛte syāma # AVP.1.27.4d.
madhye chandasaḥ pari yanti bhāsvatīḥ # TS.4.3.11.3d; MS.2.13.10d: 161.9; KS.39.10d; PG.3.3.5d.
madhye jahur durevāsaḥ samudre # RV.7.68.7b.
madhye tasthur maho divaḥ # RV.1.105.10b.
madhye tālpyasya tiṣṭhāt # ApMB.2.15.3c.
madhye divas taraṇiṃ bhrājamānam # AVś.13.2.36b.
madhye divaḥ svadhayā mādayante (RV.1.108.12b, mādayethe) # RV.1.108.12b; 10.15.14b; AVś.18.2.35b; VS.19.60b.
madhye divo (MS.3.4.4, divyo) nihitaḥ pṛśnir aśmā # RV.5.47.3c; VS.17.60c; TS.4.6.3.4c; 5.4.6.5; MS.2.10.5c: 137.15; 3.4.4: 48.16; KS.18.3c; 21.8,12; śB.9.2.3.18.
madhye devānām āsīnā # HG.1.15.7c.
madhyena ghnanto yantu # AVś.8.8.13c.
madhyena yakṣmaṃ bādhate # AVś.19.36.2c; AVP.2.27.2c.
madhye niṣatto raṇvo duroṇe # RV.1.69.4b.
madhye pṛthivyā niṣṭhitaḥ # AVP.1.47.1c.
madhye pṛthivyā yad viṣam # AVP.9.10.2c.
madhye poṣasya tṛmpatām (MG. puṣyatām) # śG.3.3.1c; MG.2.11.12c. See next.
madhye poṣasva tiṣṭhantīm # AG.2.8.16c. See prec.
madhye brahma virājati # JB.3.373e.
madhye yuvājaro visruhā hitaḥ # RV.5.44.3d.
madhye vasiṣva tuvinṛmṇorvoḥ # RV.8.70.10c.
madhye vasor dīdihi jātavedaḥ # TB.1.2.1.21d; Apś.5.14.5d.
madhye śatasya maṣṭiṣkaḥ # AVP.8.12.12e.
madhye sīda # KS.39.6; Apś.16.31.1.
madhye hotā duroṇe barhiṣo rāṭ # RV.6.12.1a.
madhye hradasya no gṛhāḥ # AVś.6.106.2c.
madhye hradasya plavasva # RVKh.7.103.1c; AVś.4.15.14c; AVP.5.7.13c; N.9.7c.
dhyaṃ hi paurṇamāsaṃ juṣethām # TS.3.5.1.2c.
dhyaṃdinaṃ savanaṃ kevalaṃ te # RV.4.35.7b.
dhyaṃdinaṃ savanaṃ cāru yat te # RV.3.32.1b.
dhyaṃdinasya savanasya dadhnaḥ # RV.10.179.3c; AVś.7.72.3c.
dhyaṃdinasya savanasya dhānāḥ # RV.3.52.5a; Aś.5.4.3. P: mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya śś.7.17.1.
dhyaṃdinasya savanasya niṣkevalyasya bhāgasya śukravato madhuścuta (Kś.10.2.3, manthīvata) indrāya somān prasthitān preṣya (Apś. śukravato manthivato madhuścuta indrāya somān; Mś. savanasya śukravato manthivato niṣkevalyasya bhāgasyendrāya somān prasthitān preṣya) # Kś.10.2.2,3; Apś.13.4.14; Mś.2.4.4.26.
dhyaṃdinasya savanasya vṛtrahann anedya # RV.8.37.1d,2c,3c,4c,5c,6c.
dhyaṃdinasya savanasyendrāya puroḍāśānām # Apś.13.4.8; Mś.2.4.4.22.
dhyaṃdinaḥ saptadaśena kḷptaḥ # GB.1.5.23c.
dhyaṃdine savana ā vṛṣasva # RV.6.47.6c; AVś.7.76.6c.
dhyaṃdine savane jātavedaḥ # RV.3.28.4a; Aś.5.4.6. P: mādhyaṃdine savane śś.7.17.2.
dhyaṃdine savane matsad indraḥ # RV.5.40.4d; AVś.20.12.7d.
dhyaṃdine savane vajrahasta # RV.3.32.3c; KB.22.2.
dhyamāḥ (sc. tṛpyantu) # Aś.3.4.2; śG.4.10.3.
mithaspṛdhyeva taviṣāṇy āhitā # RV.1.166.9b.
mumugdhy asmān nidhayeva baddhān # RV.10.73.11d; SV.1.319d; KS.9.19d; AB.3.19.17; TB.2.5.8.3d; TA.4.42.3d; Tā.10.73d; Apś.6.22.1d; N.4.3d.
medhyaṃ sātrājito hayam # śB.13.5.4.21b.
medhyāmedhyavibhāgajñe # śG.2.13.5a.
yakṣasyādhyakṣaṃ taviṣaṃ bṛhantam # RV.10.88.13d.
yādrādhyaṃ varuṇo yonim apyam # RV.2.38.8a.
yudhyanta iva varmasu # RV.8.47.8b.
yudhyante yasyām ākrandaḥ # AVś.12.1.41c.
yudhyanto nemadhitā pṛtsu śūra # RV.6.33.4d.
yudhyamānās tokasātau vivakṣase # RV.10.25.9d.
yudhyai tvena saṃ tvena pṛchai # RV.4.18.2d.
yuyodhy asmaj juhurāṇam enaḥ # RV.1.189.1c; VS.5.36c; 7.43c; 40.16c; TS.1.1.14.3c; 4.43.1c; MS.1.2.13b: 22.7; KS.3.1c; 6.10c; śB.3.6.3.11c; 4.3.4.12c; TB.2.8.2.3c; TA.1.8.8c.
yuyodhy asmad dveṣāṃsi # RV.2.6.4c; VS.12.43c; TS.4.2.3.4c; MS.1.2.10c: 20.11; 2.7.10c: 89.1; KS.16.10c; śB.6.8.2.9c; Apś.11.12.3c.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"dhy" has 142 results
adhyavasāyadetermination to begin an activity with a view to get the fruit. confer, compare य एष मनुष्यः प्रेक्षापूर्वकारी स बुद्ध्या कंचिदर्थं संपश्यति, संदृष्टे प्रार्थना, प्रार्थिते अध्यवसायः,म् अध्यवसाये आरम्भः, आरम्भे निर्वृत्तिः, निर्वृत्तौ फलावाप्तिः confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.3.14 and I.4.32.
adhyātmādiname of a class of words headed by the word अध्यात्मन् to which the taddhita affix. affix ठञ् is added in the sense of 'तत्र भवः' id est, that is found therein, or existing therein. e. g. आध्यात्मिकम्, आधिदैविकम्, et cetera, and otherscf M.Bh. on IV.3.60.
adhyāsasuperimposition : a relation between a word and its sense according to the grammarians; confer, compare Vāk. Pad. II.240. (2) appendage; confer, compare आहुस्त्वेकपदा अन्ये अध्यासानेकपातिनः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)XVII.43.
adhyāhārasupplying the necessary element. confer, compare गम्यमानार्थस्य वाक्यस्य स्वरूपेणोपादानं वाक्यस्याध्याहारः Kāś on P.VI.1. 139., cf also Nirukta of Yāska.I.1.13 and Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Māheśvarasūtras. 1 Vārt 14.
adhyai,adhyainkṛt affixes substituted in the place of तुम् of the infinitive in Vedic Literature (P. III.4.9.), e. g. पिबध्यैः when अध्यैन् is substituted, the initial vowel of the word becomes उदात्त. e. g. कर्मण्युपाचारध्यै ।
aṣṭādhyāyīname popularly given to the Sūtrapāṭha of Pāṇini consisting of eight books (adhyāyas) containing in all 3981 Sūtras,as found in the traditional recital, current at the time of the authors of the Kāśika. Out of these 398l Sūtras, seven are found given as Vārtikas in the Mahābhāṣya and two are found in Gaṇapāṭha.The author of the Mahābhāṣya has commented upon only 1228 of these 3981 sūtras. Originally there were a very few differences of readings also, as observed by Patañjali ( see Mbh on I.4.1 ); but the text was fixed by Patañjali which, with a few additions made by the authors of the Kāśika,as observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., has traditionally come down to the present day. The Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is believed to be one of the six Vedāṅga works which are committed to memory by the reciters of Ṛgveda. The text of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is recited without accents. The word अष्टाध्यायी was current in Patañjali's time; confer, compare शिष्टज्ञानार्था अष्टाध्यायी Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 3.109.
ekahalmadhya(a vowel)placed between two single consonants; e.g the vowel अ in पच्, रम्, रण्, et cetera, and others
kadhyai kadhyainkṛt affix अध्यै of the infinitive in Vedic Literature: confer, compare तुमर्थे सेसे...कध्यैकध्यैन्..तवेनः P.III.4.9.
gaṇaratnamahodadhyavacūria metrical commentary on Vardhamāna's Gaṇaratnamahodadhi. The name of the author is not available.
jñāpakasādhyarealizable, or possible to be drawn, from a wording in the Sūtra of Pāņini in the manner shown a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. See ज्ञापक.
dhyamtaddhita affix. affix ध्यमुञ् substituted for धा optionally after the word एक e. g. ऐकध्यम् , एकधा; confer, compare P. V. 3.44.
dhyaikrt afix ध्यै seen in Vedic Literature, substituted for त्या optionally; e. g. साढयै, साढ्वा; cf P. VI. 3.113.
pipīlikamadhyā,pipīlikamadhyamāname given to a stanza of त्रिष्टुप् or जगती or बृहती type consisting of three feet, the middle foot consisting of six or seven or eight syllables only; e. g. Ŗgveda X. 105, 2 and 7; IX. 110.l, VIII. 46.14; confer, compare उष्णिक् पिपीलिकामध्या हरीयस्येति दृश्यते Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 25, 28, 36.
pratiṣedhyawhat is prohibited, as opposed to विधेय; confer, compare औत्त्वं च प्रतिषेघ्यम् ; M.Bh. on P.I. 1.47, I.1.51.
pravartakopādhyāyaa grammarian who wrote an explanatory gloss named कैयटप्रकाशिका on the महाभाष्यप्रदीप written by Kaiyatabhatta.
bahumadhyagataa word which has entered between two constituent words of a compound by splitting in a way the compound e. g. the word च in ईयते नरा च शंसं दैव्यम् Rg. Veda IX. 86.42; confer, compare एतानि परिगृह्णीयात् बहूमध्यगतानि च । R.Pr.X.7. explained by Uvvata as बहूनां पदानां मध्यगतानि च यानि पदानि तानि अतिक्रम्य परिगृह्णीयात् !
bodhyaa technical term for the vocative case in the Jainendra Vyakarana.
bhrūmadhyaliterallycentre of the brows, or eyebrows which is described as the place of air ( which produces utterance or speech) at the time of the evening soma-pressing or sacrifice: confer, compare प्रात:सवनमाध्यन्दिनसवनतृतीयसवनक्रमेण उर:कण्ठभ्रूमध्यानि त्रीणि स्थानानि वायोर्भर्वान्त Vāj. Prāt. I. 30; confer, compare also भ्रुवोर्मध्ये प्राणमावेश्य सम्यक्.
madhyaliterally middle; middling variety. The word is used in the sense of the middling effort between the open (विवृत) and the close (संवृत) external efforts which technically is called हकार; confer, compare मध्ये हकारः | मध्ये भव: मध्यः | अ सांप्रतिके | तदयमर्थः | सांप्रतिके प्रकृतिस्थे कण्ठे सति हकारो नाम बाह्यः प्रयत्नः क्रियते | तेन च व्यञ्जनेषु घोषो जायते | Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.Bhāṣya on II.6.
madhyakaumudīcalled also मध्यमकौमुदी a work on grammar which is an abridgment, to a certain extent, of Bhaṭṭojī's Siddhāntakaumudī. The treatise was written by Varadarāja, a pupil of Bhaṭṭojī for facilitating the study of the Siddhānta-kaumudi.
madhyapatitaliterally fallen in the middle; the word is used generally in the sense of an augment which is inserted in the middle of a word. Sometimes an affix too, like अकच् or a conjugational sign like श्रम्, is placed in the middle of a word. Such a middling augment is technically ignored and a word together with it is taken as the original word for grammatical operations; exempli gratia, for example उच्चकै:, नीचकै: et cetera, and others cf तन्मध्यपतितस्तद्ग्रहणेन गृह्यते Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 89.
madhyama(1)the middle person ( मध्यमपुरुष ), confer, compare युष्मद्युपपदे...मध्यम: P. I. 4.105; confer, compare also Nirukta of Yāska.VII. 7; (2) middling tone or effort confer, compare मध्यमेन स वाक्ययोग: Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XVIII. 4, where the commentator explains the word as उच्चनीचसमाहारविलक्षण: वाक्प्रयोगः | the word मध्यमा is used in this sense as qualifying a mode of utterance. वृत्ति; confer, compare अभ्यासार्थे द्रुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् ! Ṟ. Pr. XIII. 19; cf also चतुष्कला मध्यमायार्म् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 32; (3) one of the seven modes of speech or tones. cf सप्त वाचः स्थानानि भवन्ति | उपांशुध्वाननिमदेापव्दिमन्मन्द्रमध्यमताराणि Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.4 and 5 and also कण्ठे मध्यमम् XVIII.11 where the commentatator explains मध्यम as यत्र कण्ठे स्थाने प्रयोग उपलभ्यते तन्मध्यमं नाम षष्ठं वाचस्स्थानम् | (4) one of the seven musical notes originating or proceeding from the Svarita accent confer, compare, स्वारतप्रभवा ह्येते षड्जमध्यमपञ्चमाः Pāṇ Śikṣā.
madhyamakaumudī(1)name of a treatise on grammar by Rāmaśarman; (2) the same as मध्यकौमुदी.
madhyamapadalopaliterally the dropping of the middle word or member ( of a compound generally) as for instance in शाकपार्थिक for शाकप्रियपार्थिव; the word मध्यमपदलोप is also used in the sense of a compound. The compounds which have the middle word dropped are enumerated by the Vārttikakāra under the Vārttika शाकपार्थिवादीनां मध्यमपदलेापश्च Bh. Vṛ. II.1.60 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).; cf also Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.II.6.30.
madhyamāor मध्यमवृत्ति See मध्यम (2).
madhyasiddhāntakaumudīSee मध्यकौमुदी
madhyepavādaa rule forming an exception to other general rules being placed between them, one or many of which are placed before and the others afterwards. Such a rule sets aside the previous rules and not the succeeding ones. The statement laying down this dictum is मध्येपवादाः पूर्वान् विधीन् बाधन्ते नोत्तरान् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa.Pari. 60, also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VI.4.148 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5.
madhyepavādanyāyathe maxim of the middle rule of exception; see मधेयपवाद.
madhyodāttathe acute or udātta accent to the मध्य vowel which is neither the initial ( अादि) nor the final one ( अन्त ) as laid down by the rule उपोत्तमं रिति P. VI.1.217; confer, compare मध्योदात्तमपि यमिच्छति तत्र रेफमनुबन्धं करोति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.1.3.
yavamadhyaliterally having the centre bulging out like the Yava grain; name given to a variety of the Gayatri which has 7 letters in the first and third (last) feet and 10 letters in the second id est, that is the middle foot; the name is also given to a Mahabrhati having the first and the last feet consisting of 8 letters and the middle one consisting of 12 syllables: cf R.Pr.XVI.18 and 48.
vidhyādithe senses headed by विधि as given in the rule विधिनिमन्त्रणामन्त्रणाधीष्टसंप्रश्नप्रार्थनेषु लिङ् P. III. 3.16I ; confer, compare विध्यादिषु सप्तमी च Kat. III.1.20; confer, compare also विध्यादिषु क्रियार्थाल्लिङ् भवति Candra Vyak. I.3. l2l.
vyākaraṇādhyayanaprayojanathe purpose of the study of Grammar which is beautifully summed up and discussed in the first Ahnika by Patanjali in his Mahabhasya.
śadhyaiशध्यैन् krt affix अध्यै in the sense of the infinitive added, to.a root as seen in the Vedic Literature: confer, compare तुमर्थे संसंनंसअसेनूक्सेकसेनध्यैअध्यैनूकध्यैकध्यैन् शध्येशध्यैनूतवैतवेङ्कतवेन:, P. III. 4.9.
śabdsādhyaprayogaa grammar work on the formation of words written by a grammarian named रमानाथशर्मा.
saṃdhyaa diphthong: see below the word संधिः cf अत्थनामनी संध्यम् . संध्यक्षर diphthong, a vowel resulting from a combination of two vowels, but which is to be looked upon as one single vowel by reason of only a single effort being required for its pronunciation; the letters ए, ऐ, ओ and औ are termed as संध्यक्षर as contrasted with समानाक्षर, confer, compare अष्टौ समानाक्षराण्यादितस्ततश्चत्वारि संध्यक्षराण्युत्तराणि Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 10; confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 13, Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 111 ; confer, compare also संध्यक्षराणामिदुतौ ह्रस्वादेशे Kat. Pari. 43
sapādasaptādhyāyīa term used in connection with Panini's first seven books and a quarter of the eighth, as contrasted with the term Tripadi, which is used for the last three quarters of the eighth book. The rules or operations given in the Tripadi, are stated to be asiddha or invalid for purposes of the application of the rules in the previous portion, viz. the Sapadasaptadhyayi, and hence in the formation of' words all the rules given in the first seven chapters and a quarter, are applied first and then a way is prepared for the rules of the last three quarters. It is a striking thing that the rules in the Tripadi mostly concern the padas or formed words, the province, in fact, of the Pratisakhya treatises, and hence they should, as a matter of fact, be applicable to words after their formation and evidently to accomplish this object, Panini has laid down the convention of the invalidity in question by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII. 2,1.
saptādhyāyīa term used for the first seven chapters or books of Panini's grammar; confer, compare येन्ये सप्ताध्याय्यां स्वरास्ते न संगृहीताः । स्युः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI 1.' 158 Vart. 1.
a(1)the first letter of the alphabet in Sanskrit and its derived languages, representing the sound a (अ): (2) the vowel a (अ) representing in grammatical treatises, except when Prescribed as an affix or an augment or a substitute,all its eighteen varieties caused by accentuation or nasalisation or lengthening: (3) personal ending a (अ) of the perfeminine. second.pluraland first and third person.singular.; (4) kṛt affix c (अ) prescribed especially after the denominative and secondary roots in the sense of the verbal activity e. g. बुभुक्षा, चिन्ता, ईक्षा, चर्चा et cetera, and othersconfer, compare अ प्रत्ययात् et cetera, and others (P.III 3.102-106); (5) sign of the aorist mentioned as añ (अङ्) or cañ (चङ्) by Pāṇini in P. III i.48 to 59 exempli gratia, for example अगमत्, अचीकरत्; (6) conjugational sign mentioned as śap (शप्) or śa (श) by Pāṇini in P. III.1.68, 77. exempli gratia, for example भवति, तुदति et cetera, and others; (7) augment am (अम्) as prescribed by P. VI.1.58; exempli gratia, for example द्रष्टा, द्रक्ष्यति; (8) augment aṭ (अट्) prefixed to a root in the imperfeminine. and aorist tenses and in the conditional mood e. g. अभवत्, अभूत्, अभविष्यत् confer, compare P. VI.4.71; (8) kṛt affix a (अ) prescribed as अङ्, अच्, अञ्, अण्, अन्, अप्, क, ख, घ, ञ, ड् , ण, et cetera, and others in the third Adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.; (9) taddhita affix. affix a (अ) mentioned by Pāṇini as अच्, अञ् अण्, अ et cetera, and others in the fourth and the fifth chapters of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini; (10) the samāsānta affix a (अ), as also stated in the form of the samāsānta affixes (डच् , अच्, टच्, ष्, अष् and अञ्) by Pāṇini in V.4.73 to 121;(11) substitute a (अश्) accented grave for इदम before case-affixes beginning with the inst. instrumental case. case: (12) remnant (अ) of the negative particle नञ् after the elision of the consonant n (न्) by नलोपो नञः P. vi.3.73.
aṅgādhikāraa large section of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. covering five quarters (VI.4.1 to the end of VII) in which the various operations undergone by crude bases before various affixes et cetera, and others are prescribedition
atharvaprātiśākhyathe Prātiśākhya work of the Atharva veda believed to have been written by Śaunaka. It consists of four Adhyāyās and is also called शौनकीया चतुरध्यायिका.
aśvatthanārāyaṇaa commentator who wrote a gloss on Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. in the Tamil language.
aṣṭakaanother name for the famous work of Pāṇini popularly called the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.; confer, compare अष्टावध्यायाः परिमाणमस्य सूत्रस्य अष्टकं पाणिनीयम् । दशकं वैयाघ्रपदीयम् । त्रिंकं काशकृत्स्नम् । Kāś on P.IV. 1.58; (2) students of Pāṇini's grammar, e. g. अष्टकाः पाणिनीयाः; confer, compare सूत्राच्च कोपधात् । Kāś. on P.IV. 2. 65.
asiddhainvalid; of suspended validity for the time being: not functioning for the time being. The term is frequently used in Pāṇini's system of grammar in connection with rules or operations which are prevented, or held in suspense, in connection with their application in the process of the formation of a word. The term (असिद्ध) is also used in connection with rules that have applied or operations that have taken place, which are, in certain cases, made invalid or invisible as far as their effect is concerned and other rules are applied or other operations are allowed to take place, which ordinarily have been prevented by those rules which are made invalid had they not been invalidatedition Pāṇini has laid down this invalidity on three different occasions (1) invalidity by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. which makes a rule or operation in the second, third and fourth quarters of the eighth chapter of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. invalid when any preceding rule is to be applied, (2) invalidity by the rule असिद्धवदत्राभात् which enjoins mutual invalidity in the case of operations prescribed in the Ābhīya section beginning with the rule असिद्धवत्राभात् (VI. 4.22.) and going on upto the end of the Pāda (VI.4.175), (3) invalidity of the single substitute for two letters, that has already taken place, when ष् is to be substituted for स्, or the letter त् is to be prefixed, confer, compare षत्वतुकोरसिद्धः (VI. 1.86). Although Pāṇini laid down the general rule that a subsequent rule or operation, in case of conflict, supersedes the preceding rule, in many cases it became necessary for him to set, that rule aside, which he did by means of the stratagem of invalidity given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. Subsequent grammarians found out a number of additional cases where it became necessary to supersede the subseguent rule which they did by laying down a dictum of invalidity similar to that of Pāṇini. The author of the Vārttikas, hence, laid down the doctrine that rules which are nitya or antaraṅga or apavāda, are stronger than, and hence supersede, the anitya, bahiraṅga and utsarga rules respectively. Later gram marians have laid down in general, the invalidity of the bahiraṅga rule when the antaraṅga rule occurs along with it or subsequent to it. For details see Vol. 7 of Vvyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya(D. E. Society's edition) pages 217-220. See also Pari. Śek. Pari. 50.
aāṅgaan operation prescribed in the section, called aṅgādhikāra, in the the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, made up of five Pādas consisting of the fourth quarter of the 6th adhyāya and all the four quarters of the seventh adhyāya. आङ्गात् पूर्वं विकरणा एषितव्याः M. Bh on I.3.60 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5; confer, compare also वार्णादाङ्गं बलीयो भवति Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari 55: also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2.3.
āp(1)common term for the feminine. endings टाप्, डाप् and चाप् given by Pāṇini in Adhy. IV, Pāda 1; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II.4.82. P.IV.1.1.; P.VI.1.68; confer, compare also P.VI.3.63. P.VII.3.44; P.VII.3.106, 116; P.VII.4.15. et cetera, and others; (2) a brief term for case-affixes beginning with the inst. sing and ending with the locative case plural confer, compare अनाप्यकः P. VII.2.112.
uṇādiaffixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.
upagrahaa term used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of the Parasmaipada and the Ātmanepada affixes. The word is not found in Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī.. The Vārttikakāra has used the word in his Vārttika उपग्रहप्रतिषेधश्च on P. III.2.127 evidently in the sense of Pada affixes referring to the Ātmanepada as explained by Kaiyaṭa in the words उपग्रहस्य आत्मनेपदसंज्ञाया इत्यर्थ: । The word occurs in the Ślokavārttika सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिङ्गनराणां quoted by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on व्यत्ययो बहुलम् P. III. 1.85, where Nāgeśa writes लादेशव्यङ्ग्यं स्वार्थत्वादि । इह तत्प्रतीतिनिमित्ते परस्मै-पदात्मनेपदे उपग्रहशब्देन लक्षणयोच्येते । The word is found in the sense of Pada in the Mahābhāṣya on P. III. 1.40. The commentator on Puṣpasūtra explains the word as उपगृह्यते समीपे पठ्यते इति उपग्रहः. The author of the Kāśikā on P. VI. 2.134 has cited the reading चूर्णादीन्यप्राण्युपग्रहात् instead of चूर्णादीन्यप्राणिषष्ठ्याः and made the remark तत्रेापग्रह इति षष्ठ्यन्तमेव पूर्वाचार्योपचारेण गृह्यते. This remark shows that in ancient times उपग्रह meant षष्ठ्यन्त i. e. a word in the genitive case. This sense gave rise to, or was based upon, an allied sense, viz. the meaning of 'षष्ठी' i. e. possession. Possibly the sense 'possession' further developed into the further sense 'possession of the fruit or result for self or others' referring to the तिङ् affixes which possessed that sense. The old sense 'षष्ठ्यन्त' of the word 'उपग्रह' having gone out of use, and the sense 'पद' having come in vogue, the word षष्ठी' must have been substituted for the word 'उपग्रह' by some grammarians before the time of the Kāśikākāras. As Patañjali has dropped the Sūtra (VI. 2.134), it cannot be said definitely whether the change of reading took place before Patañjali or after him.
ṛktantraa work consisting of five chapters containing in all 287 sūtras. It covers the same topics as the Prātiśākhya works and is looked upon as one of the Prātiśākhya works of the Sāma Veda. Its authorship is attributed to Śākaṭāyana according to Nageśa, while औदिव्राज is held as its author by some, and कात्यायन by others. It bears a remarkable similarity to Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. especially in topics concerning coalescence and changes of स् and न् to ष् and ण् respectively. It cannot be definitely said whether it preceded or followed Pāṇini's work.
ṛkprātiśākhyaone of the Prātiśākhya works belonging to the Aśvalāyana Śākha of the Ṛg Veda. The work available at present, appears to be not a very old one,possibly written a century or so after Pāṇini's time. It is possible that the work, which is available, is based upon a few ancient Prātiśākhya works which are lost. Its authorship is attributed to Śaunaka.The work is a metrical one and consists of three books or Adhyāyas, each Adhyāya being made up of six Paṭalas or chapters. It is written, just as the other Prātiśākhya works, with a view to give directions for the proper recitation of the Veda. It has got a scholarly commentary written by Uvaṭa and another one by Kumāra who is also called Viṣṇumitra. See अाश्वलायनप्रातिशाख्य.
ekaśeṣaa kind of composite formation in which only one of the two or more words compounded together subsists, the others being elided; confer, compare एकः शिष्यते इतरे निवर्तन्ते वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ । Kāśikā on सरूपाणामेकशेष एक-विभक्तौ P.I.2.64; confer, compare also सुरूपसमुदायाद्धि विभक्तिर्या विधीयते । एकस्तत्रार्थवान् सिद्धः समुदायस्य वाचकः ।। Bhāṣāvṛtti on P. I. 2.64. There is a dictum of grammarians that every individual object requires a separate expression to convey its presence. Hence, when there is a dual sense, the word has to be repeated, as also the word has to be multiplied when there is a plural sense. In current spoken language, however, in such cases the word is used only once. To justify this single utterance for conveying the sense of plurality, Pāṇini has laid down a general rule सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ and many other similar rules to cover cases of plurality not of one and the same object, but plurality cased by many objects, such as plurality caused by ideas going in pairs or relations such as parents, brothers and sisters, grand-father and grand-son, male and female. For example, see the words वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ; Similarly वृक्षाः for many trees, पितरौ for माता च पिता च; देवौ for देवी च देवश्च; confer, compare also the words श्वशुरौ, भ्रातरौ, गार्ग्यौ (for गार्ग्य and गार्ग्यायण),आवाम् (for त्वं च अहं च), यौ (for स च यश्च) and गावः feminine. अजा feminine. अश्वाः masculine gender. irrespective of the individuals being some males and some females. Pāṇini has devoted 10 Sūtras to this topic of Ekaśeṣa. The Daiva grammar has completely ignored this topic. Patanjali has very critically and exhaustively discussed this topic. Some critics hold that the topic of एकशेघ did not exist in the original Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini but it was interpolated later on, and adduce the long discussion in the Mahābhāṣya especially the Pūrvapakṣa therein, in support of their argument. Whatever the case be, the Vārttikakāra has commented upon it at length; hence, the addition must have been made immediately after Pāṇini, if at all there was any. For details see Mahābhāṣya on I.1.64 to 73 as also,Introduction p. 166-167, Vol.7 of the Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
ekācpādaname given by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiand other grammarians to the first pāda of the sixth adhyāya cf Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., as it begins with the sūtra एकाचो द्वे प्रथमस्य VI.1.1.
karmaṇipādaname given by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiand other grammarians to the second pāda of the third adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., which begins with the sūtra कर्मण्यण् P. III.2.1 .
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kārakapādaname given by Śivadeva and other grammarians to the fourth pāda of the first adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. which begins with the Sūtra कारके I. 4. 1 and which deals with the Kārakas or auxiliaries of action.
kāśikā(1)name given to the reputed gloss (वृत्ति) on the Sūtras of Pāṇini written by the joint authors.Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. Nothing definitely can be said as to which portion was written by Jayāditya and which by Vamana, or the whole work was jointly written. Some scholars believe that the work was called Kāśikā as it was written in the city of Kāśī and that the gloss on the first five Adhyāyas was written by Jayāditya and that on the last three by Vāmana. Although it is written in a scholarly way, the work forms an excellent help to beginners to understand the sense of the pithy Sūtra of Pāṇini. The work has not only deserved but obtained and maintained a very prominent position among students and scholars of Pāṇini's grammar in spite of other works like the Bhāṣāvṛtti, the Prakriyā Kaumudi, the Siddhānta Kaumudi and others written by equally learned scholars. Its wording is based almost on the Mahābhāṣya which it has followed, avoiding, of course, the scholarly disquisitions occurring here and there in the Mahābhāṣya. It appears that many commentary works were written on it, the wellknown among them being the Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā or Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Jinendrabuddhi and the Padamañjari by Haradatta. For details see Vyākaraṇamahābhāṣya Vol.VII pp 286-87 published by the D. E. Society, Poona. ( 2 ) The name Kāśikā is sometimes found given to their commentaries on standard works of Sanskrit Grammar by scholars, as possibly they were written at Kāśī; as for instance, (a) Kāśikā on Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra by Hari Dīkṣita, and ( b ) Kāśikā on Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Vaidyanātha Pāyaguṇḍe.
kit(1)marked with the mute letter क् which is applied by Pāṇini to affixes, for preventing guṇa and vṛddhi substitutes to the preceding इक् vowel (इ, उ, ऋ or लृ); confer, compareक्ङिति च, Pāṇ. I.1.5; (2) considered or looked upon as marked with mute indicatory क् for preventing guna; confer, compare असंयोगाल्लिट् कित् and the following P.I.2.5 et cetera, and others The affixes of the first type are for instance क्त, क्त्वा, क्तिन् and others. The affixes of the second type are given mainly in the second pada of the first Adhyāya by Pāṇini. Besides the prevention of guṇa and wrddhi, affixes marked with कु or affixes called कित्, cause Saṁprasāraṇa (see P. VI.1.15,16), elision of the penultimate न् (P.VI.4.24), elision of the penultimate vowel (P. VI.4.98,100), lengthening of the vowel (VI.4.15), substitution of ऊ (VI.4.19,21), elision of the final nasal (VI. 4.37), substitution of अI (VI.4.42). The taddhita affixes which are marked with mute क् cause the Vṛddhi substitute for the first vowel in the word to which they are addedition
kuṭādipādaname given by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiand later grammarians to the second pāda of the first adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., as the pāda begins with the Sūtra गाङ्कुटादिभ्यो ञ्णिन्डित् P.I.2.1.
kaiyaṭaprakāśikāa commentary on the Mahābhāṣyapradīpa of Kaiyaṭa written by Pravartakopādhyāya.
kauṇḍinyaan ancient grammarian referred to in the Taittirīya Prātiśākhya(Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V. 38) and Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., (P.II.4.70).
gaṅgādhara[GANGADHARA SHASTRI TELANG] (l)a stalwart grammarian and Sanskrit scholar of repute who was a pupil of Bālasarasvatī of Vārāṇaśī and prepared in the last century a host of Sanskrit scholars in Banaras among whom a special mention could be made of Dr. Thebaut, Dr. Venis and Dr. Gaṅgānātha Jhā. He was given by Government of India the titles Mahāmahopādhyāya and C. I.E. His surname was Mānavallī but he was often known as गङाधरशास्त्री तेलङ्ग. For details, see Mahābhāṣya, D.E. Society Ed.Poona p.p.33, 34; (2)an old scholar of Vyākarana who is believed to have written a commentary on Vikṛtavallī of Vyādi; (3) a comparatively modern scholar who is said to have written a commentary named Induprakāśa on the Śabdenduśekhara; (4) author of the Vyākaraṇadīpaprabhā, a short commentary on the Vyākaraṇa work of Cidrūpāśramin. See चिद्रूपाश्रमिन्.
gaṅgeśaśarmāwriter of Kātantra-kaumudī possibly different from the reputed Gaṅgeśa Upādhyāa who is looked upon as the founder of the Navyanyāya school of modern Naiyāyikas, and who lived in the twelfth century A. D.
gaṇapāṭhathe mention individually of the several words forming a class or gaṇa, named after the first word said to have been written by Pāṇini himself as a supplementary work to his great grammar called Aṣṭaka or Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., the Sikṣā,the Dhātupātha and the Lingānuśāsana being the other ones. Other grammarians such as शाकटायन, अापिशलि and others have their own gaṇapāthās. The gaṇapāthā is traditionally ascribed to Pāṇini; the issue is questioned, however, by modern scholars. The text of the gaṇapāṭha is metrically arranged by some scholars. The most scholarly and authoritative treatise on gaṇapāṭha is the Gaṇaratnamahodadhī of Vardhamāna.
gārgyaan ancient reputed grammarian and possibly a writer of a Nirukta work, whose views, especially in.connection with accents are given in the Pratisakhya works, the Nirukta and Panini's Astadhyayi. Although belonging to the Nirukta school, he upheld the view of the Vaiyakaranas that all words cannot be derived, but only some of them: cf Nirukta of Yāska.I. 12.3. cf, also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 167, Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.5, III. 14.22: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 13; XIII. 12: P. VII. 3.99, VIII. 3.20, VIII. 4.69.
ṅyāppāda popular name given by grammarians to the first pada of the fourth adhyaya of Panini's Astadyayi as the pada begins with the rule ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात् IV. I.I.
candraa famous Buddhist Sanskrit grammarian whose grammar existing in the Tibetan script, is now available in the Devanagar script. The work consists of six chapters or Adhyayas in which no technical terms or sanjnas like टि, घु are found. There is no section on Vedic Grammar and accents. The work is based on Panini's grammar and is believed to have been written by Candra or Candragomin in the 5th centnry A. D. Bhartrhari in his Vakyapadiya refers to him; confer, compare स नीतो बहुशाखत्वं चन्द्राचार्यादिभिः पुनः Vakyapadiya II. 489. A summary of the work is found in the Agnipurana, ch. 248-258.
candragominnamed also चन्द्र, a Buddhist scholar who has written an easy Sanskrit Grammar based on the Astadhyayi of Panini. He is believed to have lived in North India in the fifth century A.D. See चन्द्र.
chpādaa popular name given by grammarians to the first pada of the fifth Adhyaya of Painis Astadhyayi as the pada begins with the rule प्राक् क्रीताच्छः P. V. 1.1.
jayakṛṣṇaa famous grammarian of the Mauni family who lived in Varanasi in the seventeenth century. He wrote विभक्त्यर्थनिर्णय, स्फोटचन्द्रिका, a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi called सुबोधिनी and a commentary on the Madhya Kaumudi named विलास. He wrote a commentary on the Laghukaumudi also.
jainendravyākaraṇaname of a grammar work written by Pujyapada Devanandin, also called Siddhanandin, in the fifth century A.D. The grammar is based on the Astadhyay of Panini,the section on Vedic accent and the rules of Panini explaining Vedic forms being,of course, neglectedition The grammar is called Jainendra Vyakarana or Jainendra Sabdanusasana. The work is available in two versions, one consisting of 3000 sutras and the other of 3700 sutras. it has got many commentaries, of which the Mahavrtti written by Abhayanandin is the principal one. For details see Jainendra Vyakarana, introduction published by the Bharatiya Jnanapitha Varadasi.
ṭhakpādaa popular name given to the fourth pada of the fourth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi.The pada begins with the rule प्राग्वहतेष्ठक् P.IV.4.1 prescribing the taddhita affix ठक् in the senses prescribed in rules be. ginning with the next rule ' तेन दीव्यति खनति जयति जितम् ' and ending with the rule 'निकटे वसति' P.IV.4.73.
ṇatvapādaa popular name given by grammarians to the fourth pada confer, compare Panini's Astadhyayi, as the pada begins with the rule रषाभ्यां नो णः समानपदे and mainly gives rules about णत्व i. e. the substitution of the consonant ण् for न्.
ṇaupādaa popular name given to the fourth pada of the seventh Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi, which begins with the rule णौ चङ्युपघाया ह्रस्त्रः P. VII. 4.1.
taddhitaa term of the ancient prePaninian grammarians used by Panini just like सर्वनामन् or अव्यय without giving any specific definition of it. The term occurs in the Nirukta of Yaska and the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya ; confer, compare अथ तद्वितसमासेषु एकपर्वसु चानेकपर्वसु पूर्वे पूर्वमपरमपरं प्रविभज्य निर्ब्रूयात् । द्ण्डय्ः पुरुषः । दण्डमर्हतीति वा, दण्डेन संपद्यते इति वा Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; also confer, compare तिङ्कृत्तद्धितचतुथ्यसमासाः इाब्दमयम् Vaj Prati.I. 27. It is to be noted that the word तद्वित is used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of a word derived from a substantive ( प्रातिपादक ) by the application of suffixes like अ, यत् et cetera, and others, and not in the sense of words derived from roots by affixes like अन, ति et cetera, and others which were termed नामकरण, as possibly contrasted with the word ताद्धित used by Yaska in II. 5. Panini has used the word तद्धित not for words, but for the suffixes which are added to form such words at all places (e. g. in I. 1.38, IV.1.17, 76, VI.1.61 et cetera, and others). in fact, he has begun the enumeration of taddhita affixes with the rule तद्धिता: (P.IV.1. 76) by putting the term तद्धित for affixes such as ति, ष्यङ्, अण् et cetera, and others which are mentioned thereafter. In his rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च and in the Varttika समासकृत्तद्धिताव्यय(I.4.1Vart. 41) which are similar to V.Pr.1. 27 quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word तद्धित appears to be actually used for words derived from nouns by secondary affixes, along with the word कृत् which also means words derived from roots, although commentators have explained there the terms कृत् and तद्धित for कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त. The term तद्वित is evidently echoed in the Sutra तस्मै हितम् which, although it is not the first Sutra there were possibly long lists of secondary nouns with the senses of secondary suffixes, and तद्धित was perhaps,the first sense given there. The number of taddhita suffixes mentioned by Panini is quite a large one; there are in fact 1110 rules given in the taddhita section covering almost two Adhyayas viz. from P. IV. 1.76 to the end of the fifth Adhyaya. The main sub-divisions of taddhita affixes mentioned by commentators are, Apatyadyarthaka (IV. 1.92 to 178), Raktadyarthaka (IV.2.1 to 91), Saisika {IV.2. 92 to IV.3.133), Pragdivyatiya (IV. 3 134 to 168), Pragvahatiya (IV.4.1 to IV.4.74), Pragghitiya (IV.4.75 to IV.4.109), Arhiya (V.1.1 to 71),Thanadhikarastha (V. 1.72 to V. 1.1.114), Bhavakarmarthaka (V. 1.115 to V.1.136), Pancamika (V. 2.1 to V. 2.93), Matvarthiya (V. 2.94 to V. 2. 140), Vibhaktisamjaaka (V. 3.1 to V. 3.26) and Svarthika (V. 3.27 to V. 4.160). The samasanta affixes (V.4.68 to V.4.160) can be included in the Svarthika affixes.
taittirīyaprātiśākhyacalled also कृष्णयजुःप्रातिशाख्य and hence representing possibly all the different branches or Sakhas of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद, which is not attributed definitely to a particular author but is supposed to have been revised from time to time and taught by various acaryas who were the followers of the Taittiriya Sakha.The work is divided into two main parts, each of which is further divided into twelve sections called adhyayas, and discusses the various topics such as letters and their properties, accents, euphonic changes and the like, just as the other Pratisakhya works. It is believed that Vararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya wrote Bhasyas on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, but at present, only two important commentary works on it are available(a) the 'Tribhasyaratna', based upon the three Bhasyas mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as the title shows, written by Somayarya and (b) the 'Vaidikabharana' written by Gopalayajvan. For details see Introduction to 'Taittiriya Pratisakhya' edition Govt Oriental Library Series, Mysore.
tripādīterm usually used in connection with the last three Padas (ch. VIII. 2, VIII. 3 and VIII. 4) of Panini’s Ashtadhyayi, the rules in which are not valid by convention to rules in the first seven chapters and a quarter, as also a later rule in which (the Tripadi) is not valid to an earlier one; confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P. VIII.2.1; (2) name of a critical treatise on Panini's grammar ("The Tripadi") written by Dr. H. E. Buiskool recently.
traipādikaa rule or an operation prescribed by Panini in the last three quarters of his Astadhyayi. See त्रिपादी a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
devikāpādaa popular name given to the third pada of the seventh adhyaya of Parinis Asadhyāyi as the pada begins with the Sutra दविकाशिंशपादित्यवाट्दीर्घसत्त्रश्रेयसामात् P.VII 3. 1.
devīdīnamodern grammarian of the 19th century who has written a gloss on the Asādhyāyi of Panini.
devendraa Jain grammarian of the 13th century who has written a commentary named लघुन्यास on the शब्दानुशासन of Hemacandra. He has written many works on the Jain Agamas, of which a commentary on the Uttaradhyanasutra can be specially mentionedition He is called देवेन्द्रसूरि also.
drutāone of the three Vrttis or styles of utterance mentioned in the Pratisakhya works and quoted in the Mahabhasya; confer, compareतित्रो वृत्तीरुपदिशन्ति वाचो विलम्बितां मध्यमां च दुतां च । अभ्यासार्थे दुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् । शिष्याणामुपदेशार्थे कुर्याद् वृत्ति विलम्बिताम् । Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 18, 19; confer, compare ये हि द्रुतायां वृत्तौ वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते मध्यमायां, ये मध्यमायां वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते विलाम्बितायाम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.70, Vart. 4. The utterance of a letter takes ,1/3 rd time more in the मध्यमवृत्ति than in the द्रुतवृत्ति, while in the विलम्बितवृत्ति it takes 1/3 rd more than in the मध्यमवृत्ति. In short, the utterance of the same letter takes in the three vrttis, Druta, Vilambita and Madhyama the quantity of time in the proportion of 9:12:16 respectively.
dvigupādaa Popular name given by grammarians to the fourth quarter of the second Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra द्विगुरेकवचनम् II. 4.1.
dvyaca word possessed of two vowels in it; dissyllabic words; the word is frequently used in Panini's Astadhyayi and Patanjali's Mahabhasya, Kasika Vrtti and other works on Panini's grammar.
ghātusabandhapādaconventional name given to the fourth pada of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the Sutra धातुसंबन्धे प्रत्ययाः P. III.4.1
dhānyapādaa popular name given to the second pada of the fifth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi possibly because the pada begins with the Sutra धान्यानां भवने क्षेत्रे खञ्, P. V.2.1
navāhnikīname given to the first nine Ahnikas or lessons of the Mahabhasya which are written in explanation of only the first pada of the first Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi and which contain almost all the important theories, statements and problems newly introduced by Patanjali.
padaa word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.
padakāṇḍa(1)a term used in connection with the first section of the Vākyapadīya named ब्रह्मकाण्ड also, which deals with padas, as contrasted with the second section which deals with Vākyas; (2) a section of the Așțadhyāyī of Pāņini, which gives rules about changes and modifications applicable to the pada, or the formed word, as contrasted with the base (अङ्ग) and the suffixes. The section is called पदाधिकार which begins with the rule पदस्य P.VIII.1.16. and ends with the rule इडाया वा VIII. 3. 54.
padavidhian operation prescribed in connection with words ending with case or verbal affixes and not in connection with noun-bases or root-bases or with single letters or syllables. पदविधि is in this way contrasted with अङ्गविधि ( including प्रातिपदिकविधि and धातुविधि ), वर्णविधि and अक्षरविधि, Such Padavidhis are given in Pāņini's grammar in Adhyāya2, Pādas l and 2 as also in VI.1.158, and in VIII. 1.16 to VIII.3.54 and include rules in connection with compounds, accents and euphonic combinations. When, however, an operation is prescribed for two or more padas, it is necessary that the two padas or words must be syntactically connectible; confer, compare समर्थः पदविधिः P. II.1.1.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition
pāñcamikaliterallypertaining to the fifth; name given to the affixes prescribed in the fifth Adhyaya of Paanini's Astadhyayi, especially in Sutras V.2.1 to W.2.93.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtracalled also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.
pūrvatrāsiddhavacanathe dictum of Panini about rules in his second, third and fourth quarters (Padas) of the eighth Adhyaya being invalid to (viz. not seen by) all the previous rules in the first seven chapters and the first quarter of the eighth as laid down by him in the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् VIII.2.1. The rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् is taken also as a governing rule id est, that is अधिकार laying down that in the last three quarters also of his grammar, a subsequent rule is invalid to the preceding rule. The purpose of this dictum is to prohibit the application of the rules in the last three quarters as also that of a subsequent rule in the last three quarters, before all such preceding rules, as are applicable in the formation of a word, have been given effect to; confer, compare एवमिहापि पर्वेत्रासिद्धवचनं अादेशलक्षणप्रतिषेधार्थमुत्सर्गलक्षणभावार्थं च M.Bh. on P. VIII.2.1 Vart. 8.
pūrvāparapādaname given to the second pada of the second adhyaya of Panini's Asadhyayi which begins with the Sutra पूर्वापराधरोत्तरमेकदेशिनैकाधिकरणे P. II. 2.1.
pratyayapādaa conventional name given to the first pada of the third adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the rule प्रत्ययः III. 1.1.
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
bahulapādaname given by grammarians to the third pada of the third adhyaya of the Astdhyayi.
bahuvrīhipādaconventional term used for the second pada of the sixth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi.
buiskūla[ BUISKOOL H. E. )A European grammarian who has written an essay on the last three Padas of Panini's Astadhyayi (त्रिपादी) under the title 'The Tripadi'.
bothaliṃgka[BOHTLINGK, OTTO]a German Sanskrit scholar and Grammarian of St.Petersberg, who has written a short gloss in German on Panini's Astadhyayi under the title "Panini's Grammatik" with an introduction and various indexes at the end. He has also critically edited Mugdhabodha of Bopadeva.
bhāṣāvṛttia short gloss on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini in the l2th century by Puruṣottamadeva's Paribhāṣāvṛtti.adeva, a reputed scholar belonging to the Eastern school of grammarians which flourished in Bengal and Behar in the 10th, 11th and 12th centuries, The gloss is very useful for beginners and it has given a clear explanation of the different sūtras without going into difficult niceties and discussions. The treatise does not comment upon Vedic portions or rules referring to Vedic Language because, as the legend goes, king Lakṣmaṇa Sena, for whom the gloss was written, was not qualified to understand Vedic Language; confer, compare वैदिकभाषानर्हत्वात् Com. on Bhāṣāvṛtti by Sṛṣṭidhara. There is a popular evaluation of the Bhāṣāvṛtti given by the author himself in the stanza "काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत्सिद्धान्तं बोद्धुमस्ति धीः ! तदा विचिन्त्यतां भ्रातर्भाषावृत्तिरियं मम " at the end of his treatise; for details see पुरुषोत्तमदेव.
bhūpādaname popularly given by Śiradeva and other grammarians to the third pāda of the first adhyāya of Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyi as it begins with the Sūtra भूवादयो धातव: P.I.3.1.
bhojathe well-known king of Dhārā who was very famous for his charities and love of learning. He flourished in the eleventh century A.D. He is said to have got written or himself written several treatises on various śāstras. The work Sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇa which is based on the Astādhyāyi of Pāṇini, but which has included in it the Vārttikas and Paribhāṣās also, has become in a way a Vyākaraṇa or a general work in grammar and can be styled as Bhoja-Vyākaraṇa.
matuptaddhita affix. affix मत् changed in some cases to वत् (cf मादुपधायाश्च मतोर्वोऽयवादिभ्यः P. VIII. 2.9), applied to any noun or substantive in the sense of 'who possesses that,' or 'which contains it,' or in the sense of possession as popularly expressedition The affix is called possessive affix also, and is very commonly found in use; e. g. गोमान्, वृक्षवान् , यवमान् , et cetera, and others confer, compare तदस्यास्त्यस्मिन्निति मतुप् P. V. 2.94. The very general sense of 'possession' is limited to certain kinds of possession by the Vārttikakāra in the following stanza; भूमनिन्दाप्रशंसासु नित्ययोगेतिशायने | संसर्गेऽस्तिविवक्षायां भवन्ति मतुबादय: confer, compare Kāś. on P. V. 2.94. There are other taddhita affix. affixes prescribed in the same sense as मतुप्, such as the affixes लच् (V. 2.96-98), इलच् (99, 100, 105, 117), श and न (100), ण (101), विनि (102, 121, 122), इनि (102, 115, 116, 128, 129-137), अण् (103, 104), उरच् (106), र (107), म (108), व ( 109, 110), ईरन् and ईरच् (111), वलच् (112, 113), ठन् (115, 116), ठञ् (118, 119), यप् (120), युस् (123, 138, 140), ग्मिनि (124), आलच् and आटच् (125), अच् (127), and ब, भ, यु, ति, तु, त and यस् each one applied to specifically stated words. मतुप् is also specially prescribed after the words headed by रस (confer, compare रसादिभ्यश्च P. V. 2.95) in supersession of some of the other affixes mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. which would take place in such cases, if मतुप् were not prescribed by the rule रसादिभ्यश्च. The portion of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. prescribing the possessive affixes is named मतुबधिकार (P. V. 2.92 to 140).
matuppādaa conventional name given by grammarians to the third pāda of the eighth Adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. as the pāda begins with the sūtra मतुवसोरु संबुद्धौ छन्दसि P. VIII. 3.1.
manoramā(1)the popular name given to the commentary प्रौढमनेारमा on the Siddhāntakaumudī of भट्टोजीदीक्षित by the author himself the commentary is a scholarly one and very extensive; and its first portion only upto the end of Kāraka is generally read in the Sanskrit Pāṭhaśālās;(2) name of a commentary on the Madhyasiddhāntakaumudī by Rāmasarman; (3) name given to a treatise discussing roots given in the Kātantra Grammar written by रमानाथशर्मा in the sixteenth century. The work is called कातन्त्रधातुवृत्ति also.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mugdhabodhaliterally instructions to the ignorant: a treatise on grammar similar to the Astadhyayi of Panini but much shorter, written by Bopadeva or Vopadeva an inhabitant of the greater Maharastra in the Vardha district, in the thirteenth century. After the fall of the Hindu rulers in Bengal, treatises like भाषावृत्ति and others written by eastern grammarians fell into the back-ground and their place was taken up by easier treatises written by Bopadeva and others.Many commentaries were written upon the Mugdhabodha, of which the Vidyanivsa is much known to grammarians
yatprakaraṇaliterally the topic or the section of यत्; the section where the taddhita affix. affix यत् is prescribedition This taddhita affix. affix यत् is prescribed in the fifth adhyaaya of Paanini in a number of rules in different and different senses ; confer, compare यत्प्रक्ररणे रथाच्च P.V. 1.6 Vaart.1 ; यत्प्रकरणे व्रह्मवर्चसान्त्व P.V.1.39 Vaart. 1.
yuvapādaa conventional term used for the first pada of the seventh adhyaya which begins with the sutra युवोरनाकौ P.VII.i.1.
yuṣmatpādconventional name given to the third pada of the fourth adhyaya of Paini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra युष्मदस्मदोरन्यतरस्यां खञ् च P. IV. 3.1.
raktapādaconventional name given to the second pada of the fourth Adhyaya of Paini's Astadhyayi as the Pada begins with the Sutra तेन रक्तं रागात् P. IV. 2.1.
ramānāthaśarmaa grammarian of the Katantra school who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a commentary named Manorama on the Katantradhatuvrtti and Sabdasadhyaprayoga.
rāmacandra(1)रामन्वन्द्राचार्य (son of कृष्णाचार्य) the well-known author of the Prakriyakaumudi. He belonged to the Sesa family and the latter half of the fifteenth century is assigned as his date. He is believed to have been a resident of Andhra. His work, the Prakriyakaumudi, was a popular grammar treatise for some time before Bhattoji's SiddhantaKaumudi got its hold, and it had a number of commentaries written upon it especially by his descendants and members of his family which became well-known as the Sesa family of grammarians. The Prakriyakaumudi is named कृष्णर्किकरप्राक्रिया also. (2) There was a grammarian named Ramacandra who wrote a small treatise on grammar named विदग्धबोध. (3) There was another grammarian of the same name who was a pupil of Nagesabhatta of the eighteenth century and who wrote a small commentary called वृतिसंग्रह on Panini's Astadhyayi. (4) There was also another Ramacandra who was a scholar of Vedic grammar and who wrote the commentary named ज्योत्स्ना on the Vjasaneyi-Pratisakhya.
rāmacandrabhaṭṭa tāreone of the senior pupils of Nagesabhatta who was a teacher of Vaidyanatha Payagunde. He wrote a small gloss on the Astadhyayi which is named पाणिनिसूत्रवृत्ति He lived in the first half of the eighteenth century and taught several pupils at Varnasi.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss^ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
vipratiṣedhaconfict, opposition; opposition or conflict between two rules of equal strength, which become applicable simultaneously when Pāṇini's dictum विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् applies and the rule mentioned later on, or subsequently, in the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is allowed to apply: confer, compare विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P.I.4.2: confer, compare also यत्र द्वौ प्रसङ्गौ अन्यार्थौ एकस्मिन्युगपत् प्राप्नुतः स तुल्यबलविरोधी विप्रतिषेध: Kāś. on P.I. 4.2: confer, compare also विप्रतिषेध उत्तरं बलवदलोपे Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I.159. The dictum of the application of the subsequent rule is adopted only if the conflicting rules are of equal strength; hence, rules which are either nitya, antaraṅga or apavāda, among which each subsequent one is more powerful than the preceding one and which are all more powerful than the पर or the subsequent rule, set aside the पर rule. There is another dictum that when by the dictum about the subsequent rule being more powerful, an earlier rule is set aside by a later rule, the earlier rule does not apply again in that instance, barring a few exccptional cases; confer, compare सकृद्गतौ विप्रतिषेधे यद् वाधितं तद् बाधितमेव | पुनःप्रसङ्गविज्ञानात् सिद्वम् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 40, 39.
vibhattipādaconventional name given to the third pāda of the fifth Adhyāya of Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī., as it begins with the Sūtra प्राग्दिशो विभक्तिः P.V.3.1.
vilāsaname of a commentary by Jayakṛṣṇa Maunī on the Madhyasiddhānta Kaumudī of Varadarāja.
vṛtisaṃgrahaname of a gloss on Panini's Astadhyayi written by Ramacandra.
vṛddhipādaname given to the first pada of Panini's Astadhyayi by grammarians, as the beginning of the pada is made by the Sutra वृद्धिरादैच्.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakaimudīan extremely popular work on the subject of Sanskrit grammar written for the use of students, which, although difficult at a few places, enables the students by its careful study to get a command over the subject. and enable him to read other higher works on grammar. The work is based on the Astadhyayi of Panini without omitting a single Sutra. The arrangement of the Sutras is, entirely different, as the author, for the sake of facility in understanding, has divided the work into different topics and explained the Sutras required for the topic by bringing them together in the topic. The main topics or Prakaranas are twelve in number, viz. (1) संज्ञापरिभाषा, (2) पञ्चसंधि, (3) सुबन्त or षड्लिङ्ग, (4) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, (5) कारक, (6) समास, (7) तद्धित, (8) तिङन्त, (9) प्रक्रिया, (10) कृदन्त, (11) वैदिकी and (12) स्वर which are sometimes styled as व्याकरणद्वादशी. The work is generally known by the term सिद्धान्तकौमुदी, or even कौमुदी, and it has got a large number of scholarly and ordinary commentaries as also commentaries on commentaries, all numbering a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. twelve, and two abridgments the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi. The work was written by the reputed scholar Bhattoji Diksita of Varanasi in the seventeenth century. See Bhattoji Diksita.
śatapādaconventional name given to the fourth pada of the fifth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra पादशतस्य संख्यांदेवींप्सायां वुन् लेपश्च P. V. 4.1.
śabdparavipratiṣedhacl,. comparatively superior strength possessed by a word, which in the text of a particular sutra is later than another word, which is put in earlier in the Sutra. This शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधे is contrasted with the standard शास्त्रपरविप्रतिषेध which is laid down by Panini in his rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् and which lays down the superior strength of that rule which is put by Panini later on in his Astadhyayi: e. g. in the rule विभाषा गमहनविदविशाम्,it is not the word हन् although occuring earlier, but the word विश् occuring later in the rule, which helps us to decide which विद् should be taken confer, compareज्ञानार्तस्य सत्यपि विदरूपत्वे अर्थस्य भेदकत्वेन रूपवदाश्रयणात्प्रतिषेधाभावः | यद्यपि हन्तिना साहचर्ये विदेरस्ति तथापि शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधाद् विशिर्व्यवस्थाहेतुर्न हान्तिः ! Kaiyata on P. VII.2.18:confer, compare also, P.VI.1.158 V.12.
śarvavarmāa reputed grammarian who is believed to have been a contemporary of the poet Gunadhya in the court of Satavahana. He wrote the Grammar rules which are named the Katantra Sutras which are mostly based on the Sutras of Panini. In the grammar treatise named 'the Katantra Sutra' written by Sarvavarman the Vedic section and all the intricacies and difficult elements are carefully and scrupulously omitted by him, with a view to making his grammar useful for beginners and students of average intelligence.
ślokavārtikaVarttika or supplementary rule to Panini's rules laid down by scholars of grammar immediately after Panini, composed in verse form. These Slokavarttikas are quoted in the Mahabhasya at various places and supposed to have been current in the explanations of Panini's Astadhyayi in the days of Patanjali. The word is often used by later commentators.
saṃkhyā(1)a numeral such as एक,द्वि et cetera, and others In Panini Astadhyayi, although the term is defined as applicable to the word बहु, गण and words ending with the taddhita affix. affixes वतु and डति, such as तावत् , कति and the like, still the term is applied to all numerals to which it is seen applied by the people: cf Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.23 also Pari. Sek. Pari. 9: (2) numerical order; confer, compare स्पर्शेष्वेव संख्या Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 49.
saṃbandhapādaname given by convention by grammarians to the fourth pada of the third adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi , which begins with the sutra धातुसंबन्धे प्रत्ययाः P. III. 4.1.
samarthapādaname given by Siradeva and other grammarians to the first pada of the second adhyaya of Paninis Astadhyayi which begins with the sutra समर्थः पदविधिः P.II.1.1.
samarthādhikārathe province or the jurisdiction of the rule समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV. 1. 82), all the three words in which continue further on, and become valid in every rule upto the end of the second pada of the fifth adhyaya; confer, compare समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा । त्रयमप्यधिक्रियते समर्थानामिति च प्रथमादिति च वेति च । स्वार्थिकप्रत्ययावधिश्चायमधिकारः । प्राग्दिशो विभक्तिरिति यावत् । स्वार्थिकेषु ह्यस्य उपयोगो नास्ति । विकल्पोपि तत्रानवस्थितः । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.IV.1.82.
sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇacalled also सरस्वतीसूत्र, name of a voluminous grammar work ascribed to king Bhoja in the eleventh century. The grammar is based very closely on Panini's Astadhyayi, consisting of eight chapters or books. Although the affixes, the augments and the substitutes are much the same, the order of the Sutras is considerably changedition By the anxiety of the author to bring together, the necessary portions of the Ganapatha, the Unadiptha and the Paribhasas, which the author' has included in his eight chapters, the book instead of being easy to understand, has lost the element of brevity and become tedious for reading. Hence it is that it is not studied widely. For details see pp. 392, 393 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
sarvavibhaktyantaliterally ending with all cases; the term is used as an adjective of the word समास and refers to a compound which can be dissolved by putting the first member in any case: cf सर्वविभक्यन्तः समासो यथा विज्ञायेत | अल: परस्य विधिः; अलि विधिरित्यादि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.56. सर्वस्यद्वेपाद conventional name given to the first pada of the eighth adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi which begins with the Sutra सर्वस्य द्बे VIII.1.1.
sāptamikaprescribed in the seventh chapter or Adhyaya of the Astadhyayi; confer, compareसाप्तमिक आर्धधातुकस्येडिति पुनरयं भवति । M.Bh. on P.VI.4.62, साप्तमिके पूर्वसर्वर्णे कृते पुनः षाष्ठिको भविष्यति । M.Bh. on P.VI.1.70.
sārāvalīor सारावली-व्य्याकरण an inindependent treatise on grammar by Naryana Vandyopadhyaya.
sicipādname given by convention to the second pada of the seventh adhyaya of Paninis Astadhyayi as the pada begins with the sutra सिचि वृद्धि; परस्मैपदेषु. P. VII. 2. 1.
siddhakāṇḍathe chapter or portion of Panini's grammar which is valid to the rules inside that portion, as also to the rules enumerated after it. The word is used in connection with the first seven chapters and a quarter of the eighth chapter of Panini's Astadhyayi, as contrasted with the last three guarters called त्रिपादी, the rules in which are not valid to any rule in the preceding portion, called by the name सपासप्ताध्यायी or सपादी as also to any preceding rule in the Tripadi itSelf confer, compare पूर्वत्रासिद्धम् P, VIII.2.1. सिद्धनन्दिन् an ancient Jain sage who is believed to have written an original work on grammar.
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
svara(l)vowel, as contrasted with a consonant which never stands by itself independently. The word स्वर is defined generally :as स्वयं राजन्ते ते स्वराः ( Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on pan. The word स्वर is always used in the sense of a vowel in the Pratisakhya works; Panini however has got the word अच् (short term or Pratyahara formed of अ in 'अइउण्' and च् at the end of एऔच् Mahesvara sutra 4 ) always used for vowels, the term स्वर being relegated by him to denote accents which are also termed स्वर in the ancient Pratisakhyas and grammars. The number of vowels, although shown differently in diferent ancient works, is the same, viz. five simple vowels अ,इ,उ, ऋ, लृ, and four diphthongs ए, ऐ, ओ, and अौ. These nine, by the addition of the long varieties of the first four such as आ, ई, ऊ, and ऋ, are increased to thirteen and further to twentytwo by adding the pluta forms, there being no long variety for लृ and short on for the diphthongs. All these twentytwo varieties have further subdivisions, made on the criterion of each of them being further characterized by the properties उदात्त, अनुदIत्त and स्वरित and निरनुनासिक and सानुनासिक. (2) The word स्वर also means accent, a property possessed exclusively by vowels and not by consonants, as they are entirely dependent on vowels and can at the most be said to possess the same accent as the vowel with which they are uttered together. The accents are mentioned to be three; the acute ( उदात्त ), the grave अनुदात्त and the circumflex (स्वरित) defined respectively as उच्चैरुदात्तः, नीचैरनुदात्तः and समाहारः स्वरितः by Panini (P. I. 2.29, 30,3l). The point whether समाहार means a combination or coming together one after another of the two, or a commixture or blending of the two is critically discussed in the Mahabhasya. (vide Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.31). There are however two kinds of svarita mentioned by Panini and found actually in use : (a) the independent स्वरित as possessed by the word स्वर् (from which possibly the word स्वरित was formed) and a few other words as also many times by the resultant vowel out of two vowels ( उदात्त and अनुदात्त ) combined, and (b) the enclitic or secondary svarita by which name, one or more grave vowels occurring after the udatta, in a chain, are called cf P. VIII. 2.4 VIII. 2.6 and VIII 4.66 and 67. The topic of accents is fully discussed by the authors of the Pratisakhyas as also by Panini. For details, see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) III. 1.19; T.Pr. 38-47 Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 108 to 132, II. I.65 Atharvaveda Prātiśākhya. Adhyaya l padas 1, 2, 3 and Rk. Tantra 51-66; see also Kaiyata on P. I. 2.29; (3) The word स्वर is used also in the sense of a musical tone. This meaning arose out of the second meaning ' accent ' which itself arose from the first viz. 'vowel', and it is fully discussed in works explanatory of the chanting of Samas. Patanjali has given Seven subdivisions of accents which may be at the origin of the seven musical notes. See सप्तस्वर a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
svaravivṛtti( 1 )the same as स्वरविराम which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; ( 2 ) a short treatise on Vedic accents written by a modern Vedic scholar and grammrian named Indradattopadhyaya.
svaritakaraṇamarking or characterizing by.a svarita accent, as is supposed to have been done by Panini when he wrote down his sutras of grammar as also the Dhatupatha, the Ganapatha and other subsidiary appendixes. Although the rules of the Astadhyayi are not recited at present with the proper accents possessed by the various vowels as given by the Sutrakara, still, by convention and traditional explanation, certain words are to be believed as possessed of certain accents. In the Dhatupatha, by oral tradition the accents of the several roots are known by the phrases अथ स्वरितेतः, अथाद्युदाताः, अथान्तेादात्ताः, अथानुदात्तेत: put therein at different places. In the sutras, a major purpose is served by the circumflex accent with which such words, as are to continue to the next or next few or next many rules, have been markedition As the oral tradition, according to which the Sutras are recited at present, has preserevd no accents, it is only the authoritative word, described as 'pratijna' of the ancient grammarians, which now is available for knowing the svarita. The same holds good in the case of nasalization ( अानुनासिक्य ) which is used as a factor for determining the indicatory nature of vowels as stated by the rule उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत्; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः S. K. on P. I.3.2.
svaritapratijñāthe conventional dictum that a particular rule or part of a rule, is marked with the accent स्वरित which enables the grammarians to decide that that rule or that part of a rule is to occur in each of the subsequent Sutras, the limit of continuation being ascertained from convention. It is possible that Panini in his original recital of the Astadhyayi recited the words in the rules with the necessary accents; probably he recited every word, which was not to proceed further, with one acute or with one circumflex vowel, while, the words which were to proceed to the next rule or rules, were marked with an actual circumflex accent ( स्वरित ), or with a neutralization of the acute and the grave accents (स्वरितत्व), that is, probably without accents or by एकश्रुति or by प्रचय; cf स्वरितेनाधिकार: P. I.3.II and the Mahabhasya thereon.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
Vedabase Search
1908 results
dhyāna and meditationSB 11.31.6
dhyāna by his meditationSB 10.66.24
dhyāna by meditationSB 10.29.10-11
SB 10.31.10
SB 6.13.17
SB 6.9.41
dhyāna from meditationMM 18
dhyāna in meditationSB 11.11.43-45
dhyāna in meditative tranceSB 12.13.1
dhyāna meditationCC Adi 16.96
CC Adi 4.273
CC Adi 7.69
CC Adi 8.81
CC Antya 20.58
CC Antya 4.31
CC Madhya 21.119
CC Madhya 22.124
CC Madhya 4.25
CC Madhya 6.258
CC Madhya 8.253
dhyāna meditationCC Madhya 8.253
CC Madhya 9.155
SB 3.12.3
dhyāna of his meditationSB 10.81.40
dhyāna of meditationCC Madhya 13.140
dhyāna positive meditationSB 1.15.47-48
dhyāna the meditationCC Adi 5.221
dhyāna kaila meditatedCC Antya 2.61
dhyāna kaila meditatedCC Antya 2.61
dhyāna kailuń I meditatedCC Antya 9.135
dhyāna kailuń I meditatedCC Antya 9.135
dhyāna kare meditates onCC Madhya 7.124
dhyāna kare meditates onCC Madhya 7.124
dhyāna kari' after meditatingCC Antya 2.54
dhyāna kari' after meditatingCC Antya 2.54
dhyāna kari' by meditationCC Madhya 13.141
dhyāna kari' by meditationCC Madhya 13.141
dhyāna-ādite by processes beginning with meditationCC Madhya 20.343
dhyāna-ādite by processes beginning with meditationCC Madhya 20.343
dhyāna-anubhāvena by meditationSB 5.1.23
dhyāna-anubhāvena by meditationSB 5.1.23
dhyāna-āspadam object of meditationSB 3.15.45
dhyāna-āspadam object of meditationSB 3.15.45
dhyāna-ayanam easily meditated uponSB 3.28.33
dhyāna-ayanam easily meditated uponSB 3.28.33
dhyāna-bhedāt by different types of meditationCC Madhya 9.156
dhyāna-bhedāt by different types of meditationCC Madhya 9.156
dhyāna-dhiṣṇyam who is appreciated by meditationSB 10.3.28
dhyāna-dhiṣṇyam who is appreciated by meditationSB 10.3.28
dhyāna-gocaram the object of meditationSB 3.33.23
dhyāna-gocaram the object of meditationSB 3.33.23
dhyāna-mańgalam the auspicious object of meditationSB 11.14.36-42
dhyāna-mańgalam the auspicious object of meditationSB 11.14.36-42
dhyāna-pathaḥ in the path of my meditationSB 1.9.24
dhyāna-pathaḥ in the path of my meditationSB 1.9.24
dhyāna-yoga-paraḥ absorbed in tranceBG 18.51-53
dhyāna-yoga-paraḥ absorbed in tranceBG 18.51-53
dhyāna-yoga-paraḥ absorbed in tranceBG 18.51-53
dhyānam and meditationSB 11.3.27-28
dhyānam meditationBG 12.12
SB 11.13.4
SB 11.14.31
dhyānāt and meditatingSB 10.70.43
dhyānāt by meditationSB 10.23.33
SB 10.29.27
SB 12.6.35
SB 7.7.30-31
dhyānāt from concentrationSB 11.13.9-10
dhyānāt from meditating uponSB 4.9.10
dhyānāt from meditationCC Antya 1.164
dhyānāt than meditationBG 12.12
dhyāne by meditationCC Adi 17.105
dhyāne in meditationCC Adi 17.112
CC Antya 14.50
CC Antya 5.124-125
CC Antya 6.77
CC Madhya 17.204
CC Madhya 25.38
SB 3.9.4
dhyāne meditationCC Madhya 21.66
dhyānena by conceivingSB 11.10.2
dhyānena by meditatingSB 3.28.11
dhyānena by meditationBG 13.25
CC Antya 4.64
SB 10.29.35
SB 11.14.46
SB 7.1.47
dhyātaḥ being meditated uponSB 8.10.53
dhyātaḥ meditated onSB 11.2.12
dhyātaḥ meditated uponSB 12.3.46
dhyātam conceivedCC Antya 4.175
dhyātam meditated uponSB 11.28.4
dhyātuḥ of the meditatorSB 3.28.22
dhyātuḥ of the person experiencingSB 11.2.38
dhyātvā after thinkingSB 10.13.43
dhyātvā by meditatingSB 9.7.25-26
dhyātvā having fixed the mind in meditationSB 11.14.36-42
dhyāyamānaḥ being meditated uponSB 5.25.7
SB 5.25.8
dhyāyamānaḥ seriously consideringSB 11.13.18
dhyāyan constantly thinkingSB 10.69.18
dhyāyan constantly thinking ofSB 1.15.44
dhyāyan grievingSB 3.30.12
dhyāyan meditatingBs 5.61
CC Madhya 20.346
SB 10.74.46
SB 11.11.46
SB 11.15.20
SB 12.9.8-9
SB 3.14.32
SB 4.29.23-25
SB 4.8.75
SB 4.8.76
SB 4.8.77
SB 6.7.17
SB 8.11.39
dhyāyan meditating onSB 11.9.23
SB 9.4.37
dhyāyan meditating uponSB 4.12.17
SB 6.1.63
SB 9.14.43
dhyāyan meditating upon HimSB 11.27.38-41
dhyāyan rememberingSB 8.24.42
dhyāyan so meditatingSB 11.3.54
dhyāyan thinking aboutSB 5.18.3
dhyāyan thinking ofSB 4.29.78
dhyāyan thus thinking ofSB 3.4.35
dhyāyantaḥ meditatingBG 12.6-7
SB 10.73.29
SB 11.5.48
SB 4.24.15
dhyāyantaḥ meditating uponSB 4.31.24
dhyāyantaḥ ca always meditating uponSB 4.24.70
dhyāyantaḥ ca always meditating uponSB 4.24.70
dhyāyantam meditatingSB 10.69.30
dhyāyantam meditating uponSB 3.19.35
dhyāyanti meditateCC Madhya 22.163
MM 48
dhyāyanti meditate uponSB 10.72.4
SB 12.8.42
SB 3.19.28
dhyāyantī meditating uponSB 9.11.15
dhyāyantī while meditatingSB 10.47.11
dhyāyantu let them considerSB 5.18.9
dhyāyantyaḥ meditatingSB 10.22.28
dhyāyase thinking ofSB 4.8.64
dhyāyasva just meditateMM 10
dhyāyasva meditateSB 8.24.43
dhyāyat meditatingSB 11.22.38
dhyāyataḥ as he ponderedSB 10.72.15
dhyāyataḥ contemplatingSB 11.28.13
SB 3.22.35
SB 3.27.4
dhyāyataḥ from meditationCC Madhya 20.345
SB 12.3.52
dhyāyataḥ meditatingSB 4.29.73
SB 4.8.52
dhyāyataḥ meditating uponSB 6.15.24
dhyāyataḥ of him who is contemplatingSB 4.19.34
dhyāyataḥ of one who is meditatingSB 11.10.3
dhyāyataḥ of one who is meditating onSB 11.14.27
dhyāyataḥ thinkingSB 11.23.13
dhyāyataḥ those who meditate uponSB 7.10.29
dhyāyataḥ thus meditating uponSB 1.6.16
dhyāyataḥ while contemplatingBG 2.62
SB 3.12.34
dhyāyataḥ who is meditatingSB 11.22.56
dhyāyatām always thinking ofSB 4.22.30
dhyāyate unto the meditativeSB 2.9.45
dhyāyati meditateSB 10.90.20
dhyāyati meditatesSB 7.7.35
dhyāyatī meditatingSB 3.33.22
SB 3.33.23
dhyāyati meditatingSB 4.1.30
dhyāyati pondersSB 2.2.2
dhyāyati while He was meditatingSB 10.50.11
dhyāyatī while thinking ofSB 4.23.22
dhyāye meditateCC Madhya 10.45
dhyāyet he should contemplateSB 3.28.31
dhyāyet he should meditate onSB 3.28.25
dhyāyet he should meditate uponSB 11.27.23
SB 3.28.33
dhyāyet he should visualizeSB 3.28.19
dhyāyet one should meditateSB 10.87.50
SB 3.28.18
SB 3.28.22
SB 4.8.57
dhyāyet one should meditate onSB 3.28.30
SB 6.8.11
dhyāyet one should meditate uponSB 3.28.12
dhyāyet should be concentrated uponSB 2.1.19
dhyāyet should meditateSB 11.14.31
SB 6.18.53
dhyāyeta one meditatesSB 10.47.32
dhyeya-madhye out of all types of meditationCC Madhya 8.253
dhyeya-madhye out of all types of meditationCC Madhya 8.253
dhyeyaḥ to be rememberedSB 1.2.14
dhyeyam always to be meditated onCC Madhya 19.106
dhyeyam fit to be meditated uponSB 11.5.33
dhyeyam most worshipableCC Madhya 19.103
dhyeyam the proper object of meditationSB 10.31.13
dhyeyam worthy to be meditated onSB 6.8.11
a-tat-dhyānāt from the bodily concept of lifeSB 4.12.4
ābadhya bindingSB 6.9.23
ābadhya constrictingSB 10.32.6
abadhyata became caughtSB 11.7.66
abādhyayā by her who cannot be checkedSB 12.6.29
abhidhyāna thinking of, at every secondSB 2.4.21
abhidhyānam concentrationSB 3.28.6
abhidhyānam constantly thinking ofSB 4.22.33
abhidhyānam processes of elevation which absorb one's attentionSB 11.14.28
abhidhyānena by identificationSB 3.26.6
para-abhidhyānena by the bodily concept of the selfSB 5.14.10
abhidhyāta being meditated uponSB 9.11.36
abhidhyāyan meditating uponSB 11.15.30
abhidhyāyataḥ while thinking ofSB 3.12.21
abhidhyāyataḥ while thinkingSB 3.13.18
abhidhyāyati when meditating with full concentrationSB 4.8.80
abhidhyāyet meditate uponSB 4.8.44
abhidhyāyet one should meditate upon HimSB 4.8.51
abhidhyāyet one should meditateSB 11.14.36-42
para-abhidhyāyinyā by accepting the body as the selfSB 4.2.23
abhidhyeyaḥ meditated uponSB 12.3.50
abhiyudhyadbhiḥ who were fighting with one anotherSB 10.46.9-13
sandhyā-abhra-nīveḥ of the dress of the evening skySB 3.8.24
sandhyā-ābhra reddishSB 4.6.36
abhyadhyāyat he thoughtSB 5.7.6
abhyayudhyat he foughtSB 10.83.10
abudhyat recognizedSB 10.77.28
abudhyata understoodSB 1.8.11
abudhyata satisfiedSB 1.8.46
abudhyata she noticedSB 3.23.45
abudhyata could understandSB 8.17.22
abudhyata understood factuallySB 9.14.42
abudhyata could understandSB 10.3.53
abudhyata he understoodSB 11.23.40
dharma-ācāri-madhye among persons who actually follow the Vedic principles or religious systemCC Madhya 19.147
ādadhyau took shelter ofSB 10.7.19
kāṇva-mādhyandina-ādayaḥ the disciples of Kāṇva and Mādhyandina, and other ṛṣisSB 12.6.74
madhyama-adhikārī second-class devoteeCC Madhya 22.67
adhyagaccham properly understoodSB 2.6.35
adhyagacchan reachedSB 8.5.17-18
na adhyagacchan they could not come to a conclusionSB 10.74.18
adhyagacchat understandSB 2.9.5
adhyagacchat could findSB 6.18.59
na adhyagacchat do not obtainSB 10.3.27
adhyagām studied thoroughlySB 9.22.21-24
adhyagām I have assimilatedSB 12.6.35
adhyagamam could understandSB 1.3.44
punaḥ adhyagamat revived them againSB 1.15.30
adhyagamat he has achievedSB 3.28.37
adhyagamat achievedSB 10.36.29
adhyagamat he has achievedSB 11.13.36
adhyagan they came to understandSB 10.82.47
adhyagāt underwent studiesSB 1.7.11
śramam adhyagāt became very tiredSB 4.26.10
adhyagāt studiedSB 9.12.2
adhyagāt sawSB 10.28.16
adhyagāt studiedCC Madhya 24.117
adhyakṣa O leaderSB 3.21.24
akhila-adhyakṣa owner of the whole universeSB 7.10.26
puruṣa-adhyakṣa O ruler of the universal controllersSB 11.11.26-27
loka-adhyakṣa O Supreme Lord of VaikuṇṭhaSB 11.11.26-27
adhyakṣa commanderCC Adi 8.54
adhyakṣa the chiefCC Adi 10.124-126
deśa-adhyakṣa landholderCC Antya 3.102
adhyakṣaḥ directorSB 2.9.25
adhyakṣaḥ the supreme rulerSB 3.16.16
adhyakṣaḥ the witnessSB 4.16.12
pura-adhyakṣaḥ superintendent of the citySB 4.27.16
prajā-adhyakṣāḥ the rulers of humankindSB 4.29.42-44
adhyakṣaḥ overseer (who is different from the activities)SB 7.7.25
prajā-adhyakṣaḥ PrajāpatiSB 8.16.13
sarva-sura-adhyakṣaḥ the leader of all the demigodsSB 10.4.42
adhyakṣaḥ the proprietorSB 10.10.30-31
adhyakṣaḥ the overseeing witnessSB 10.33.35
adhyakṣaḥ the supervisorSB 10.75.4-7
adhyakṣaḥ the supervisorSB 10.75.4-7
adhyakṣam the superintendentSB 4.20.11
adhyakṣam superintendentSB 4.22.51
adhyakṣāya who are superintending, managingSB 8.3.13
adhyakṣāya to the regulatorSB 10.16.48
adhyakṣeṇa by superintendenceBG 9.10
adhyāpaka professorsCC Adi 17.260
adhyāpaka a teacherCC Antya 13.92
adhyāpana studyingCC Adi 16.5
adhyāpana studiesCC Adi 17.6
adhyāpanam teaching Vedic knowledgeSB 11.17.40
adhyāpayām āsa taughtSB 1.7.8
adhyāpayat he taughtSB 12.6.45
adhyāpayat taughtSB 12.6.54-56
adhyāpayat instructedSB 12.7.1
chandāṃsi adhyāpayiṣyan desiring to teach him Vedic mantras during the months beginning with Śrāvaṇa or during the period of CāturmāsyaSB 5.9.5
adhyarhaṇīya greatly worshipableSB 2.9.17
adhyāropitām erroneously attributedSB 5.13.25
adhyāsaḥ the superficial impositionSB 11.26.18
adhyāsana-āśritaḥ situated on the throneSB 6.7.2-8
adhyāsana an elevated seatSB 10.68.35
adhyāsanam seated on the throneSB 1.19.20
adhyāsanam to be seated along withSB 4.8.19
adhyāsanam sitting placeSB 5.20.29
guṇa-adhyāsāt because of presuming them to be goodSB 11.21.19
geha-adhyāsāt from the bondage of family lifeCC Madhya 19.120
adhyāsate dwellSB 3.32.8
adhyāsate are livingSB 10.85.48-49
adhyāsīnam sitting higherSB 10.78.23
adhyāsitaḥ situated inSB 3.9.18
adhyāsitaḥ practicedCC Antya 1.152
adhyāsitām worshipedSB 11.23.57
adhyāsitām worshipedCC Madhya 3.6
adhyāstām go live there and occupy the placeSB 8.22.32
adhyastayā wornSB 3.23.32
adhyāste is ruling overSB 1.17.43-44
adhyāste is situated inSB 7.3.9-10
adhyāste sma remained inSB 7.4.8
adhyāste executesSB 7.11.6
adhyāste lives perpetuallySB 9.4.60
adhyāste is sitting higherSB 10.78.24
adhyasya entrustingSB 3.14.19
adhyasya having securedSB 3.20.1
adhyasya wrongly attributingSB 4.29.23-25
adhyatiṣṭhat became situatedSB 4.8.20
adhyātma with full knowledge of the selfBG 3.30
adhyātma-vidyā spiritual knowledgeBG 10.32
adhyātma spiritualBG 11.1
adhyātma pertaining to the selfBG 13.8-12
adhyātma in spiritual knowledgeBG 15.5
adhyātma transcendentalSB 1.2.3
adhyātma in the matter of transcendental knowledgeSB 2.10.49-50
adhyātma minds of othersSB 3.20.28
adhyātma-rataḥ engaged in self-realizationSB 3.27.27
adhyātma-padaviḥ the path of philosophical speculationSB 4.7.42
ādhyātma-śikṣayā in the matter of self-realizationSB 4.22.49
adhyātma-yogena by the means of bhakti-yogaSB 4.22.53
adhyātma spiritualismSB 4.25.3
adhyātma spiritualSB 4.29.83
adhyātma spiritualSB 4.29.85
adhyātma transcendentalSB 4.31.7
adhyātma-yogena by study of the revealed scripturesSB 5.5.10-13
adhyātma-yoga of mystic instruction for self-realizationSB 5.12.3
adhyātma-vidaḥ who have realized spiritual knowledgeSB 5.18.4
adhyātma due to being highly elevated in spiritual consciousnessSB 6.7.16
adhyātma-vit one who is expert in understanding the distinction between spirit and matterSB 7.7.21
adhyātma-cakṣuṣā by transcendental eyesSB 7.13.21
adhyātma-kovidaḥ fully conversant with spiritual knowledgeSB 9.13.6
adhyātma-saṃsthitaḥ situated in a spiritual bodySB 9.13.11
adhyātma-dīpaḥ the light for all transcendental knowledge (knowing You, one knows everything: yasmin vijñāte sarvam evaṃ vijñātaṃ bhavati)SB 10.3.24
adhyātma about the soulSB 10.82.47
adhyātma the Absolute TruthSB 10.86.48
adhyātma-yoge in that yoga system meant for realization of one's true selfSB 11.6.11
sa-ādhyātmaḥ the body and mind with all the sensesSB 3.6.9
adhyātmaḥ his mindSB 3.20.7
adhyātmam transcendentalBG 7.29
adhyātmam the selfBG 8.1
adhyātmam the selfBG 8.3
adhyātmam the controlled entitiesSB 2.10.14
adhyātmam narration of self-realizationSB 4.28.65
adhyātmam the overseer of all causes and effectsSB 6.5.17
ādhyātmam spiritualSB 9.12.2
sa-adhyātmam (the witness of) the living entitiesSB 10.40.4
adhyātmam her bodySB 10.42.7
adhyātmam called adhyātmaSB 11.22.30
adhyātmanā with false egoSB 7.12.29-30
adhyātmani unto the wind-godSB 7.12.26-28
ādhyātmika spiritual mattersSB 3.29.18
adhyātmika spiritualSB 4.22.22
ādhyātmika-ādibhiḥ adhyātmika, adhidaivika and adhibhautikaSB 7.13.31
ādhyātmika transcendentalSB 8.3.20-21
ādhyātmika-ādi beginning with those pertaining to the body and mindCC Madhya 22.13
ādhyātmika-ādi all distresses due to the body, mind and so onCC Antya 19.110
adhyātmikaḥ is possessed of the sense organsSB 2.10.8
ādhyātmikaḥ relating to the soulSB 3.25.13
ādhyātmikam spiritual advancement of lifeSB 4.23.9
ādhyātmikam transcendenceSB 7.10.45
adhyātmikasya spiritual methods leading to devotional serviceSB 2.8.19
ādhyātmikī spiritualSB 11.25.27
ādhyātmikīm which opens the door of spiritual lifeSB 3.24.40
adhyātmikīm spiritualSB 9.6.55
adhyavasāya perseveranceSB 1.19.17
adhyavasāya having decidedSB 4.14.13
adhyavāsayat made even more fragrantSB 10.65.19
adhyavasīyate become manifestedSB 2.10.7
adhyavasyat ascertained itSB 2.2.34
adhyāya fixingSB 9.19.19
sva-adhyāya of superior Vedic studiesSB 11.17.31
veda-adhyāya by study of Vedic knowledgeSB 11.17.50
aṣṭādaśa-adhyāya eighteen chaptersCC Madhya 9.94
brahma-saṃhitā-adhyāya one chapter of the Brahma-saṃhitāCC Madhya 9.237
kṛṣṇa-rāsa-pañca-adhyāya the five chapters in the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in which Lord Kṛṣṇa's pastimes of the rāsa dance are describedCC Madhya 11.56
adhyāya chapterCC Madhya 14.8
sva-adhyāyaḥ study of the VedasSB 3.28.4
adhyayana studyingSB 5.9.1-2
adhyayana study of Vedic literatureSB 5.9.6
adhyayana study of scriptureSB 7.9.46
adhyayana studies of the VedasSB 7.11.13
adhyayana-ādīni reading the Vedas, etcSB 7.11.14
adhyayana study of scriptureSB 10.84.39
adhyayana study of various śāstrasSB 11.6.9
adhyayana Vedic studySB 11.17.40
adhyayana studyingCC Adi 15.3
adhyayana-līlā pastimes of studyingCC Adi 15.7
adhyayana studyCC Madhya 6.126
adhyayana studyCC Madhya 11.191
chāḍi' adhyayana giving up so-called studies of VedāntaCC Madhya 25.22
karena adhyayana was engaged in studyCC Antya 3.169
kara adhyayana studyCC Antya 13.113
nāhi adhyayana without educationCC Antya 16.75
adhyayanaiḥ or Vedic studyBG 11.48
svādhyāya-adhyayane in study of the Vedic literatureSB 12.3.23
ādhyāyataḥ began to meditateSB 9.14.43
adhyedhitam unnecessarily increased in powerSB 5.11.17
adhyeṣyate will studyBG 18.70
adhyuvāsa lived inSB 7.4.8
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
vaidagdhya-ādi-rūpa sportive natureCC Madhya 9.115
ādhyātmika-ādi beginning with those pertaining to the body and mindCC Madhya 22.13
sandhyā-ādi vandana regular chanting of the mantrasCC Madhya 24.332
ādhyātmika-ādi all distresses due to the body, mind and so onCC Antya 19.110
ādhyātmika-ādibhiḥ adhyātmika, adhidaivika and adhibhautikaSB 7.13.31
madhya-ādibhiḥ middle, etc.CC Madhya 20.399
adhyayana-ādīni reading the Vedas, etcSB 7.11.14
madhya-ahna midday dutiesCC Madhya 6.39
madhya-ahna haila it is already noonCC Madhya 9.181
madhya-ahna karite to execute daily noontime dutiesCC Antya 1.60
madhya-ahna karite to perform His noontime dutiesCC Antya 1.102
madhya-ahna karite to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 4.92
madhya-ahna at noonCC Antya 4.117
madhya-ahne calilā left to execute noon dutiesCC Antya 1.68
madhya-ahne at noonCC Antya 4.118
akhila-adhyakṣa owner of the whole universeSB 7.10.26
akliṣṭa-buddhyā with your intelligence, without material contaminationSB 5.5.20
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 1.9
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 5.50
ambu-madhyāt from the midst of the waterSB 3.18.6
vilaya-ambu-madhye in the Causal Ocean, in which everything is preserved in a state of reserved energySB 7.9.32
amedhya abominable thingsSB 10.79.2
amedhya by something impureSB 11.21.13
amedhya untouchableCC Madhya 9.55
amedhya karkaśa āvarte in the untouchable, harsh whirlpoolCC Madhya 25.279
amedhya randhana cooking the flesh of a cowCC Antya 3.162
amedhya stool and urineCC Antya 4.186
amedhya stool and urineCC Antya 4.187
amedhyam untouchableBG 17.10
amedhye abominableSB 11.26.19-20
sandhyā-aṃśayoḥ and transitional period afterSB 3.11.20
anadhyāropita not interposedSB 5.10.6
ananya-bodhya-ātmatayā as self-manifested, without the help of any other illuminating agentSB 10.14.6
anavabudhyamānaḥ a less intelligent personSB 5.1.29
aṇḍa-madhya-gataḥ situated in the center of the universeSB 5.20.43
garva-āndhya the blindness of false prideCC Antya 7.129
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
na anubadhyeta will not become boundSB 10.47.41
anubadhyeta should become boundSB 11.17.54
anubuddhyate is understoodSB 3.32.31
anubudhyeyam I may properly understandSB 11.22.60
anudhyā remembranceSB 1.2.15
anudhyāna by constant remembranceSB 1.15.29
anudhyāna always thinking ofSB 5.1.7
anudhyāna by meditatingSB 5.7.12
anudhyāna by fixed meditationSB 10.39.15
anudhyāna for your meditationSB 10.47.34
mat-anudhyānam always meditating on MeSB 11.11.34-41
anudhyānāt from always thinkingSB 8.16.12
anudhyānāya for remembering repeatedlySB 1.7.25
anudhyānena by such attachmentSB 5.8.8
anudhyānena by constant thoughtSB 11.28.40
anudhyātaḥ being always rememberedSB 4.11.12
anudhyātaḥ being meditated uponSB 8.24.44
anudhyātam conceivedSB 11.25.31
anudhyāyan constantly contemplatingSB 1.12.30
anudhyāyan or by meditating uponSB 9.5.27
anudhyāyan pondering overSB 10.56.40-42
anudhyāyan constantly thinking ofSB 11.17.58
anudhyāyatī meditatingSB 10.53.40-41
anudhyāyet one should even think ofSB 9.19.20
anudhyāyet should constantly observeSB 11.20.22
anudhyāyinaḥ constantly meditating uponSB 4.9.52
anudhyeya to be constantly meditated uponSB 6.17.13
anudhyeyam must be meditated uponSB 4.24.53
anusandhyam during each junction or twilightSB 6.8.22
anuvidhyamānā being saturatedSB 5.16.20-21
anvabadhyata became boundSB 4.27.10
anvarudhyata was surroundedSB 4.5.13
bodhyamānaḥ api even being pacifiedSB 10.1.46
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
ārādhya pleasingSB 3.1.28
ārādhya having satisfiedSB 4.8.13
ārādhya by worshipingSB 4.11.11
ārādhya worshipingSB 4.11.28
ārādhya worshipingSB 4.16.25
ārādhya having worshipedSB 4.24.55
ārādhya worshipingSB 5.18.19
ārādhya worshipingSB 6.7.23
ārādhya having worshipedSB 6.18.18
ārādhya after worshipingSB 6.18.75
ārādhya after worshipingSB 9.15.16
ārādhya worshipingSB 10.51.55
ārādhya by worshipingSB 10.86.58
ārādhya worshipingSB 11.18.9
sarva-ārādhya worshipable by all living entitiesCC Adi 7.15
ārādhya duńhāra very worshipable for these twoCC Madhya 16.220
sarva-ārādhya worshipable by everyoneCC Madhya 18.193
sarva-ārādhyaḥ worshipable by everyoneCC Madhya 23.75
ārādhyam worshipedSB 3.19.36
ārādhyate is worshipedCC Madhya 8.58
para-ardhya most valuableSB 3.15.27
para-ardhya by the most preciousSB 3.15.41
ardhya valuableSB 10.84.67-68
para-ardhyaiḥ most valuableSB 10.16.65-67
para-ardhyāni most valuableSB 3.23.29
prema-arṇava-madhye in the ocean of love of GodheadCC Adi 11.28
ārudhya tying them to the trees, allowed them to eatSB 10.13.7
adhyāpayām āsa taughtSB 1.7.8
madhyāhne āsiba I shall come at noonCC Antya 12.122
siddhi-asiddhyoḥ in success and failureBG 2.48
asiddhyoḥ and failureBG 18.26
siddhi-asiddhyoḥ in both success and failureSB 10.36.38
adhyāsana-āśritaḥ situated on the throneSB 6.7.2-8
aṣṭādaśa-adhyāya eighteen chaptersCC Madhya 9.94
medhya-aśvān horses fit for sacrificeSB 9.20.23
ātma-labdhyā by being self-satisfiedSB 10.60.20
ātma-madhye among themselvesCC Madhya 25.22
ananya-bodhya-ātmatayā as self-manifested, without the help of any other illuminating agentSB 10.14.6
viṣa-auṣadhyaḥ poisonous drugsSB 8.7.46
avabudhya understanding it properlySB 7.12.13-14
avabudhyata could understandSB 9.19.4
avabudhyate become subjected to knowledgeSB 4.28.58
avabudhyate will take seriously and understandSB 9.18.2
avadadhyau insultedSB 4.5.9
dhya-avadhi the highest limit of perfectionCC Madhya 8.96
avadhya a cow or calf, which is not to be killedCC Antya 3.160
avadhyaḥ cannot be killedBG 2.30
avadhyaḥ not to be killedSB 10.63.47
avadhyāna because of his neglectSB 11.23.10
sat-avadhyānam neglecting a great personality like youSB 5.10.24
avadhyātaḥ thus being disrespectedSB 3.12.6
avadhyāyatha you hold in contemptSB 10.82.42
avadhyāyī one who is neglectfulSB 10.44.48
avadhyeyaḥ to be insultedSB 4.13.23
amedhya karkaśa āvarte in the untouchable, harsh whirlpoolCC Madhya 25.279
avarudhya being locked upSB 2.2.16
avarudhya gettingSB 5.4.4
avarudhyamānaḥ always being servedSB 5.17.16
avarudhyate become compactSB 1.1.2
avarudhyate becomes confinedCC Adi 1.91
avarudhyate becomes confinedCC Madhya 24.100
avarudhyate becomes confinedCC Madhya 25.149
madhyama-āvāsa the middle residenceCC Madhya 21.47
āvidhya twirlingSB 6.12.2
āvidhya whirlingSB 6.12.24
āvidhya whirling aroundSB 8.10.56
āvidhya whirlingSB 10.55.19
āvidhya whirling aboutSB 10.59.8
avidhyan struckSB 4.10.10
avidhyat piercedSB 9.3.4
avidhyat has brokenSB 10.23.42
avidhyat he shotSB 10.58.15
avidhyat He struckSB 10.77.14
avidhyat attempted to pierceSB 11.4.7
ayodhyā-vāsinaḥ the inhabitants of AyodhyāSB 9.8.18
ayodhyā Ayodhyā (the kingdom of Lord Rāmacandra)CC Madhya 25.201
ayodhyā the population of AyodhyāCC Antya 3.81
ayodhyā AyodhyāCC Antya 3.81
ayudhyan foughtSB 11.30.19
ayudhyat fought one anotherSB 8.10.28
ayudhyata continued fightingSB 10.59.17-19
ayudhyataḥ and thus not fightingSB 10.4.35
dhya-bādhakatām the worldly transaction of being obliged to execute some responsibilitySB 10.4.22
dhya obligationSB 7.1.6
dhya-bādhakatām the worldly transaction of being obliged to execute some responsibilitySB 10.4.22
dhya the obstructed (conditioned living beings)SB 12.6.30-31
dhya obligatoryCC Adi 2.83
badhyamānāḥ besiegedSB 8.5.15-16
dhyamānaḥ harassedSB 10.55.22
dhyamānāḥ being harassedSB 10.76.13
dhyamānaḥ being harassedSB 11.14.18
badhyamānam in the process of being tied upSB 10.50.31
badhyamānasya who was being bound by mother YaśodāSB 10.9.15
na badhyase You are not boundSB 10.48.21
badhyatām badhyatām Bind him up! Bind him up!SB 11.23.36
badhyatām badhyatām Bind him up! Bind him up!SB 11.23.36
badhyate becomes entangledBG 4.14
na badhyate is not attached as the creator, master or proprietorSB 5.19.12
badhyate is boundSB 6.12.15
badhyate is boundSB 7.2.41
na badhyate is not bound upSB 10.84.17
badhyate is boundSB 11.10.35
badhyate is boundSB 11.10.35
badhyate is boundSB 11.11.11
badhyate is boundSB 11.17.56
badhyate becomes bound upSB 11.29.28
dhyeta is obstructedSB 10.48.23
badhyeta becomes capturedSB 11.8.13
badhyeyam be conditionedSB 2.9.29
bandhyā-pateḥ of Citraketu, the husband of so many sterile wivesSB 6.14.12
bandhyā sterileSB 9.23.37
bhāgavata-buddhye accepting him as a great devoteeCC Antya 7.5
bhajanera madhye in executing devotional serviceCC Antya 4.70
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
dhya-bhāvā by which love of Godhead is acquiredCC Madhya 22.105
bheda-buddhyā considering as differentSB 3.16.10
bhruvoḥ madhye between the two eyebrowsSB 6.8.8-10
tri-bhuvana-madhye within the three worldsCC Madhya 8.199
ananya-bodhya-ātmatayā as self-manifested, without the help of any other illuminating agentSB 10.14.6
bodhyaiḥ with the subject matter of intelligenceSB 7.12.29-30
bodhyamānaḥ api even being pacifiedSB 10.1.46
bodhyamānasya desiring to understandSB 2.10.22
bodhyāya to BodhyaSB 12.6.54-56
brahma-saṃhitā-adhyāya one chapter of the Brahma-saṃhitāCC Madhya 9.237
brahmāṇḍa-madhye within this universeCC Madhya 20.218
buddhyā by intelligenceBG 2.39
buddhyā with the intelligenceBG 5.11
buddhyā by intelligenceBG 6.25
buddhyā with the intelligenceBG 18.51-53
doṣa-buddhyā by polluted intelligenceSB 1.9.36
sva-buddhyā by one's intelligenceSB 2.1.38
sva-buddhyā by his own intelligenceSB 2.2.16
bheda-buddhyā considering as differentSB 3.16.10
buddhyā with intelligenceSB 3.26.69
buddhyā by the intelligenceSB 3.28.7
buddhyā through reasonSB 3.31.48
buddhyā by intelligenceSB 4.2.23
buddhyā by intelligenceSB 4.17.13
buddhyā intelligenceSB 4.28.22
sva-buddhyā by one's devotional serviceSB 4.30.28
buddhyā by intelligenceSB 4.31.11
akliṣṭa-buddhyā with your intelligence, without material contaminationSB 5.5.20
buddhyā by intelligenceSB 8.3.1
buddhyā by intelligenceSB 8.6.12
buddhyā and intelligenceSB 8.17.2-3
buddhyā with the intelligenceSB 8.17.2-3
buddhyā by intelligenceSB 8.21.22
vastu-buddhyā accepting as factualSB 9.8.25
buddhyā by proper intelligenceSB 9.9.48
buddhyā by intelligenceSB 9.14.14
buddhyā thinking Him to beSB 10.29.10-11
sva-buddhyā thinking them to be his ownSB 10.49.23
buddhyā by intelligenceSB 10.54.50
buddhyā by use of intelligenceSB 10.56.43
buddhyā with thoughtful reflectionSB 10.81.26
buddhyā with intelligenceSB 10.81.38
buddhyā with the attitudeSB 10.90.27
buddhyā with the intelligenceSB 11.2.36
doṣa-buddhyā because of thinking that such action is wrongSB 11.7.11
guṇa-buddhyā because of thinking it is goodSB 11.7.11
buddhyā by the other's mindSB 11.7.54
buddhyā with the desireSB 11.8.8
buddhyā by the consciousnessSB 11.13.35
buddhyā by intelligenceSB 11.14.36-42
buddhyā by the mindSB 11.15.26
buddhyā by such intelligenceSB 11.16.44
martya-buddhyā with the idea of his being an ordinary manSB 11.17.27
buddhyā by the intelligenceSB 11.20.20
buddhyā in terms of understandingSB 11.21.11
buddhyā by the intelligenceSB 11.25.31
buddhyā with intelligenceSB 12.5.9
martya-buddhyā with the idea of his being an ordinary manCC Adi 1.46
buddhyā by so-called intelligence or experimental knowledgeCC Madhya 24.313
sannyāsi-buddhye by consideration of a sannyāsīCC Adi 8.11
sannyāsi-buddhye by thinking of Me as a sannyāsīCC Adi 17.265
guru-buddhye accepting the elderly brāhmaṇa as guruCC Madhya 5.34
buddhye in understandingCC Madhya 5.80
svarūpa-buddhye by self-realizationCC Madhya 19.211
buddhye in intelligenceCC Madhya 20.350
buddhye in intelligenceCC Madhya 24.187
kāyastha-buddhye considering a kāyasthaCC Antya 6.23
bhāgavata-buddhye accepting him as a great devoteeCC Antya 7.5
guru-buddhye accepting him as a Godbrother of His spiritual masterCC Antya 8.46
guru-buddhye due to considering him a spiritual masterCC Antya 8.100
ei buddhye by this understandingCC Antya 16.95
buddhyeta understandsSB 6.16.58
buddhyeya may understandSB 3.25.30
budhyadhvam you should all understandSB 11.13.24
budhyate understandsSB 7.6.14
na budhyate cannot understandSB 8.22.11
budhyate can understandSB 9.8.21
budhyate is thought ofSB 11.7.51
budhye can understandSB 2.5.8
budhyet one should understandSB 7.7.26
madhyataḥ ca also in the middle (the duration between the beginning and end)SB 7.9.30
adhyātma-cakṣuṣā by transcendental eyesSB 7.13.21
madhya-ahne calilā left to execute noon dutiesCC Antya 1.68
madhyāhne calilā went to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 3.20
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 1.8
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 5.13
chāḍi' adhyayana giving up so-called studies of VedāntaCC Madhya 25.22
chandāṃsi adhyāpayiṣyan desiring to teach him Vedic mantras during the months beginning with Śrāvaṇa or during the period of CāturmāsyaSB 5.9.5
dadhy DadhyañcaSB 6.9.52
dadhy DadhyañcaSB 6.9.53
dadhy Dadhīci MuniSB 6.10.11
dadhy Mahārāja DadhīciSB 8.20.7
dadhyañcam DadhyañcaSB 4.1.42
dadhyañcam to DadhyañcaSB 6.9.51
dadhyau contemplatedSB 1.4.17-18
dadhyau thought about itSB 1.12.32
dadhyau gave attentionSB 3.13.16
dadhyau meditated uponSB 3.33.2
dadhyau thoughtSB 4.5.23
dadhyau offeredSB 4.7.18
dadhyau contemplatedSB 4.17.12
dadhyau turns his attention toSB 4.28.17
dadhyau began to think seriouslySB 8.2.31
dadhyau meditatedSB 10.70.4-5
dadhyau he meditatedSB 12.6.9-10
dadhyau he meditatedSB 12.8.13
dadhyuḥ began to speculateSB 4.5.7
dadhyuḥ engaged themselves in meditationSB 4.24.17
dadhyuḥ they meditatedSB 10.29.9
dāsī-madhye amongst the maidservantsCC Adi 10.137
daurgandhya bad odors because of unclean perspirationSB 5.16.25
daurgandhya bad odorSB 5.24.13
daurgandhya bad odorSB 11.26.18
deśa-adhyakṣa landholderCC Antya 3.102
dharaṇīra madhye among the material planetsCC Adi 5.110
dharma-ācāri-madhye among persons who actually follow the Vedic principles or religious systemCC Madhya 19.147
dharma-dhyāna religious principles and meditationCC Madhya 20.334
sandhyā-dhūpa dhūpa-ārati just in the beginning of the eveningCC Madhya 11.214
kare dhyāna perform meditationCC Adi 5.222
nirākāra-dhyāna meditation on impersonal BrahmanCC Madhya 10.175
dharma-dhyāna religious principles and meditationCC Madhya 20.334
kṛṣṇa-dhyāna meditation upon KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.335
kailā dhyāna you meditatedCC Antya 3.33
a-tat-dhyānāt from the bodily concept of lifeSB 4.12.4
prabhura dhyāne in meditation on Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 8.302
mora dhyāne on meditation upon MeCC Madhya 15.57
kṛṣṇa-dhyāne by meditating on KṛṣṇaCC Antya 14.50
mādhava-dhyāyanī meditating on Lord MādhavaMM 19
na dhyāyet should not contemplateSB 11.11.17
yogi-dhyeya meditated upon by yogīsSB 10.38.6
madhyam-dina-gataḥ on the meridianSB 8.18.6
madhyam-dine during the fourth part of the daySB 6.8.20
adhyātma-dīpaḥ the light for all transcendental knowledge (knowing You, one knows everything: yasmin vijñāte sarvam evaṃ vijñātaṃ bhavati)SB 10.3.24
divasa-madhyańgataḥ being positioned as at middaySB 5.21.8-9
doṣa-buddhyā by polluted intelligenceSB 1.9.36
doṣa-buddhyā because of thinking that such action is wrongSB 11.7.11
duḥkha-madhye among the miserable conditions of lifeCC Madhya 8.248
su-duḥsādhyā incurableCC Antya 1.143
dui-vipra-madhye between the two brāhmaṇasCC Madhya 5.16
dui-sandhyā morning and eveningCC Madhya 17.66
ārādhya duńhāra very worshipable for these twoCC Madhya 16.220
durārādhyaḥ very difficult to performSB 4.8.30
durārādhyam impossible to be worshipedSB 3.19.36
durārādhyam very difficult to propitiateSB 4.11.11
durārādhyam very difficult to worshipSB 4.24.55
durārādhyam very difficult to worshipSB 4.24.76
durārādhyam rarely worshipedSB 10.48.11
durārādhyam difficult to worshipSB 10.88.11
durārādhyāt whom it is very difficult to stopSB 9.11.10
dvai-parārdhyam 15,480,000,000,000 solar yearsSB 2.2.26
dvi-sandhyā twice a dayCC Madhya 15.241
tat-dvīpa-madhye within that islandSB 5.20.30
ei tina madhye of these threeCC Madhya 1.65
ei buddhye by this understandingCC Antya 16.95
gābhī-gaṇa-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.15
gābhī-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 20.131
madhya-gam in the midstSB 10.67.9-10
kīrti-gaṇa-madhye among glorious activitiesCC Madhya 8.246
gāna-madhye among songsCC Madhya 8.250
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
gopī-gaṇa-madhye of all the gopīsCC Madhya 14.160
rasa-gaṇa-madhye among all the mellowsCC Madhya 19.104
hasti-gaṇa-madhye in the midst of many elephantsCC Madhya 21.69
veśyā-gaṇa-madhye among the prostitutesCC Antya 3.106
gābhī-gaṇa-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.15
dhyaḥ-gaṇaḥ the demigods named the SādhyasSB 6.6.7
garva-āndhya the blindness of false prideCC Antya 7.129
aṇḍa-madhya-gataḥ situated in the center of the universeSB 5.20.43
madhya-gataḥ being situated in the middleSB 5.21.3
madhyam-dina-gataḥ on the meridianSB 8.18.6
madhya-gau in the midstSB 10.34.20
geha-adhyāsāt from the bondage of family lifeCC Madhya 19.120
madhya-gena going between the two treesSB 10.11.4
gopī-gaṇa-madhye of all the gopīsCC Madhya 14.160
grāma-madhye within the villageCC Madhya 4.47
grāmya-vaidagdhyayā expert in fulfilling one's material desiresSB 5.2.17
gṛdhyataḥ wantedSB 3.3.4
gṛdhyet would acceptSB 6.7.12
gṛha-madhya within the homeCC Madhya 12.97
gṛha-madhya within the roomCC Madhya 12.100
guṇa-buddhyā because of thinking it is goodSB 11.7.11
guṇa-adhyāsāt because of presuming them to be goodSB 11.21.19
guṇa-madhye in such good attributesCC Antya 8.81
guru-buddhye accepting the elderly brāhmaṇa as guruCC Madhya 5.34
guru-buddhye accepting him as a Godbrother of His spiritual masterCC Antya 8.46
guru-buddhye due to considering him a spiritual masterCC Antya 8.100
guru upādhyāyī my teacher of Vedic instructionCC Antya 20.147
sandhyā ha-ite beginning from the eveningCC Antya 3.127
madhya-ahna haila it is already noonCC Madhya 9.181
haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 5.129
rāja-haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 7.102
madhya-stha hañā becoming a mediatorCC Madhya 10.167
hasti-gaṇa-madhye in the midst of many elephantsCC Madhya 21.69
dhya-śreṣṭha haya is the highest achievement of the goal of lifeCC Madhya 9.257
ihā-madhye in the meantimeCC Madhya 2.91
ińhāra madhye among the loving affairs of the gopīsCC Madhya 8.98
ińhāra madhye out of Them allCC Madhya 20.208
ińhāra madhye of ThemCC Madhya 20.220
sandhyā ha-ite beginning from the eveningCC Antya 3.127
iti-madhye in the meantimeCC Adi 7.49
jagatera madhye throughout the whole worldCC Antya 2.105
koṭi-jñāni-madhye out of many millions of such wise menCC Madhya 19.148
sūtra-madhyei kahiluń I have already stated within the synopsisCC Madhya 1.9
kailā dhyāna you meditatedCC Antya 3.33
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Adi 13.89
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Adi 17.125
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Adi 17.133
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Adi 17.135
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Madhya 8.242
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Madhya 8.261
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Madhya 11.211
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Madhya 14.65
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Madhya 18.74
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Madhya 20.37
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Antya 5.68
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Antya 6.174
madhyāhna-kāle at middayCC Antya 6.283
kāli madhyāhne tomorrow at noonCC Antya 2.55
kāṇva-mādhyandina-ādayaḥ the disciples of Kāṇva and Mādhyandina, and other ṛṣisSB 12.6.74
kara adhyayana studyCC Antya 13.113
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 1.9
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 5.50
madhyāhna karāñā after arranging for His bathCC Madhya 19.84
kare dhyāna perform meditationCC Adi 5.222
karena adhyayana was engaged in studyCC Antya 3.169
sandhyā snāna kari' after taking an evening bathCC Madhya 14.241
madhyāhna kari' at noonCC Madhya 18.78
madhyāhna kari' after finishing His madhyāhna activities (taking a bath and murmuring mantras)CC Madhya 25.15
madhyāhna kari' after performing His noon activitiesCC Antya 16.54
madhyāhna karilā accepted lunchCC Madhya 14.23
madhyāhna karite to take lunch at noonCC Madhya 7.84
madhyāhna karite to accept lunchCC Madhya 19.58
madhya-ahna karite to execute daily noontime dutiesCC Antya 1.60
madhya-ahna karite to perform His noontime dutiesCC Antya 1.102
madhyāhna karite to execute His noon activitiesCC Antya 2.127
madhya-ahna karite to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 4.92
madhyāhna karite for performing His midday dutiesCC Antya 6.209
madhyāhna karite to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 11.43
madhyāhna karite to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 11.44
madhyāhna kariyā performing bathing, etc.CC Madhya 7.85
madhyāhna kariyā finishing His midday dutiesCC Madhya 15.222
madhyāhna kariyā finishing bathing at noonCC Madhya 20.72
madhyāhna kariyā after finishing his noon ritualistic ceremoniesCC Antya 12.124
madhyāhna kariyā after finishing His noon dutiesCC Antya 16.102
amedhya karkaśa āvarte in the untouchable, harsh whirlpoolCC Madhya 25.279
karma-viśuddhyā by offering everything for the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and not desiring any results of his pious activitiesSB 5.7.7
koṭi-karma-niṣṭha-madhye among millions of such performers of fruitive activities according to Vedic principlesCC Madhya 19.147
kāyastha-buddhye considering a kāyasthaCC Antya 6.23
kīrti-gaṇa-madhye among glorious activitiesCC Madhya 8.246
koṭi-karma-niṣṭha-madhye among millions of such performers of fruitive activities according to Vedic principlesCC Madhya 19.147
koṭi-jñāni-madhye out of many millions of such wise menCC Madhya 19.148
koṭi-mukta-madhye out of many millions of such liberated personsCC Madhya 19.148
adhyātma-kovidaḥ fully conversant with spiritual knowledgeSB 9.13.6
madhya-līlāra krama a chronological list of the pastimes described in the Madhya-līlā of Caitanya-caritāmṛtaCC Madhya 25.242
kṛcchra-madhyamām whose slim waist was overburdenedSB 10.6.4
kṛṣṇa-rāsa-pañca-adhyāya the five chapters in the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in which Lord Kṛṣṇa's pastimes of the rāsa dance are describedCC Madhya 11.56
kṛṣṇa-dhyāna meditation upon KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 20.335
kṛṣṇa-dhyāne by meditating on KṛṣṇaCC Antya 14.50
kṛti-sādhyā which is to be executed by the sensesCC Madhya 22.105
sandhyā-kṛtya the evening dutiesCC Antya 16.104
krudhyamānāḥ being very angrySB 6.4.5
krudhyati becomes angrySB 5.13.8
krudhyati he becomes angrySB 5.14.19
krudhyeta should become angrySB 11.23.51
krudhyeta one can become angrySB 11.23.52
krudhyeta should become angrySB 11.23.53
krudhyeta one should become angrySB 11.23.54
krudhyeta should become angrySB 11.23.55
kṣīra-udadhi-madhye in part of the ocean known as the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.111
ātma-labdhyā by being self-satisfiedSB 10.60.20
labdhyā by gainingNoI 5
madhya-līlā nāma named the middle pastimesCC Adi 13.37
adhyayana-līlā pastimes of studyingCC Adi 15.7
madhya-līlā the middle pastimesCC Madhya 1.20
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
madhya-līlā pastimes known as madhya-līlāCC Antya 1.9
madhya-līlā-madhye within the madhya-līlā chaptersCC Antya 1.10
madhya-līlāra of the madhya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
madhya-līlāra of the madhya-līlā, the middle portion of His pastimesCC Madhya 1.248
madhya-līlāra of the middle pastimesCC Madhya 1.286
madhya-līlāra of this division, known as Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.240
madhya-līlāra krama a chronological list of the pastimes described in the Madhya-līlā of Caitanya-caritāmṛtaCC Madhya 25.242
madhya-līlāra sāra essence of Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.263
loka-adhyakṣa O Supreme Lord of VaikuṇṭhaSB 11.11.26-27
mādhava-dhyāyanī meditating on Lord MādhavaMM 19
madhya-stha mediators between belligerentsBG 6.9
madhya middleBG 11.19
madhya without an intermediate stageSB 2.10.34
madhya in the midst ofSB 4.30.7
aṇḍa-madhya-gataḥ situated in the center of the universeSB 5.20.43
madhya-gataḥ being situated in the middleSB 5.21.3
madhya-gena going between the two treesSB 10.11.4
madhya-gau in the midstSB 10.34.20
madhya in the midstSB 10.42.35
madhya in the midstSB 10.67.5
madhya-gam in the midstSB 10.67.9-10
madhya-sthaḥ neutralSB 10.78.17
madhya middleSB 10.87.50
madhya the middleSB 12.13.11-12
madhya-mūla the middle rootCC Adi 9.16
madhya middleCC Adi 13.14
madhya-līlā nāma named the middle pastimesCC Adi 13.37
madhya the middleCC Madhya 1.18
madhya-līlā the middle pastimesCC Madhya 1.20
ādi-līlā madhya-līlā antya-līlā āra therefore there are three periods, namely the ādi-līlā, madhya-līlā and antya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
madhya-līlāra of the madhya-līlāCC Madhya 1.21
madhya-līlāra of the madhya-līlā, the middle portion of His pastimesCC Madhya 1.248
madhya-līlāra of the middle pastimesCC Madhya 1.286
madhya-stha as mediatorCC Madhya 5.82
madhya-ahna midday dutiesCC Madhya 6.39
madhya-vayasa adolescenceCC Madhya 8.177
madhya in the middleCC Madhya 8.194
madhya-ahna haila it is already noonCC Madhya 9.181
madhya-stha hañā becoming a mediatorCC Madhya 10.167
madhya-sthāne sitting in the middleCC Madhya 11.233
gṛha-madhya within the homeCC Madhya 12.97
gṛha-madhya within the roomCC Madhya 12.100
madhyā intermediateCC Madhya 14.149
madhyā the intermediateCC Madhya 14.151
madhya-yamunāte in the river YamunāCC Madhya 19.111
madhya-ādibhiḥ middle, etc.CC Madhya 20.399
madhya-līlāra of this division, known as Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.240
madhya-līlāra krama a chronological list of the pastimes described in the Madhya-līlā of Caitanya-caritāmṛtaCC Madhya 25.242
madhya-līlāra sāra essence of Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.263
madhya-līlā pastimes known as madhya-līlāCC Antya 1.9
madhya-līlā-madhye within the madhya-līlā chaptersCC Antya 1.10
madhya-ahna karite to execute daily noontime dutiesCC Antya 1.60
madhya-ahne calilā left to execute noon dutiesCC Antya 1.68
madhya-ahna karite to perform His noontime dutiesCC Antya 1.102
madhya-ahna karite to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 4.92
madhya-ahna at noonCC Antya 4.117
madhya-ahne at noonCC Antya 4.118
madhyāḥ and waistsSB 10.75.17
madhyāhna middaySB 5.21.7
madhyāhna at middaySB 6.9.13-17
madhyāhna karite to take lunch at noonCC Madhya 7.84
madhyāhna kariyā performing bathing, etc.CC Madhya 7.85
madhyāhna noon lunchCC Madhya 9.352
madhyāhna noon lunchCC Madhya 10.66
madhyāhna paryanta up to middayCC Madhya 12.216
madhyāhna noontime lunchCC Madhya 12.219
madhyāhna karilā accepted lunchCC Madhya 14.23
madhyāhna kariyā finishing His midday dutiesCC Madhya 15.222
madhyāhna-snāna afternoon bathCC Madhya 17.82
madhyāhna kari' at noonCC Madhya 18.78
madhyāhna-paryanta until noonCC Madhya 18.80
madhyāhna karite to accept lunchCC Madhya 19.58
madhyāhna karāñā after arranging for His bathCC Madhya 19.84
madhyāhna kariyā finishing bathing at noonCC Madhya 20.72
madhyāhna bathing at noonCC Madhya 20.84
madhyāhna kari' after finishing His madhyāhna activities (taking a bath and murmuring mantras)CC Madhya 25.15
madhyāhna karite to execute His noon activitiesCC Antya 2.127
madhyāhna karite for performing His midday dutiesCC Antya 6.209
madhyāhna-kāle at middayCC Antya 6.283
madhyāhna karite to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 11.43
madhyāhna karite to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 11.44
madhyāhna kariyā after finishing his noon ritualistic ceremoniesCC Antya 12.124
madhyāhna kari' after performing His noon activitiesCC Antya 16.54
madhyāhna kariyā after finishing His noon dutiesCC Antya 16.102
madhyāhne at noonCC Madhya 9.327
madhyāhne in the afternoonCC Madhya 18.89
kāli madhyāhne tomorrow at noonCC Antya 2.55
madhyāhne at noonCC Antya 2.109
madhyāhne calilā went to perform His noon dutiesCC Antya 3.20
madhyāhne at noonCC Antya 9.80
madhyāhne āsiba I shall come at noonCC Antya 12.122
dhyāhnika snāne bath in the afternoonCC Madhya 14.239
madhyaiḥ by their middlesSB 10.33.7
madhyam middleBG 10.20
madhyam middleBG 10.32
na madhyam no middleBG 11.16
madhyam waistSB 3.20.36
madhyam to the middleSB 4.4.25
madhyam-dine during the fourth part of the daySB 6.8.20
madhyam middleSB 8.1.12
madhyam middleSB 8.6.10
madhyam between the beginning and the end, the sustenanceSB 8.12.5
madhyam maintenance of the present manifestationSB 8.17.27
madhyam-dina-gataḥ on the meridianSB 8.18.6
vayaḥ-madhyam middle ageSB 11.22.47
madhyam the middleSB 11.24.17
madhyama one who is in an intermediate positionSB 4.20.13
su-madhyamā a girl whose waist is slenderSB 4.30.16
su-madhyamā because of her thin waistSB 10.9.10
su-madhyamā slender-waisted (Rukmiṇī)SB 10.54.4
madhyama middle-classCC Madhya 6.72
madhyama in the middleCC Madhya 8.167
vayase madhyamā grown upCC Madhya 14.161
madhyama middleCC Madhya 21.42
madhyama-āvāsa the middle residenceCC Madhya 21.47
madhyama intermediateCC Madhya 22.64
madhyama-adhikārī second-class devoteeCC Madhya 22.67
su-madhyamāḥ thin-waistedSB 3.24.14
madhyamaḥ the middle oneSB 9.16.29
madhyamaḥ mediocreSB 9.18.44
su-madhyamāḥ O slender-waisted girlsSB 10.22.11
su-madhyamāḥ O slender-waisted girlsSB 10.29.19
su-madhyamāḥ O slender-waisted onesSB 10.32.18
madhyamāḥ and neutral partiesSB 10.87.11
madhyamaḥ a second-class devoteeSB 11.2.46
madhyamaḥ second-class or middle-class devoteeCC Madhya 22.68
madhyamaḥ a second-class devoteeCC Madhya 22.73
madhyamām the middle one (Devahūti)SB 3.12.57
madhyamam middle portion of the bodySB 7.8.19-22
madhyamam the secondSB 9.7.20
kṛcchra-madhyamām whose slim waist was overburdenedSB 10.6.4
su-madhyamām whose waist was well-formedSB 10.53.51-55
su-madhyame my dear young wifeSB 4.3.22
su-madhyame O thin-waisted womanSB 6.18.35
su-madhyame O beautiful thin-waisted womanSB 8.9.6
su-madhyame O most beautifulSB 9.20.12
su-madhyame O fine-waisted oneSB 10.60.14
kāṇva-mādhyandina-ādayaḥ the disciples of Kāṇva and Mādhyandina, and other ṛṣisSB 12.6.74
madhyandinam MadhyandinamSB 4.13.13
divasa-madhyańgataḥ being positioned as at middaySB 5.21.8-9
madhyāni in the middleBG 2.28
madhyastha neutralsSB 6.16.5
madhyāt from betweenSB 3.12.7
ambu-madhyāt from the midst of the waterSB 3.18.6
madhyāt from the midstSB 7.8.18
madhyāt from the midstSB 10.53.56
madhyataḥ in the middleSB 5.16.28
madhyataḥ ca also in the middle (the duration between the beginning and end)SB 7.9.30
madhyataḥ in the middle portion of the bodySB 8.12.19
madhyataḥ the middle portionSB 9.16.20
madhyataḥ from within the midstSB 10.22.36
madhyataḥ in the middleSB 10.42.17
madhyāyāḥ whose waistSB 12.8.26-27
madhye betweenBG 1.21-22
madhye in the midstBG 1.24
madhye betweenBG 2.10
madhye betweenBG 8.10
madhye in the middleBG 14.18
madhye in the midstSB 1.9.35
madhye amongstSB 1.14.24
madhye withinSB 3.13.16
madhye betweenSB 3.15.28
madhye in the midstSB 3.20.32
madhye within the midstSB 4.21.14
madhye in the midstSB 4.29.7
madhye in the middleSB 4.29.30-31
madhye in the middleSB 5.2.11
madhye amongSB 5.16.7
tat-dvīpa-madhye within that islandSB 5.20.30
madhye in the middleSB 5.20.43
pārṣada-madhye among the personal associatesSB 6.5.38
bhruvoḥ madhye between the two eyebrowsSB 6.8.8-10
vilaya-ambu-madhye in the Causal Ocean, in which everything is preserved in a state of reserved energySB 7.9.32
madhye in the middleSB 8.6.10
ṛtvijām madhye in the group of all the priestsSB 8.23.13
madhye in the middle (between east and west)SB 9.6.5
madhye in the middleSB 9.10.6-7
ubhayoḥ madhye in between the twoSB 9.14.43
madhye within the jurisdiction of MāhiṣmatīSB 9.16.17
madhye in the middleSB 10.13.11
madhye in the midstSB 10.21.8
madhye betweenSB 10.26.7
madhye within the midstSB 10.33.3
madhye in the midstSB 10.33.6
madhye withinSB 10.46.35
madhye withinSB 10.47.42
madhye in the midstSB 10.49.10
madhye amongSB 10.49.16
madhye in the midstSB 10.62.11
madhye in the midstSB 10.68.53
madhye in the midstSB 10.72.1-2
madhye in the midstSB 10.74.51
madhye at the middle (the waist)SB 10.75.33
madhye withinSB 10.77.17-18
madhye in the midstSB 10.81.27
madhye in the middleSB 11.10.24
vahni-madhye within the fireSB 11.14.36-42
madhye only in the middle, at presentSB 11.19.7
madhye in the phase of maintenanceSB 11.19.16
madhye in the middleSB 11.28.18
madhye in the middleSB 11.28.19
madhye in betweenSB 11.28.21
madhye betweenSB 12.2.27-28
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 1.8
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 1.9
madhye withinCC Adi 1.29
madhye in the middleCC Adi 1.72
madhye in the midstCC Adi 1.92
madhye in the middleCC Adi 2.68
tāra madhye among themCC Adi 4.48
madhye in the middleCC Adi 4.70
tāra madhye among themCC Adi 4.81
madhye amongCC Adi 4.214
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 5.13
para-vyoma-madhye within the spiritual skyCC Adi 5.26
kāraṇa-ambhodhi-madhye in the midst of the Causal OceanCC Adi 5.50
dharaṇīra madhye among the material planetsCC Adi 5.110
kṣīra-udadhi-madhye in part of the ocean known as the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.111
tattva-madhye in the truthCC Adi 7.16
iti-madhye in the meantimeCC Adi 7.49
sabhā-madhye in the assembly ofCC Adi 7.65
madhye in the middleCC Adi 7.151
madhye in the midst ofCC Adi 10.85
dāsī-madhye amongst the maidservantsCC Adi 10.137
vārāṇasī-madhye at VārāṇasīCC Adi 10.152-154
prema-arṇava-madhye in the ocean of love of GodheadCC Adi 11.28
madhye withinCC Adi 12.67
mahā-śākhā-madhye amongst the great branchesCC Adi 12.88
tāra madhye out of thatCC Adi 13.12
madhye withinCC Adi 13.15
tāra madhye out of those twenty-four yearsCC Adi 13.35
tāra madhye out of thatCC Adi 13.38
madhye in the midst ofCC Adi 14.49
vyākaraṇa-madhye among grammarsCC Adi 16.32
madhye in the midstCC Adi 16.43
madhye in the middleCC Adi 17.136
raurava-madhye in a hellish condition of lifeCC Adi 17.166
tāhi madhye during thatCC Adi 17.238
tahiń madhye in that chapterCC Adi 17.316
tāra madhye amongst themCC Madhya 1.11-12
tāra madhye within that periodCC Madhya 1.19
tāra madhye within that periodCC Madhya 1.23
nṛtya-madhye during the dancingCC Madhya 1.57
ei tina madhye of these threeCC Madhya 1.65
madhye madhye in the middleCC Madhya 1.157
madhye madhye in the middleCC Madhya 1.157
sūtra-madhye in the form of a synopsisCC Madhya 2.91
ihā-madhye in the meantimeCC Madhya 2.91
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 3.44
madhye madhye sometimesCC Madhya 3.191
madhye madhye sometimesCC Madhya 3.191
grāma-madhye within the villageCC Madhya 4.47
sevā-madhye in rendering serviceCC Madhya 4.87
madhye amongCC Madhya 4.193
madhye amongCC Madhya 4.193
dui-vipra-madhye between the two brāhmaṇasCC Madhya 5.16
madhye in the midstCC Madhya 6.135
madhye in the midstCC Madhya 6.193
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 7.78
madhye in the midstCC Madhya 8.95
ińhāra madhye among the loving affairs of the gopīsCC Madhya 8.98
tāra madhye among themCC Madhya 8.109
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 8.161
tri-bhuvana-madhye within the three worldsCC Madhya 8.199
vidyā-madhye in the midst of knowledgeCC Madhya 8.245
kīrti-gaṇa-madhye among glorious activitiesCC Madhya 8.246
madhye amongCC Madhya 8.247
duḥkha-madhye among the miserable conditions of lifeCC Madhya 8.248
mukta-madhye among the liberatedCC Madhya 8.249
gāna-madhye among songsCC Madhya 8.250
śreyaḥ-madhye among beneficial activitiesCC Madhya 8.251
śravaṇa-madhye out of all topics for hearingCC Madhya 8.255
madhye amongCC Madhya 8.256
vaiṣṇavera madhye amongst VaiṣṇavasCC Madhya 9.11
tāra madhye within that bookCC Madhya 9.200
madhye amongCC Madhya 9.239-240
ṭoṭā-madhye within the gardensCC Madhya 11.166
madhye madhye occasionallyCC Madhya 11.209
madhye madhye occasionallyCC Madhya 11.209
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 11.215
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 11.225
madhye rahi' keeping in the middleCC Madhya 11.229
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 12.137
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 12.163-164
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 12.163-164
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 12.218
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 12.218
madhye sometimesCC Madhya 12.218
sūtra-madhye in the synopsisCC Madhya 13.132
nṛtya-madhye in the midst of dancingCC Madhya 13.135
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 13.141
tāńra madhye among themCC Madhya 13.150
vatsara-madhye within a yearCC Madhya 14.118
tāra madhye among themCC Madhya 14.151
gopī-gaṇa-madhye of all the gopīsCC Madhya 14.160
tāra madhye in that dealingCC Madhya 14.162
pāda-madhye between the two legsCC Madhya 15.24
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 15.44
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 15.44
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 15.52
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 15.52
tāra madhye within that pastimeCC Madhya 15.298
sabāra madhye among all of themCC Madhya 16.34
tāra madhye within that episodeCC Madhya 16.55
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 16.58
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Madhya 16.58
tāra madhye within those episodesCC Madhya 16.83
madhye in the middleCC Madhya 16.196
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 16.214-215
sūtra-madhye in the synopsisCC Madhya 16.214-215
tāra madhye through themCC Madhya 17.26
madhye between themCC Madhya 18.60
sei mleccha-madhye among those MuslimsCC Madhya 18.185
madhye amongCC Madhya 18.197
rasa-gaṇa-madhye among all the mellowsCC Madhya 19.104
tāra madhye among the living entities who are conditioned within the material worldCC Madhya 19.144
tāra madhye among all such living entitiesCC Madhya 19.145
tāra madhye among the small quantity of human beingsCC Madhya 19.145
veda-niṣṭha-madhye among persons who are followers of the VedasCC Madhya 19.146
dharma-ācāri-madhye among persons who actually follow the Vedic principles or religious systemCC Madhya 19.147
koṭi-karma-niṣṭha-madhye among millions of such performers of fruitive activities according to Vedic principlesCC Madhya 19.147
koṭi-jñāni-madhye out of many millions of such wise menCC Madhya 19.148
koṭi-mukta-madhye out of many millions of such liberated personsCC Madhya 19.148
madhye amongCC Madhya 19.185
paravyoma-madhye in the paravyoma areaCC Madhya 20.192
ińhāra madhye out of Them allCC Madhya 20.208
paravyoma-madhye in the spiritual skyCC Madhya 20.213
brahmāṇḍa-madhye within this universeCC Madhya 20.218
ińhāra madhye of ThemCC Madhya 20.220
madhye in the midstCC Madhya 20.252
hasti-gaṇa-madhye in the midst of many elephantsCC Madhya 21.69
tāra madhye of them allCC Madhya 22.99
pañca-madhye out of the fiveCC Madhya 24.194
ātma-madhye among themselvesCC Madhya 25.22
sabhā-madhye in the assembly of the sannyāsīsCC Madhya 25.23
tāra madhye within the creationCC Madhya 25.111
tathi-madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.243
tathi-madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.244
tāra madhye in thatCC Madhya 25.253
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.257
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.258
madhya-līlā-madhye within the madhya-līlā chaptersCC Antya 1.10
tayoḥ madhye between themCC Antya 1.161
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 1.179
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 1.180
madhye madhye sometimesCC Antya 2.86
madhye madhye sometimesCC Antya 2.86
jagatera madhye throughout the whole worldCC Antya 2.105
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 3.26
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 3.26
madhye towardCC Antya 3.60
vana-madhye in the forestCC Antya 3.99
veśyā-gaṇa-madhye among the prostitutesCC Antya 3.106
bhajanera madhye in executing devotional serviceCC Antya 4.70
tāra madhye of the nine different types of devotional serviceCC Antya 4.71
haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 5.129
tāra madhye within these statementsCC Antya 5.160
madhye madhye sometimesCC Antya 6.113
madhye madhye sometimesCC Antya 6.113
madhye withinCC Antya 6.297
madhye in the middleCC Antya 7.65
rāja-haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 7.102
tāra madhye between the twoCC Antya 8.79
madhye betweenCC Antya 8.80
guṇa-madhye in such good attributesCC Antya 8.81
madhye in the centerCC Antya 10.66
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 10.134
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 10.134
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 10.154-155
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 10.154-155
tāra madhye in the midst of thatCC Antya 10.159
tāra madhye along with thatCC Antya 10.159
tāra madhye in that connectionCC Antya 11.91-93
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 13.106
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 13.106
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 13.136-137
madhye in the middleCC Antya 14.19
tāra madhye within that placeCC Antya 14.62
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 17.7
madhye madhye at intervalsCC Antya 17.7
gābhī-gaṇa-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.15
surabhi-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.72
sakhī-madhye among the friendsCC Antya 18.93
samudrera madhye in the midst of the great oceanCC Antya 20.81
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.103
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.104
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.105
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.111
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.118
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.118
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.124
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.125
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 20.127
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.127
gābhī-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 20.131
madhye withinMM 48
sūtra-madhyei kahiluń I have already stated within the synopsisCC Madhya 1.9
madhyete withinCC Adi 5.110
madhyora waistSB 5.12.5-6
mahā-śākhā-madhye amongst the great branchesCC Adi 12.88
upādhyāya mahāśaya a great personality with the title UpādhyāyaCC Adi 11.22
upādhyāyera mana the mind of UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.94
martya-buddhyā with the idea of his being an ordinary manSB 11.17.27
martya-buddhyā with the idea of his being an ordinary manCC Adi 1.46
mat-anudhyānam always meditating on MeSB 11.11.34-41
maugdhya assuming the position of not knowing things although everything is knownCC Madhya 14.168
maugdhyāt on account of bewildermentCC Antya 1.151
medhya pureSB 3.1.19
medhya pureSB 3.28.3
medhya-aśvān horses fit for sacrificeSB 9.20.23
medhyaḥ suitable for offering in sacrificeSB 9.7.10
medhyaḥ fit for being sacrificedSB 9.7.11
medhyaḥ fit for sacrificeSB 9.7.12
medhyaiḥ fit for sacrificesSB 9.20.23
medhyaiḥ pureSB 11.18.2
medhyam meant for offering in the sacrificeSB 4.17.4
medhyam pure (obtained by hunting)SB 9.6.6
medhyam suitable for offeringSB 10.38.39
medhyān fit for sacrificeSB 4.26.6
medhyān game animalsSB 4.26.10
medhyān which are fit to be offeredSB 10.36.26
medhyān fit to be offered in sacrificeSB 10.58.16
medhyān offerable in sacrificeSB 10.69.35
medhyāya fit for offering oblationsSB 8.8.2
sei mleccha-madhye among those MuslimsCC Madhya 18.185
mora dhyāne on meditation upon MeCC Madhya 15.57
mukta-madhye among the liberatedCC Madhya 8.249
koṭi-mukta-madhye out of many millions of such liberated personsCC Madhya 19.148
madhya-mūla the middle rootCC Adi 9.16
na madhyam no middleBG 11.16
na badhyate is not attached as the creator, master or proprietorSB 5.19.12
na vadhyaḥ not to be killedSB 7.10.27
na budhyate cannot understandSB 8.22.11
na adhyagacchat do not obtainSB 10.3.27
na anubadhyeta will not become boundSB 10.47.41
na badhyase You are not boundSB 10.48.21
na vadhyaḥ not to be killedSB 10.63.47
na adhyagacchan they could not come to a conclusionSB 10.74.18
na badhyate is not bound upSB 10.84.17
na dhyāyet should not contemplateSB 11.11.17
nāhi adhyayana without educationCC Antya 16.75
madhya-līlā nāma named the middle pastimesCC Adi 13.37
nibadhya anchoringSB 8.24.45
nibadhyate becomes affectedBG 4.22
nibadhyate becomes entangledBG 5.12
nibadhyate becomes entangledBG 18.17
nibadhyate one becomes entangledSB 4.26.8
nibadhyate is bound upSB 11.11.10
nibadhyate one is bound upSB 11.25.12
nidadhyuḥ meditatedSB 3.15.44
nididhyāsoḥ being desirous to knowSB 2.10.30
nirākāra-dhyāna meditation on impersonal BrahmanCC Madhya 10.175
nirudhya confiningBG 8.12
nirudhya suppressingSB 3.23.50
nirudhya closedSB 4.8.80
nirudhya besiegingSB 10.76.9-11
nirundhyāt one should bring under controlSB 10.47.32
nirundhyāt should bring under controlSB 11.2.38
nirvindhyā NirvindhyāSB 5.19.17-18
tāpīm payoṣṇīm nirvindhyām to the Tāpī, Payoṣṇī and Nirvindhyā riversSB 10.79.19-21
nirvindhyāte in the river NirvindhyāCC Madhya 9.311
nirvindhyāyāḥ of the River NirvindhyāSB 4.1.18
niṣidhya warding offSB 12.6.30-31
niṣidhyamānāḥ being forbiddenSB 3.15.31
niṣidhyamānaḥ being requested not toSB 4.2.19
niṣidhyamānāḥ being forbiddenSB 10.23.20-21
veda-niṣṭha-madhye among persons who are followers of the VedasCC Madhya 19.146
koṭi-karma-niṣṭha-madhye among millions of such performers of fruitive activities according to Vedic principlesCC Madhya 19.147
sandhyā-abhra-nīveḥ of the dress of the evening skySB 3.8.24
sandhyā-niyamaḥ the rules and regulations of eveningSB 3.14.37
niyudhyatoḥ fightingSB 8.2.29
nṛtya-madhye during the dancingCC Madhya 1.57
nṛtya-madhye in the midst of dancingCC Madhya 13.135
oṣadhyaḥ the deities presiding over the herbs and plantsSB 3.26.65
pāda-madhye between the two legsCC Madhya 15.24
vindhya-pādān the mountains near the Vindhya mountain rangeSB 6.4.20
adhyātma-padaviḥ the path of philosophical speculationSB 4.7.42
kṛṣṇa-rāsa-pañca-adhyāya the five chapters in the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in which Lord Kṛṣṇa's pastimes of the rāsa dance are describedCC Madhya 11.56
pañca-madhye out of the fiveCC Madhya 24.194
para-ṛddhyā by others' happinessSB 3.14.49
para-ardhya most valuableSB 3.15.27
para-ardhya by the most preciousSB 3.15.41
para-ardhyāni most valuableSB 3.23.29
para-abhidhyāyinyā by accepting the body as the selfSB 4.2.23
para-abhidhyānena by the bodily concept of the selfSB 5.14.10
para-ardhyaiḥ most valuableSB 10.16.65-67
para-vyoma-madhye within the spiritual skyCC Adi 5.26
tapaḥ-svādhyāya-paraḥ dedicated to austerities and studies of the Vedic literatureSB 12.8.7-11
paramānanda upādhyāya Paramānanda UpādhyāyaCC Adi 11.44
parārdhya very valuableSB 3.8.29
parārdhya pricelessSB 3.28.15
parārdhya pricelessSB 10.60.8
parārdhya pricelessSB 10.62.23-24
dvai-parārdhyam 15,480,000,000,000 solar yearsSB 2.2.26
parāvidhyati piercesSB 4.29.54
paravyoma-madhye in the paravyoma areaCC Madhya 20.192
paravyoma-madhye in the spiritual skyCC Madhya 20.213
parividhya whirling aroundSB 10.37.4
pārṣada-madhye among the personal associatesSB 6.5.38
sandhyā paryanta until eveningCC Madhya 7.89
madhyāhna paryanta up to middayCC Madhya 12.216
madhyāhna-paryanta until noonCC Madhya 18.80
sandhyā-paryanta until the eveningCC Antya 2.46
bandhyā-pateḥ of Citraketu, the husband of so many sterile wivesSB 6.14.12
tāpīm payoṣṇīm nirvindhyām to the Tāpī, Payoṣṇī and Nirvindhyā riversSB 10.79.19-21
prabhu-bhakta-gaṇa-madhye among the intimate devotees of the LordCC Madhya 12.68
prabhura dhyāne in meditation on Śrī Caitanya MahāprabhuCC Madhya 8.302
prabodhya having awakenedSB 12.8.29
prajā-adhyakṣāḥ the rulers of humankindSB 4.29.42-44
prajā-adhyakṣaḥ PrajāpatiSB 8.16.13
praṇidadhyau concentratedSB 1.7.3
prasiddhyai for the complete manifestationSB 10.63.38
prasiddhyet is effectedBG 3.8
prasidhyati is establishedSB 11.24.16
prasidhyati advances or becomes successfulNoI 3
pratibodhyamāna respondingSB 5.2.4
pratibuddhya having learnedSB 4.12.1
pratibudhya realizingSB 6.7.10
pratibudhya getting upSB 8.4.25
pratibudhyate were awakenedBs 5.20
pratiṣidhya controllingSB 4.7.26
pratiṣidhya keeping backSB 6.10.19-22
pratiṣidhya negatingSB 11.21.43
pratiṣidhya driving awayCC Madhya 20.147-148
prativindhyaḥ a son named PrativindhyaSB 9.22.29
pratyavarudhya by regaining consciousnessSB 2.2.1
pratyavidhyāt He struck backSB 10.77.2
prema-arṇava-madhye in the ocean of love of GodheadCC Adi 11.28
punaḥ adhyagamat revived them againSB 1.15.30
pura-adhyakṣaḥ superintendent of the citySB 4.27.16
puruṣa-adhyakṣa O ruler of the universal controllersSB 11.11.26-27
raghupati upādhyāya a brāhmaṇa named Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.92
raghupati upādhyāya Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.97
madhye rahi' keeping in the middleCC Madhya 11.229
rāja-haṃsa-madhye in a society of white swansCC Antya 7.102
amedhya randhana cooking the flesh of a cowCC Antya 3.162
kṛṣṇa-rāsa-pañca-adhyāya the five chapters in the Tenth Canto of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in which Lord Kṛṣṇa's pastimes of the rāsa dance are describedCC Madhya 11.56
rasa-gaṇa-madhye among all the mellowsCC Madhya 19.104
adhyātma-rataḥ engaged in self-realizationSB 3.27.27
raurava-madhye in a hellish condition of lifeCC Adi 17.166
para-ṛddhyā by others' happinessSB 3.14.49
ṛtvijām madhye in the group of all the priestsSB 8.23.13
rundhyāt should arrest (the mind)SB 7.15.32-33
vaidagdhya-ādi-rūpa sportive natureCC Madhya 9.115
sa-ādhyātmaḥ the body and mind with all the sensesSB 3.6.9
sa-upādhyāyasya along with all the priestsSB 4.20.37
sa-adhyātmam (the witness of) the living entitiesSB 10.40.4
sa-upādhyāyāḥ together with their instructorsSB 10.42.36
sa-upādhyāyaḥ along with the priestsSB 11.5.43
sabāra madhye among all of themCC Madhya 16.34
sabhā-madhye in the assembly ofCC Adi 7.65
sabhā-madhye in the assembly of the sannyāsīsCC Madhya 25.23
dhya-sādhana objective and meansCC Adi 16.11
dhya-sādhana the objective and the processCC Adi 16.15
dhya-sādhana objectives and transcendental practicesCC Madhya 6.197
dhya-sādhana the aim of life and how to achieve itCC Madhya 9.255
dhya-sādhana the aim of life and how to achieve itCC Madhya 9.255
dhya-sādhanayoḥ both in the means and the endSB 11.20.4
dhya-sādhane the ultimate object of life and the process to achieve itCC Madhya 18.204
dhya by the residents of SādhyalokaSB 5.1.8
dhyā SādhyāSB 6.6.4
dhya SādhyasSB 11.2.23
dhya-sādhanayoḥ both in the means and the endSB 11.20.4
dhya to be establishedCC Adi 2.83
dhya objectiveCC Adi 16.10
dhya-sādhana objective and meansCC Adi 16.11
dhya objective of lifeCC Adi 16.13
dhya-sādhana the objective and the processCC Adi 16.15
dhya subject matterCC Adi 16.83
dhya-sādhana objectives and transcendental practicesCC Madhya 6.197
sarva-sādhya-sāra the essence of all means of perfectionCC Madhya 8.59
dhya-sāra the essence of all perfectionCC Madhya 8.61
dhya-sāra is the essence of perfectionCC Madhya 8.64
dhya-sāra the essence of the perfection of lifeCC Madhya 8.66
sarva-sādhya-sāra the essence of all perfectionCC Madhya 8.68
sarva-sādhya-sāra the essence of perfectionCC Madhya 8.71
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.74
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.76
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.79
dhya-avadhi the highest limit of perfectionCC Madhya 8.96
dhya-śiromaṇi the topmost perfectionCC Madhya 8.98
dhya of the ultimate goalCC Madhya 8.118
dhya-vastura of the object of lifeCC Madhya 8.196
dhya-vastu the goal of lifeCC Madhya 8.197
dhya the goalCC Madhya 8.204-205
dhya achievementCC Madhya 8.204-205
dhya-sādhana the aim of life and how to achieve itCC Madhya 9.255
dhya-sādhana the aim of life and how to achieve itCC Madhya 9.255
dhya-śreṣṭha haya is the highest achievement of the goal of lifeCC Madhya 9.257
dhya the goal of lifeCC Madhya 9.271
dhya objectiveCC Madhya 9.272
dhya the ultimate goal of lifeCC Madhya 18.202
dhya-sādhane the ultimate object of life and the process to achieve itCC Madhya 18.204
dhya of the goal of spiritual lifeCC Madhya 20.103
kṛti-sādhyā which is to be executed by the sensesCC Madhya 22.105
dhya-bhāvā by which love of Godhead is acquiredCC Madhya 22.105
dhya to be gainedCC Madhya 22.107
dhya dutyCC Antya 6.234
dhyāḥ the SādhyasBG 11.22
dhyāḥ the demigodsSB 6.3.14-15
dhyaḥ-gaṇaḥ the demigods named the SādhyasSB 6.6.7
dhyāḥ the SādhyasSB 6.6.15
dhyāḥ the SādhyasSB 10.25.31
viśve sādhyāḥ known as Viśvedevas and SādhyasSB 11.6.2-4
dhyaiḥ by the SādhyasSB 6.7.2-8
dhyaiḥ by the SādhyasSB 6.10.17-18
dhyān the Sādhya demigodsSB 2.3.2-7
dhyān the demigodsSB 3.20.42
dhyatā potentialityCC Madhya 22.105
dhyatām may it be carried outSB 10.24.25
dhyatām should be strived forNBS 42
dhyatām should be strived forNBS 42
dhyate is to be accomplishedSB 10.24.3
dhyate is realizedSB 10.47.24
dhyāyāḥ from the womb of Sādhya-SB 6.6.7
dhyebhyaḥ to the SādhyasSB 3.20.43
dhyera of the aim of lifeCC Madhya 8.57
mahā-śākhā-madhye amongst the great branchesCC Adi 12.88
sakhī-madhye among the friendsCC Antya 18.93
samabudhyata he could understand (their position)SB 10.10.5
samadhyagām I have thoroughly learnedSB 12.7.6
samādhyāyī class friendCC Adi 10.40
samādhyāyī class friendCC Madhya 6.53
samanudhyāyan meditatingSB 10.86.8
samārādhya after sufficiently pleasingSB 8.19.19
samārādhya fully worshipingSB 10.48.11
brahma-saṃhitā-adhyāya one chapter of the Brahma-saṃhitāCC Madhya 9.237
samidhyamānaḥ being brightly inflamedSB 5.24.17
tattva-saṃrādhyaḥ one who is worshipable for reception of transcendental knowledgeSB 3.4.26
saṃrādhyam who is foundSB 3.26.28
samṛddhyā opulenceSB 11.21.11
sāṃsiddhyam the complete successSB 3.21.13
saṃsidhyati one becomes spiritually perfectSB 11.18.25
adhyātma-saṃsthitaḥ situated in a spiritual bodySB 9.13.11
samudrera madhye in the midst of the great oceanCC Antya 20.81
tapaḥ-svādhyāya-saṃyamaiḥ by his austerities, studies of the Vedas and regulative principlesSB 12.8.13
saṃyudhyatoḥ fighting vigorouslySB 10.72.37
sandhyā-abhra-nīveḥ of the dress of the evening skySB 3.8.24
sandhyā transitional period beforeSB 3.11.20
sandhyā-aṃśayoḥ and transitional period afterSB 3.11.20
sandhyā-niyamaḥ the rules and regulations of eveningSB 3.14.37
sandhyā evening timeSB 3.18.26
sandhyā-ābhra reddishSB 4.6.36
sandhyā eveningSB 6.1.42
sandhyā in the eveningSB 6.9.13-17
sandhyā-upagama worship at dawnSB 10.70.6
sandhyā at sunrise, noon and sunsetSB 11.17.34-35
sandhyā at the three junctures of the day (dawn, noon and sunset)SB 11.27.11
tina sandhyā three times, namely morning, evening and noonCC Adi 10.101
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Adi 13.89
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Adi 17.125
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Adi 17.133
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Adi 17.135
sandhyā morning dutiesCC Madhya 6.223
sandhyā paryanta until eveningCC Madhya 7.89
sandhyā eveningCC Madhya 8.54
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Madhya 8.242
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Madhya 8.261
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Madhya 11.211
sandhyā-dhūpa dhūpa-ārati just in the beginning of the eveningCC Madhya 11.214
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Madhya 14.65
tri-sandhyā three times (morning, evening and noon)CC Madhya 14.72
sandhyā snāna kari' after taking an evening bathCC Madhya 14.241
dvi-sandhyā twice a dayCC Madhya 15.241
dui-sandhyā morning and eveningCC Madhya 17.66
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Madhya 18.74
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Madhya 20.37
sandhyā-ādi vandana regular chanting of the mantrasCC Madhya 24.332
sandhyā-paryanta until the eveningCC Antya 2.46
sandhyā ha-ite beginning from the eveningCC Antya 3.127
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Antya 5.68
sandhyā-kāle in the eveningCC Antya 6.174
sandhyā-kṛtya the evening dutiesCC Antya 16.104
sandhyām termination of day and nightSB 2.1.34
sandhyām the evening twilightSB 3.20.33
sandhyām twilightSB 3.20.37
sandhyām the evening twilightSB 8.20.24
sandhyām the rituals of sunsetSB 10.69.25
sandhyāte in the eveningCC Adi 17.134
sandhyāte in the eveningCC Madhya 3.112
sandhyāte in the eveningCC Madhya 16.117
sandhyāte in the eveningCC Madhya 16.118
sandhyāya in the junctionCC Adi 3.29
sandhyāya in the eveningCC Adi 13.20
sandhyāya in the eveningCC Adi 17.120
sandhyāya in the eveningCC Madhya 4.23
sandhyāya in the eveningCC Madhya 4.117
yuga-sandhyāyām at the conjunction of the yugasSB 1.3.25
sandhyāyām in the eveningSB 3.14.8
sandhyāyām at the junction of day and night (evening)SB 3.14.24
sandhyāyām in the eveningSB 4.30.9
sandhyāyām in the morning, noon and eveningSB 5.23.8
sandhyāyām in the eveningSB 6.18.50
sandhyāyām during the evening twilightSB 6.18.60
sandhyāyām at the juncture of the daySB 12.9.10
sandhyayoḥ at sunrise and sunsetSB 6.18.51
sandhyayoḥ at the beginning and the end of the daySB 12.8.7-11
sandhyayoḥ at the junctures of the daySB 12.11.45
sandhye morning and eveningSB 7.12.2
sandhye in the junctions of timeSB 11.17.26
sandhyoḥ junctures of the daySB 10.16.61
sānnidhyam being nearerSB 4.8.42
sānnidhyam the personal association, face to faceSB 10.10.20-22
sānnidhyam manifestationSB 10.79.19-21
sānnidhyāt on account of the presenceSB 1.19.34
sannirundhyāt should stopSB 7.15.32-33
sannyāsi-buddhye by consideration of a sannyāsīCC Adi 8.11
sannyāsi-buddhye by thinking of Me as a sannyāsīCC Adi 17.265
sarva-sādhya-sāra the essence of all means of perfectionCC Madhya 8.59
dhya-sāra the essence of all perfectionCC Madhya 8.61
dhya-sāra is the essence of perfectionCC Madhya 8.64
dhya-sāra the essence of the perfection of lifeCC Madhya 8.66
sarva-sādhya-sāra the essence of all perfectionCC Madhya 8.68
sarva-sādhya-sāra the essence of perfectionCC Madhya 8.71
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.74
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.76
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.79
madhya-līlāra sāra essence of Madhya-līlāCC Madhya 25.263
sarva-sura-adhyakṣaḥ the leader of all the demigodsSB 10.4.42
sarva-ārādhya worshipable by all living entitiesCC Adi 7.15
sarva-sādhya-sāra the essence of all means of perfectionCC Madhya 8.59
sarva-sādhya-sāra the essence of all perfectionCC Madhya 8.68
sarva-sādhya-sāra the essence of perfectionCC Madhya 8.71
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.74
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.76
sarva-sādhya-sāra the highest perfectional stageCC Madhya 8.79
sarva-ārādhya worshipable by everyoneCC Madhya 18.193
sarva-ārādhyaḥ worshipable by everyoneCC Madhya 23.75
sat-avadhyānam neglecting a great personality like youSB 5.10.24
saugandhya the fragranceSB 4.9.12
saugandhya possessing a good fragranceSB 5.5.33
saugandhya very fragrant, being decorated with various flower garlands and sandalwood pulpSB 7.15.70
sei mleccha-madhye among those MuslimsCC Madhya 18.185
sevā-madhye in rendering serviceCC Madhya 4.87
siddhi-asiddhyoḥ in success and failureBG 2.48
siddhi-asiddhyoḥ in both success and failureSB 10.36.38
siddhyanti become successfulSB 1.18.7
siddhyasi you will become successfulSB 10.88.15
siddhyati becomes successfulSB 5.18.10
siddhyet may accomplish itSB 11.29.1
siddhyeta it may he rendered fitSB 3.23.11
sidhyanti are generatedSB 8.5.33
sidhyanti are very successfulSB 8.6.24
sidhyanti become successfulSB 8.24.60
sidhyanti maintain their existenceSB 10.24.23
sidhyanti become perfectSB 11.23.25
sidhyasi you will become the most perfectSB 6.16.64
sidhyati becomes perfectSB 4.12.49-50
sidhyati someone is perfectSB 6.14.4
sidhyati cause the manifestation of each otherSB 11.22.31
sidhyati becomes fulfilledCC Madhya 20.106
sidhyati becomes fulfilledCC Madhya 24.170
ādhyātma-śikṣayā in the matter of self-realizationSB 4.22.49
dhya-śiromaṇi the topmost perfectionCC Madhya 8.98
adhyāste sma remained inSB 7.4.8
sandhyā snāna kari' after taking an evening bathCC Madhya 14.241
madhyāhna-snāna afternoon bathCC Madhya 17.82
dhyāhnika snāne bath in the afternoonCC Madhya 14.239
śraddadhyāt can aspireSB 3.6.35
śraddadhyāt take faithSB 11.28.43
śraddadhyuḥ place faith inSB 6.7.14
śramam adhyagāt became very tiredSB 4.26.10
śravaṇa-madhye out of all topics for hearingCC Madhya 8.255
dhya-śreṣṭha haya is the highest achievement of the goal of lifeCC Madhya 9.257
śreyaḥ-madhye among beneficial activitiesCC Madhya 8.251
śrī-vindhyāvaliḥ uvāca Vindhyāvali, the wife of Bali Mahārāja, saidSB 8.22.20
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 1.8
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 5.13
madhya-stha mediators between belligerentsBG 6.9
madhya-stha as mediatorCC Madhya 5.82
madhya-stha hañā becoming a mediatorCC Madhya 10.167
madhya-sthaḥ neutralSB 10.78.17
madhya-sthāne sitting in the middleCC Madhya 11.233
su-madhyamāḥ thin-waistedSB 3.24.14
su-madhyame my dear young wifeSB 4.3.22
su-madhyamā a girl whose waist is slenderSB 4.30.16
su-madhyame O thin-waisted womanSB 6.18.35
su-madhyame O beautiful thin-waisted womanSB 8.9.6
su-madhyame O most beautifulSB 9.20.12
su-madhyamā because of her thin waistSB 10.9.10
su-madhyamāḥ O slender-waisted girlsSB 10.22.11
su-madhyamāḥ O slender-waisted girlsSB 10.29.19
su-madhyamāḥ O slender-waisted onesSB 10.32.18
su-madhyamām whose waist was well-formedSB 10.53.51-55
su-madhyamā slender-waisted (Rukmiṇī)SB 10.54.4
su-madhyame O fine-waisted oneSB 10.60.14
su-duḥsādhyā incurableCC Antya 1.143
śuddhyanti cleansesSB 1.19.33
śuddhyati purifiedSB 2.2.13
śuddhyati he will be purifiedSB 6.1.68
śuddhyati becomes purifiedSB 10.7.1-2
śuddhyeran may be purifiedSB 6.13.8-9
śuddhyet becomes purifiedSB 5.5.1
śuddhyet may be purifiedSB 6.3.32
śudhyanti at once purifiedSB 2.4.18
śudhyanti become purifiedSB 10.5.4
śudhyanti become purifiedCC Madhya 24.179
śudhyanti become purifiedCC Madhya 24.209
śudhyanti become purifiedCC Antya 7.10
śudhyeran they become purifiedSB 12.10.25
śudhyet can be purifiedSB 11.14.23
śudhyeta becomes purifiedSB 12.12.65
sumadhyame O beautiful girlSB 9.24.34
sarva-sura-adhyakṣaḥ the leader of all the demigodsSB 10.4.42
surabhi-madhye among the cowsCC Antya 17.72
sūtra-madhyei kahiluń I have already stated within the synopsisCC Madhya 1.9
sūtra-madhye in the form of a synopsisCC Madhya 2.91
sūtra-madhye in the synopsisCC Madhya 13.132
sūtra-madhye in the synopsisCC Madhya 16.214-215
sva-buddhyā by one's intelligenceSB 2.1.38
sva-buddhyā by his own intelligenceSB 2.2.16
sva-adhyāyaḥ study of the VedasSB 3.28.4
sva-buddhyā by one's devotional serviceSB 4.30.28
sva-buddhyā thinking them to be his ownSB 10.49.23
sva-adhyāya of superior Vedic studiesSB 11.17.31
svādhyāya sacrifice in the study of the VedasBG 4.28
svādhyāya of Vedic studyBG 17.15
svādhyāya study of Vedic literatureSB 3.32.34-36
svādhyāya recitation of the Vedic literaturesSB 5.9.1-2
svādhyāya study of Vedic knowledgeSB 7.2.10
svādhyāya with Vedic studySB 8.7.3
svādhyāya study of Vedic textsSB 10.47.24
svādhyāya studySB 10.84.19
svādhyāya personal study of the VedaSB 11.12.9
svādhyāya-adhyayane in study of the Vedic literatureSB 12.3.23
svādhyāya and studySB 12.8.7-11
tapaḥ-svādhyāya-paraḥ dedicated to austerities and studies of the Vedic literatureSB 12.8.7-11
tapaḥ-svādhyāya-saṃyamaiḥ by his austerities, studies of the Vedas and regulative principlesSB 12.8.13
svādhyāya study of the VedasSB 12.8.32
svādhyāya study of the VedasSB 12.9.2
svādhyāya by studySB 12.10.24
svādhyāyaḥ study of Vedic literatureBG 16.1-3
svādhyāyaḥ reading of transcendental literatures like Bhagavad-gītā, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Rāmāyaṇa and Mahābhārata (or, for those not in Vedic culture, reading of the Bible or Koran)SB 7.11.8-12
svādhyāyaḥ chanting the VedasSB 11.12.1-2
svādhyāyaḥ Vedic studySB 11.14.20
svādhyāyaḥ study of the VedasCC Adi 17.76
svādhyāyaḥ study of the VedasCC Madhya 20.137
svādhyāyaḥ study of the VedasCC Madhya 25.137
svādhyāyaḥ study of the VedasCC Antya 4.59
svādhyāyam study of the VedasSB 11.3.24
svādhyāyayoḥ and by study of Vedic literatureSB 4.31.12
svādhyāye in studying Vedic literatureSB 7.15.1
svarūpa-buddhye by self-realizationCC Madhya 19.211
tāhi madhye during thatCC Adi 17.238
tahiń madhye in that chapterCC Adi 17.316
tāńra madhye among themCC Madhya 13.150
tapaḥ-svādhyāya-paraḥ dedicated to austerities and studies of the Vedic literatureSB 12.8.7-11
tapaḥ-svādhyāya-saṃyamaiḥ by his austerities, studies of the Vedas and regulative principlesSB 12.8.13
tāpīm payoṣṇīm nirvindhyām to the Tāpī, Payoṣṇī and Nirvindhyā riversSB 10.79.19-21
tāra madhye among themCC Adi 4.48
tāra madhye among themCC Adi 4.81
tāra madhye out of thatCC Adi 13.12
tāra madhye out of those twenty-four yearsCC Adi 13.35
tāra madhye out of thatCC Adi 13.38
tāra madhye amongst themCC Madhya 1.11-12
tāra madhye within that periodCC Madhya 1.19
tāra madhye within that periodCC Madhya 1.23
tāra madhye among themCC Madhya 8.109
tāra madhye within that bookCC Madhya 9.200
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 13.141
tāra madhye among themCC Madhya 14.151
tāra madhye in that dealingCC Madhya 14.162
tāra madhye within that pastimeCC Madhya 15.298
tāra madhye within that episodeCC Madhya 16.55
tāra madhye within those episodesCC Madhya 16.83
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 16.214-215
tāra madhye through themCC Madhya 17.26
tāra madhye among the living entities who are conditioned within the material worldCC Madhya 19.144
tāra madhye among all such living entitiesCC Madhya 19.145
tāra madhye among the small quantity of human beingsCC Madhya 19.145
tāra madhye of them allCC Madhya 22.99
tāra madhye within the creationCC Madhya 25.111
tāra madhye in thatCC Madhya 25.253
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.257
tāra madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.258
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 1.179
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 1.180
tāra madhye of the nine different types of devotional serviceCC Antya 4.71
tāra madhye within these statementsCC Antya 5.160
tāra madhye between the twoCC Antya 8.79
tāra madhye in the midst of thatCC Antya 10.159
tāra madhye along with thatCC Antya 10.159
tāra madhye in that connectionCC Antya 11.91-93
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 13.136-137
tāra madhye within that placeCC Antya 14.62
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.103
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.104
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.105
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.111
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.118
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.118
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.124
tāra madhye in that chapterCC Antya 20.125
tāra madhye within thatCC Antya 20.127
tāra madhye within that chapterCC Antya 20.127
a-tat-dhyānāt from the bodily concept of lifeSB 4.12.4
tat-dvīpa-madhye within that islandSB 5.20.30
tathi-madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.243
tathi-madhye within thatCC Madhya 25.244
tattva-saṃrādhyaḥ one who is worshipable for reception of transcendental knowledgeSB 3.4.26
tattva-madhye in the truthCC Adi 7.16
tayoḥ madhye between themCC Antya 1.161
tina sandhyā three times, namely morning, evening and noonCC Adi 10.101
ei tina madhye of these threeCC Madhya 1.65
ṭoṭā-madhye within the gardensCC Madhya 11.166
trai-vidhyam three kinds of attributesSB 6.1.46
trai-vidhyam under the three modes of material natureSB 6.3.4
trai-vidhyam threefold variety (of high, middle and low class)SB 11.22.42
tri-bhuvana-madhye within the three worldsCC Madhya 8.199
tri-sandhyā three times (morning, evening and noon)CC Madhya 14.72
ubhayoḥ madhye in between the twoSB 9.14.43
kṣīra-udadhi-madhye in part of the ocean known as the ocean of milkCC Adi 5.111
upādhyāya learned sagesSB 4.7.16
upādhyāya mahāśaya a great personality with the title UpādhyāyaCC Adi 11.22
paramānanda upādhyāya Paramānanda UpādhyāyaCC Adi 11.44
raghupati upādhyāya a brāhmaṇa named Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.92
upādhyāya Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.97
raghupati upādhyāya Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.97
upādhyāya My dear UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.101
upādhyāya Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.101
upādhyāya Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.102
upādhyāya Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.103
upādhyāya Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.104
upādhyāyāḥ the teachers of fruitive activitiesSB 4.29.56
sa-upādhyāyāḥ together with their instructorsSB 10.42.36
upādhyāyaḥ priestsSB 10.66.27-28
upadhyāyaḥ his priestsSB 10.71.23
upādhyāyāḥ their teachersSB 10.83.20
sa-upādhyāyaḥ along with the priestsSB 11.5.43
upādhyāyam as teacher and spiritual masterSB 6.7.32
sa-upādhyāyasya along with all the priestsSB 4.20.37
upādhyāyera mana the mind of UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.94
upādhyāyera of Raghupati UpādhyāyaCC Madhya 19.100
guru upādhyāyī my teacher of Vedic instructionCC Antya 20.147
sandhyā-upagama worship at dawnSB 10.70.6
uparudhyamāna being disturbedSB 5.14.5
śrī-vindhyāvaliḥ uvāca Vindhyāvali, the wife of Bali Mahārāja, saidSB 8.22.20
vadhyaḥ ought to be killedSB 4.19.30
vadhyaḥ who is to be killedSB 7.5.34
na vadhyaḥ not to be killedSB 7.10.27
vadhyaḥ anyone is to be killedSB 8.5.22
na vadhyaḥ not to be killedSB 10.63.47
vadhyāḥ to be killedSB 10.78.27
vadhyamānāḥ being killed one after anotherSB 7.7.4-5
vadhyān who deserved to be killedSB 9.7.3
vadhyasya of one who is to be killedSB 11.10.20
vadhyatām will be killedSB 1.7.39
vadhyatām let him be killedSB 7.5.34
vadhyatām kill HimSB 10.42.19
vahni-madhye within the fireSB 11.14.36-42
vaidagdhya-vilāsa activities of expert transactionsCC Madhya 2.70
vaidagdhya-ādi-rūpa sportive natureCC Madhya 9.115
vaidagdhya-vibheda the intricacies of cunning behaviorCC Madhya 14.149
vaidagdhya intelligenceCC Madhya 15.141
vaidagdhya-vilāsa the intellectual pastimesCC Madhya 20.178
grāmya-vaidagdhyayā expert in fulfilling one's material desiresSB 5.2.17
vaiṣṇavera madhye amongst VaiṣṇavasCC Madhya 9.11
vana-madhye in the forestCC Antya 3.99
sandhyā-ādi vandana regular chanting of the mantrasCC Madhya 24.332
vandhyām barrenSB 11.11.20
vārāṇasī-madhye at VārāṇasīCC Adi 10.152-154
ayodhyā-vāsinaḥ the inhabitants of AyodhyāSB 9.8.18
vastu-buddhyā accepting as factualSB 9.8.25
dhya-vastu the goal of lifeCC Madhya 8.197
dhya-vastura of the object of lifeCC Madhya 8.196
vatsara-madhye within a yearCC Madhya 14.118
vayaḥ-madhyam middle ageSB 11.22.47
madhya-vayasa adolescenceCC Madhya 8.177
vayase madhyamā grown upCC Madhya 14.161
veda-adhyāya by study of Vedic knowledgeSB 11.17.50
veda-niṣṭha-madhye among persons who are followers of the VedasCC Madhya 19.146
veśyā-gaṇa-madhye among the prostitutesCC Antya 3.106
vaidagdhya-vibheda the intricacies of cunning behaviorCC Madhya 14.149
vibudhya learned aboutSB 3.15.37
vibudhya understandingSB 10.6.8
vibudhya coming to understandSB 10.14.5
vidadhyāt may He bestowSB 6.8.12
vidadhyāt may fulfillSB 8.16.22
adhyātma-vidaḥ who have realized spiritual knowledgeSB 5.18.4
trai-vidhyam three kinds of attributesSB 6.1.46
trai-vidhyam under the three modes of material natureSB 6.3.4
trai-vidhyam threefold variety (of high, middle and low class)SB 11.22.42
vidhyanti pierceSB 5.26.24
vidhyati tormentsSB 11.28.28
adhyātma-vidyā spiritual knowledgeBG 10.32
vidyā-madhye in the midst of knowledgeCC Madhya 8.245
vaidagdhya-vilāsa activities of expert transactionsCC Madhya 2.70
vaidagdhya-vilāsa the intellectual pastimesCC Madhya 20.178
vilaya-ambu-madhye in the Causal Ocean, in which everything is preserved in a state of reserved energySB 7.9.32
vindhya-pādān the mountains near the Vindhya mountain rangeSB 6.4.20
vindhya VindhyaSB 8.5.2
vindhyaḥ VindhyaSB 5.19.16
vindhyāvaliḥ VindhyāvaliSB 8.20.17
śrī-vindhyāvaliḥ uvāca Vindhyāvali, the wife of Bali Mahārāja, saidSB 8.22.20
dui-vipra-madhye between the two brāhmaṇasCC Madhya 5.16
virudhya being rebelliousSB 2.7.23
virudhyate becomes contradictorySB 3.7.9
virudhyate there is a contradictionSB 10.3.19
virudhyeta can stand againstSB 10.57.14
virudhyeta are contradictedSB 10.77.30
viṣa-auṣadhyaḥ poisonous drugsSB 8.7.46
viśodhya purifyingSB 11.3.49
karma-viśuddhyā by offering everything for the service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead and not desiring any results of his pious activitiesSB 5.7.7
viśuddhyati becomes purifiedSB 6.2.11
viśuddhyati his material contamination is cleansed offSB 10.10.17
viśudhyasi You will be purifiedSB 10.78.40
viśve sādhyāḥ known as Viśvedevas and SādhyasSB 11.6.2-4
adhyātma-vit one who is expert in understanding the distinction between spirit and matterSB 7.7.21
vyākaraṇa-madhye among grammarsCC Adi 16.32
vyarudhyata acted inimicallySB 10.1.68
para-vyoma-madhye within the spiritual skyCC Adi 5.26
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 1.8
śrī-catuḥ-vyūha-madhye in the quadruple expansions (Vāsudeva, Sańkarṣaṇa, Pradyumna and Aniruddha)CC Adi 5.13
madhya-yamunāte in the river YamunāCC Madhya 19.111
adhyātma-yoga of mystic instruction for self-realizationSB 5.12.3
adhyātma-yoge in that yoga system meant for realization of one's true selfSB 11.6.11
adhyātma-yogena by the means of bhakti-yogaSB 4.22.53
adhyātma-yogena by study of the revealed scripturesSB 5.5.10-13
yogi-dhyeya meditated upon by yogīsSB 10.38.6
yudhya fightBG 8.7
yudhyamānāḥ engaged in fightingSB 8.10.35
yudhyan (Dvivida) fightingSB 10.67.22
yudhyasva fightBG 2.18
yudhyasva fightBG 3.30
yudhyasva just fightBG 11.34
yudhyasva fightSB 10.50.18
yudhyata fightSB 8.21.19
yudhyataḥ fightingSB 10.15.15
yudhyatoḥ while fightingSB 10.50.47
yudhyatoḥ who were fightingSB 10.79.23
yuga-sandhyāyām at the conjunction of the yugasSB 1.3.25
402 results
dhyeyatama adjective
Frequency rank 55535/72933
dhyā verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to be thoughtful or meditative (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to brood mischief against (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to call to mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to contemplate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to imagine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to let the head hang down (said of an animal) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to meditate on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to recollect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to think of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 731/72933
dhyāma noun (neuter) Artemisia Indica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
any or a particular fragrant grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19485/72933
dhyāma adjective black (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dark-coloured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14218/72933
dhyāmaka noun (neuter) a part. kind of grass (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10979/72933
dhyāmakā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 55534/72933
dhyāna noun (masculine neuter) (esp.) profound and abstract religious meditation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
meditation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reflection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thought (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[medic.] Gefühllosigkeit
Frequency rank 890/72933
dhyāna noun (masculine) name of a particular personification (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 11th day of the light half in Brahma's month (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55531/72933
dhyānacakṣus noun (neuter) the eye of meditation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24323/72933
dhyānavant adjective intent on religious meditation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36058/72933
dhyānayoga noun (masculine) name of a kind of magic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.14 profound meditation (or "meditation and abstraction") (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55532/72933
dhyānika adjective proceeding from religious meditation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55533/72933
dhyānin adjective contemplative (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
engaged in religious meditation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18034/72933
dhyānībhū verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to be absorbed in dhyāna
Frequency rank 36059/72933
dhyāpana noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 36060/72933
dhyātṛ noun (masculine) a thinker (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who reflects upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13574/72933
dhyāyin adjective absorbed in meditation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
quite intent upon or engrossed in (comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10388/72933
akrudhyant adjective not angry
Frequency rank 16346/72933
adhyakṣa noun (masculine) an eye-witness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an inspector (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
chief superintendent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant Mimusops Kauki (kṣīrikā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4025/72933
adhyakṣa adjective exercising supervision (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
observable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perceptible to the senses (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22908/72933
adhyagni indeclinable over or by the nuptial fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22909/72933
adhyagnyupāgata noun (neuter) property received by a wife at the wedding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42536/72933
adhyaṇḍā noun (feminine) the plants Carpopogon Pruriens (cowage) and Flacourtia Cataphracta (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42537/72933
adhyadhika adjective increased more
Frequency rank 42538/72933
adhyadhikṣepa noun (masculine) excessive censure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gross abuse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42539/72933
adhyadhīna adjective completely subject to or dependent on (as a slave) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26252/72933
adhyayana noun (neuter) reading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
studying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1992/72933
adhyayanasaṃpradānīya noun (masculine) name of ch. Suśr., Sū. 3
Frequency rank 42540/72933
adhyardha adjective one and a half (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6286/72933
adhyardhadhāra noun (neuter) a kind of surgical knife
Frequency rank 42541/72933
adhyarbuda noun (neuter) a congenital tumour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
goitre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42542/72933
adhyavasā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 42543/72933
adhyavasāna noun (neuter) (in rhetoric) concise and forcible language (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
attempt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
determining (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
effort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
energy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
exertion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perseverance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22910/72933
adhyavasāyaka adjective deciding
Frequency rank 42544/72933
adhyavasāya noun (masculine neuter) (in phil.) mental effort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
apprehension (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
determination
Frequency rank 6287/72933
adhyavasāyin adjective resolute (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26253/72933
adhyavasāyita adjective attempted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42545/72933
adhyavaso verb (class 6 parasmaipada) to accomplish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to ascertain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to attempt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to consider (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to decide to determine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to undertake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7150/72933
adhy verb (class 9 ātmanepada) [overeat?? gibt es das Wort??]
Frequency rank 42546/72933
adhyaśana noun (neuter) eating too soon after a meal (before the last meal is digested) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8914/72933
adhyas verb (class 4 parasmaipada) (in phil.) to attribute or impute wrongly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to throw or place over or upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20511/72933
adhyasthi noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 20512/72933
adhyākram verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to attack (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to choose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26254/72933
adhyāgam verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to meet with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42547/72933
adhyācar verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to use (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31693/72933
adhyātmin adjective
Frequency rank 42548/72933
adhyātma noun (neuter) the Supreme spirit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2785/72933
adhyātma adjective belonging to self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
own (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10844/72933
adhyātmika adjective
Frequency rank 42549/72933
adhyāna noun (neuter) non-dhyāna
Frequency rank 31694/72933
adhyāpin adjective teaching
Frequency rank 42550/72933
adhyāpaka noun (masculine) a teacher (especially of sacred knowledge) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12764/72933
adhyāpana noun (neuter) instruction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lecturing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5649/72933
adhyāpay verb (class 10 ātmanepada) to instruct (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to teach (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4835/72933
adhyābhū verb (class 1 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 42551/72933
adhyāyin adjective a student (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
engaged in reading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11505/72933
adhyāya noun (masculine) a lesson (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a reader (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
chapter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lecture (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proper time for reading or for a lesson (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reading (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 457/72933
adhyāyaka adjective containing chapters
Frequency rank 31695/72933
adhyāyana noun (neuter) learning study
Frequency rank 31696/72933
adhyāyanī noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 42552/72933
adhyāruh verb (class 6 ātmanepada) to ascend up on high (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to mount (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12765/72933
adhyāropa noun (masculine) (in Vedānta phil.) wrong attribution (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
erroneous transferring of a statement from one thing to another (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42553/72933
adhyāropay verb (class 10 ātmanepada) to cause to mount (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cause to transcend [e.g. the literal meaning of a word]
Frequency rank 26255/72933
adhyāvas verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to dwell in (acc. or loc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to inhabit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17497/72933
adhyāvāhanika noun (neuter) that part of a wife's property which she receives when led in procession from her father's to her husband's house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26256/72933
adhyāśri verb (class 1 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 42554/72933
adhyās verb (class 2 parasmaipada) to affect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be directed to or upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to cohabit with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to concern (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to enter upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to get into (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to influence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to occupy as one's seat or habitation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to preside over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to rule (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to settle upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to sit down or lie down upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4336/72933
adhyāsa noun (masculine) an appendage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
imposing (as of a foot) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15402/72933
adhyāsana noun (neuter) a seat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
act of sitting down upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
presiding over (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
settlement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42555/72933
adhyāsthā verb (class 1 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 42556/72933
adhyāhāra noun (masculine) complement Ergänzung (eines elliptischen Ausdrucks) the act of supplying (elliptical language) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10012/72933
adhyāhṛ verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to infer to supply (an argument etc.)
Frequency rank 13916/72933
adhyetṛ noun (masculine) a student (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reader (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17498/72933
adhyeṣaṇā noun (masculine feminine) asking for instruction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42557/72933
adhyeṣay verb (class 10 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 20513/72933
anadhyakṣa adjective not observable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not perceptible by the senses (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
without a superintendent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42619/72933
anadhyayana noun (neuter) intermission of study (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not reading or studying (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26263/72933
anadhyavasāya noun (masculine) non-resolution
Frequency rank 22919/72933
anadhyātmavid adjective not aquainted with the adhyātman
Frequency rank 31721/72933
anadhyāpana noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 42620/72933
anadhyāpya adjective not to be taught
Frequency rank 42621/72933
anadhyāya noun (masculine) a time when there is intermission of study (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intermission of study (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7057/72933
anadhyārūḍha adjective
Frequency rank 31722/72933
ananudhyāyant adjective not thinking about
Frequency rank 42627/72933
anabhidhyā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 42697/72933
anabhidhyeya adjective
Frequency rank 42698/72933
anavarodhya adjective not to be imprisoned
Frequency rank 42784/72933
anārādhya indeclinable not having worshipped
Frequency rank 42884/72933
anāsedhya adjective not to be imprisoned
Frequency rank 31837/72933
anirudhya indeclinable
Frequency rank 42968/72933
anirudhyamāna adjective
Frequency rank 31855/72933
anudhyā verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to bear a grudge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to consider attentively (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to miss (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to muse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to think of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12775/72933
anudhyāna noun (neuter) meditation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
religious contemplation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
solicitude (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13300/72933
anupādhyāya adjective not studying
Frequency rank 43209/72933
apadhyā verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to curse mentally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to have a bad opinion of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15425/72933
apadhyāna noun (neuter) envy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
jealousy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
meditation upon things which are not to be thought of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20621/72933
apratikrudhyant adjective
Frequency rank 43857/72933
apratibudhyamāna adjective
Frequency rank 43874/72933
apratiyudhyant adjective
Frequency rank 43884/72933
abadhya adjective nonsensical (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unmeaning (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44032/72933
abadhyamāna adjective
Frequency rank 44033/72933
abandhya adjective not to be fettered or bound (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20667/72933
abādhyamāna adjective
Frequency rank 44043/72933
abudhyamāna adjective not being awake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32257/72933
abhidhyā noun (feminine) desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
longing for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14668/72933
abhidhyātṛ adjective
Frequency rank 44161/72933
abhidhyāna noun (neuter) desiring (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
longing for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
meditation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15440/72933
abhidhyāyin adjective giving one's attention to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20687/72933
abhidhyai verb (class 2 ātmanepada) to desire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to direct one's intention to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to intend (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to meditate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to set one's heart upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7915/72933
abhinidhyai verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to give attention to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44172/72933
abhisaṃdhyam indeclinable
Frequency rank 44388/72933
abhyadhyayana noun (neuter) study
Frequency rank 44455/72933
amadhya adjective without a centre
Frequency rank 32426/72933
amadhyama adjective not the middle one of whom none is the middle one (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20724/72933
amadhyastha adjective not indifferent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44558/72933
amādhyasthya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 44601/72933
amedhya adjective foul (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nefarious (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not able or not allowed to sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not fit for sacrifice (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unholy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9763/72933
amedhya noun (neuter) excrement (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
faeces (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5898/72933
amedhyatva noun (neuter) filthiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
foulness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impurity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44669/72933
amedhyasthāna noun (neuter) ein Punkt im Körper (am Anus??)
Frequency rank 44670/72933
amlādhyuṣita noun (neuter) a disease of the eyes (caused by eating acid food) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32494/72933
ayudhyant adjective not fighting
Frequency rank 20744/72933
ayudhyamāna adjective not fighting
Frequency rank 10023/72933
ayodhyā noun (feminine) the capital of Rāma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2430/72933
ayodhyākāṇḍavarṇana noun (neuter) name of Agnipurāṇa, 6
Frequency rank 44794/72933
avadhya adjective inviolable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not to be killed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2662/72933
avadhyatā noun (feminine) inviolability (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23214/72933
avadhyamāna adjective unkillable
Frequency rank 32632/72933
avadhyā verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to disregard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to think ill of (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23215/72933
avandhyā noun (feminine) karkoṭakī
Frequency rank 45165/72933
avandhya adjective
Frequency rank 12815/72933
avindhya noun (masculine) name of a minister of Rāvana (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15482/72933
aviśodhya adjective
Frequency rank 45467/72933
aviśodhya indeclinable
Frequency rank 45468/72933
avedhya adjective not to be pierced (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unpierceable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26769/72933
avairodhya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 45525/72933
avyadhya adjective [medic.] not to be pierced
Frequency rank 18932/72933
aśudhyamāna adjective
Frequency rank 32776/72933
aśodhya adjective
Frequency rank 45620/72933
asamidhya indeclinable not having kindled ...
Frequency rank 26821/72933
asaṃdhyā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 45847/72933
asaṃbudhya indeclinable
Frequency rank 45861/72933
asaṃbodhya adjective
Frequency rank 45863/72933
asaṃśodhya adjective
Frequency rank 45904/72933
asādhya adjective incurable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
irremediable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not proper or able to be accomplished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not susceptible of proof (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not to be effected or completed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not to be overpowered or mastered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1931/72933
asādhyaka adjective incurable
Frequency rank 45928/72933
asādhyatā noun (feminine) incurableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the state of one not to be mastered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16526/72933
asādhyatama adjective totally incurable
Frequency rank 26849/72933
asādhyatva noun (neuter) incurableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45929/72933
asāṃnidhya noun (neuter) absence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20821/72933
aspardhya adjective with whom one should not rival
Frequency rank 46037/72933
ātmavadhyā noun (feminine) suicide (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46332/72933
ādīdhyaka adjective meditating
Frequency rank 46379/72933
ādīdhyana noun (neuter) meditation
Frequency rank 46380/72933
ādhyā verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to meditate on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to wish or pray for anything for another (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23362/72933
ādhyātmika adjective proceeding from bodily and mental causes within one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to self or to the soul (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to the supreme spirit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
spiritual (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5479/72933
ādhyāna noun (neuter) meditating upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pensive or sorrowful recollection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reflecting on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
remembering with regret (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23363/72933
āndhya noun (neuter) blindness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
darkness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7790/72933
āhūtādhyāyin adjective one who studies only after having been called (by the teacher) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33236/72933
īśānādhyuṣita noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 47015/72933
uddhya noun (masculine) a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47354/72933
upādhyayana noun (neuter) recitation (of the Veda) (?)
Frequency rank 47727/72933
upādhyāya noun (masculine) a teacher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
preceptor (who subsists by teaching a part of the Veda or Vedāṅgas) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4717/72933
aikadhya noun (neuter) singleness of time or occurrence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11567/72933
aikadhyatas indeclinable
Frequency rank 48106/72933
aikadhyam indeclinable simultaneously
Frequency rank 12877/72933
kaṇṭakavedhya adjective very fine
Frequency rank 27352/72933
kaṇṭavedhya adjective very thin
Frequency rank 19112/72933
kalpanādhyāya noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 48889/72933
kākavandhyā noun (feminine) a woman that bears only one child (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27457/72933
kālādhyakṣa noun (masculine) name of Śiva the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49322/72933
kiṣkindhyā noun (feminine) the mountain Kiṣkindha
Frequency rank 49459/72933
kudhya noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 49656/72933
gaṇādhyakṣā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 51002/72933
gaṇādhyakṣa noun (masculine) Gaṇeśa
Frequency rank 12929/72933
gṛdhyā noun (feminine) desire for (in comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
greediness after (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 51461/72933
cāturvidhya noun (neuter) the being fourfold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19314/72933
tejodhyāna noun (neuter) a kind of dhyāna
Frequency rank 17960/72933
trisandhyakusumā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 54015/72933
trisaṃdhyā noun (feminine) -kusumā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Devī at Godāśrama the 3 divisions of the day (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 16836/72933
trisaṃdhya noun (feminine neuter) the 3 divisions of the day (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9184/72933
trisaugandhya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 54024/72933
traividhya noun (neuter) triplicity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10099/72933
dadhyanna noun (neuter) rice prepared with dadhi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28305/72933
dadhyamla noun (masculine neuter) mastu a kind of sour yūṣa prepared with dadhi sour milk
Frequency rank 28306/72933
dadhyādi noun (masculine) name of a pharmacological varga
Frequency rank 54194/72933
dadhyuttara noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 21424/72933
dadhyuttaraka noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 54195/72933
dadhyoda noun (masculine) one of the oceans surrounding the earth
Frequency rank 54196/72933
dadhyodana noun (masculine neuter) boiled rice mixed with dadhi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24178/72933
duradhyeya adjective difficult to be studied or learnt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54606/72933
durārādhya adjective difficult to be propitiated or won or overcome (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28384/72933
durvedhya adjective difficult to pierce
Frequency rank 54765/72933
duḥśodhya adjective
Frequency rank 54837/72933
duḥsādhya adjective difficult to be conquered (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
difficult to be cured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
difficult to be managed or dealt with (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
difficult to be performed or accomplished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9616/72933
daurgandhya noun (neuter) übler Geruch
Frequency rank 5264/72933
dvaidhya noun (neuter) discrepancy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
diversity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
duplicity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
falsehood (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
variance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35952/72933
dvaividhya noun (neuter) duplicity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
twofold state or nature or character (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
variance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10115/72933
dhanādhyakṣā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 55295/72933
dhanādhyakṣa noun (masculine) name of Kubera (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
treasurer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10383/72933
nakulāndhya noun (neuter) nakulāndhata, a kind of eye disease
Frequency rank 55591/72933
naktāndhya noun (neuter) Nachtblindheit
Frequency rank 24328/72933
nākulāndhya noun (neuter) a kind of disease of the eye
Frequency rank 55791/72933
nityānadhyāya noun (masculine) invariable suspension of repetition of the Vedas (as on the day of full moon etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 55996/72933
nidhyā verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to meditate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to observe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to perceive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to remember (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to think of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28647/72933
niradhyakṣa adjective without an inspector
Frequency rank 56078/72933
nirdhyā verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to reflect upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to think of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36320/72933
nirdhyeya adjective
Frequency rank 56232/72933
nirmadhyā noun (feminine) a particular fragrant substance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56265/72933
nirmedhyā noun (feminine) a kind of perfume
Frequency rank 56283/72933
nirvindhyā noun (feminine) name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28714/72933
niḥsvādhyāyavaṣaṭkāra adjective neither studying the Vedas nor offering burnt sacrifices (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28766/72933
naiṣadhya adjective belonging or peculiar to the Nishadhas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56787/72933
parārdhya adjective being on the more remote or opposite side or half (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
best (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
highest in rank or quality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
more excellent than (abl.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
most distant in number (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
most excellent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of the highest possible number (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8467/72933
pāñcavidhya noun (neuter) eine Menge aus 5 Bestandteilen name of a Sūtra treating of the 5 Vidhis of a Sāman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57649/72933
pipīlikāmadhya adjective name of a kind of fast (beginning on the day of full moon with 15 mouthfuls) [a subtype of cāndrāyaṇa] (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36915/72933
prajādhyakṣa noun (masculine) name of Brahmā name of Kardama and Dakṣa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva
Frequency rank 21795/72933
praṇidhyā verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to attend to (acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 58700/72933
prativindhya noun (masculine) name of a king who ruled over a particular part of the Vindhya mountains (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Yudhiṣṭhira (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of his descendants (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9416/72933
pradhyā verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to consider (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to devise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to excogitate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to hit upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to meditate upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to reflect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to think of (acc. with or without prati) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10431/72933
pradhyāna noun (neuter) deep thought (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
meditating upon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reflection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
subtle speculation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thinking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29209/72933
prādhyayana noun (neuter) commencement of recitation or study (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59654/72933
pūrvasaṃdhyā noun (feminine) dawn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
day-break (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59819/72933
phalādhyakṣa noun (masculine) Mimusops Kauki (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 59896/72933
balādhyakṣa noun (masculine) a general (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
minister of war (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the superintendent or commander of an army (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11736/72933
bahiḥsaṃdhya adjective one who performs his prayers outside (the village) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60087/72933
dhyatva noun (neuter) annulment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
suspension (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the state of being set aside (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60174/72933
bījādhyakṣa noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37672/72933
budhya adjective
Frequency rank 60323/72933
bodhya noun (masculine) name of a ṣi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29417/72933
bodhyaṅga noun (neuter) a requisite for attaining perfect knowledge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60391/72933
brahmadhyāna noun (neuter) [rel.] name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 60418/72933
brahmamūrtidhyānanirūpaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.44
Frequency rank 60435/72933
bhujamadhya noun (neuter) the breast (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the elbow
Frequency rank 60810/72933
bhrūmadhya noun (neuter) the interval between the eyebrows (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37930/72933
madadhyā noun (feminine) name of a plant
Frequency rank 61267/72933
madhya adjective central (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impartial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intermediate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lowest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle i.e. being of a middle kind or size or quality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middlemost (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
neutral (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing between two (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
worst (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1464/72933
madhya noun (masculine neuter) (in alg.) the middle term or the mean of progression (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of weight a woman's waist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38018/72933
madhyā noun (feminine) (in music) a particular tone (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a girl arrived at puberty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a young woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle finger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21977/72933
madhya noun (neuter) (in music) mean time (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
abdomen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
centre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cessation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inside (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
interior (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intermediate condition between (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
interval (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
midday (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
midst (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a country between Sindh and Hindūstan proper (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pause (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
space between (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ten thousand billions (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the belly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the flank of a horse (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the meridian (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle of the sky (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 137/72933
madhyakesara noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 61397/72933
madhyakṣāmā noun (feminine) name of a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61398/72933
madhyaga adjective going or being in the middle or among (with gen. or ifc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15985/72933
madhyatas indeclinable among (gen. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
centrally (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
centrically (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
from or in the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of middle sort (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
out of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4909/72933
madhyadeśa noun (masculine) abdomen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle region (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle space (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the central or middle part of anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the inhabitants of the midland country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the meridian (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the midland country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the trunk of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
waist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9669/72933
madhyadeśa adjective belonging to or living in the midland country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of midland origin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61399/72933
madhyadeha noun (masculine) belly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle or trunk of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61400/72933
madhyanāḍī noun (feminine) name of a nāḍī
Frequency rank 38019/72933
madhyanāla noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 61401/72933
madhyabhāga noun (masculine) the middle of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle part or portion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
waist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61402/72933
madhyama adjective (in astron.) mean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being or placed in the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
central (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impartial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intermediate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle-born (neither youngest nor oldest) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middlemost (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moderate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a middle kind or size or quality (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
neutral (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to the meridian (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing between two persons or parties (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1121/72933
madhyama noun (masculine) (in gram.) the 2nd person (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
(in music) the 4th or 5th note (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a class of gods (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of antelope (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular Rāga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 18th Kalpa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva the governor of a province (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle character in plays (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middlemost of the 3 scales (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middlemost prince, whose territory lies between that of a king seeking conquest and that of his foe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the midland country (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17084/72933
madhyamā noun (feminine) (in music) a particular Mūrchanā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a central blossom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a girl arrived at puberty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
eine Form der vāc midnight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle finger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the pericarp of a lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the womb (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6809/72933
madhyama noun (neuter) (in astron.) the meridian ecliptic point (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
defectiveness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mediocrity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9036/72933
madhyamagrāma noun (masculine) (in music) the middle scale (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61403/72933
madhyamapada noun (neuter) the middle number (which is sometimes omitted and requires to be supplied in a compound consisting of two words) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61404/72933
madhyamasāhasa noun (masculine neuter) violence or outrage of the middle class (injuring buildings, throwing down walls etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 21978/72933
madhyamāṅguli noun (masculine) the middle finger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19806/72933
madhyamāmla noun (neuter) acid of middle quality, i.e. neither pungent nor very mild
Frequency rank 18296/72933
madhyamikā noun (feminine) a marriageable woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 2nd or middle Grantha of the Kāṭhaka (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61405/72933
madhyameśa noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 29551/72933
madhyameśāna noun (masculine) name of a Liṅga at Avimukteśvara
Frequency rank 61406/72933
madhyameśvara noun (masculine neuter) name of a Liṅga of Śiva in Benares (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Tīrtha at Śrīśaila
Frequency rank 17085/72933
madhyarātra noun (masculine) midnight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the middle watch of the night
Frequency rank 13685/72933
madhyarātri noun (feminine) midnight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61407/72933
madhyavartin adjective being in the middle or between or among (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
central (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29552/72933
madhyasāraloha noun (neuter) a kind of metal
Frequency rank 61408/72933
madhyastha adjective a mediator (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a witness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being between or among (gen. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being in the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being in the middle space i.e. in the air (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being of a middle condition or kind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belonging to neither or both parties (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impartial (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
indifferent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
neutral (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
standing between two persons or parties mediating (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5566/72933
madhyastha noun (masculine) name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61409/72933
madhyaṃgata adjective moved to the middle (of the sky; the sun)
Frequency rank 38020/72933
madhyaṃdina noun (masculine) Bassia Latifolia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
midday (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a disciple of Yājñavalkya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
noon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Pentapetes phoenicea Linn. the midday offering (Savana or Pavamāna) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6810/72933
madhyaṃdina noun (neuter) Midday (personified as a son of Puṣpārṇa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61410/72933
madhyāṅguli noun (feminine) the middle finger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38021/72933
madhyāhna noun (masculine) midday (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a pupil of śaṅkara (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
noon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3739/72933
madhye indeclinable (ifc.) in (ifc.) into among
Frequency rank 1024/72933
madhyebhakta noun (neuter) [medic.]
Frequency rank 38022/72933
manodhyakṣā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 61446/72933
mahārogādhyāya noun (masculine) name of Carakasaṃhitā, Sū. 20
Frequency rank 25014/72933
mahāvandhyā noun (feminine) a wholly barren woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61859/72933
dhya adjective central (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62051/72933
dhyasthya noun (neuter) intercession (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mediation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12620/72933
dhyaṃdina adjective belonging to midday (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
meridional (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18313/72933
mṛṣādhyānin noun (masculine) Ardea Nivea (a species of crane compared to a religious hypocrite) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62509/72933
medhya noun (neuter) cumin seed
Frequency rank 62582/72933
medhya noun (masculine) Acacia Catechu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a goat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
barley (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an author (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Saccharum Munja (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25095/72933
medhya adjective medhām arhati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
clean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fit for a sacrifice or oblation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
free from blemish (as a victim) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fresh (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
full of sap (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mighty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not defiling (by contact or by being eaten) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
strong (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vigorous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2692/72933
medhyā noun (feminine) a particular vein (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a she goat Cardiospermum halicacabum Linn. name of a river (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of various plants (thought to be sacrificially pure) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the gall-stone of a cow; gorocanā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
gorocanā
Frequency rank 11395/72933
medhyatama adjective most pure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
purest (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62583/72933
medhyatara adjective more pure (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
purer (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29739/72933
maugdhya noun (neuter) a feminine grace (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
beauty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
charm (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
inexperience (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
innocence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
simplicity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62664/72933
yavamadhya noun (masculine) a kind of drum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular Pañca-rātra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] a kind of cāndrāyaṇa fast
Frequency rank 38517/72933
yavamadhyama noun (neuter) a kind of Cāndrāyaṇa or lunar penance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 62952/72933
yugādhyakṣa noun (masculine) name of Prajāpati (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 38554/72933
raktasaṃdhyaka noun (neuter) the flower of Nymphaea Rubra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 63238/72933
rasādhyāya noun (masculine) name of a medical wk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29886/72933
rudrādhyāya noun (masculine) name of particular prayers addressed to Rudra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12192/72933
liṅgādhyakṣa noun (masculine) name of Śiva
Frequency rank 38913/72933
vadhya noun (masculine) a criminal an enemy (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19984/72933
vadhyā noun (feminine) killing (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
murder (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11067/72933
vadhyatā noun (feminine) fitness to be killed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the state of being sentenced to death (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19985/72933
vadhyabhūmi noun (feminine) a place of public execution (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64539/72933
vandhya adjective barren (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
defective (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
deprived or destitute of (instr. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fruitless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unfruitful (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unproductive (said of women, female animals and plants) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
useless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7228/72933
vandhyā noun (feminine) a barren cow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a barren or childless woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular fragrant substance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3691/72933
vandhyakarkoṭī noun (feminine) Momordica Mixta
Frequency rank 25285/72933
vandhyakarkoṭakā noun (feminine) Momordica dioica Roxb.
Frequency rank 30049/72933
vandhyākarkoṭī noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 25286/72933
vandhyākarkoṭakī noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 10488/72933
vandhyākarkoṭikā noun (feminine) a kind of plant (cmp. vandhyākarkoṭakī)
Frequency rank 30050/72933
vandhyātva noun (neuter) the barrenness of a woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64624/72933
vandhyāduhitṛ noun (feminine) a mere chimera or anything merely imaginary (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the daughter of a barren woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 64625/72933
vandhyāputrapradā noun (feminine) vandhyakarkoṭakī
Frequency rank 64626/72933
vandhyāprasūyata noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 64627/72933
vandhyāvant adjective
Frequency rank 64628/72933
vamanavirecanasādhyopadravacikitsita noun (neuter) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Cik. 33
Frequency rank 64649/72933
vidradhyarāti noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 65639/72933
vindhya noun (masculine) a hunter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a low range of hills connecting the Northern extremities of the Western and Eastern Ghauts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a prince (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2811/72933
vindhyaka noun (masculine) Vindhya name of a dynasty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65771/72933
vindhyakandara noun (neuter) name of a place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39381/72933
vindhyakandaravāsinī noun (feminine) name of an attendant of Devī (K.R. von Kooji (1972), 50)
Frequency rank 65772/72933
vindhyajāta noun (masculine) Terminalia Bellerica
Frequency rank 39382/72933
vindhyanilayā noun (feminine) a form of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65773/72933
vindhyanivāsinī noun (feminine) name of Devī in the Vindhyas
Frequency rank 65774/72933
vindhyapuṣika noun (masculine) name of a people
Frequency rank 65775/72933
vindhyavant noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65776/72933
vindhyavāsinī noun (feminine) a form of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39383/72933
vindhyādhivāsinī noun (feminine) a form of Durgā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65777/72933
vindhyāśva noun (masculine) name of a son of Indrasena [<- Indrasena <- Brahmiṣṭha <- Mudgala]
Frequency rank 39384/72933
viyanmadhyahaṃsa noun (masculine) the sun (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65965/72933
vivindhya noun (masculine) name of a Dānava (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25440/72933
viṣṇudhyāna noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.92
Frequency rank 39576/72933
vṛddhyupadaṃśaślīpadacikitsita noun (neuter) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Cik. 19
Frequency rank 66470/72933
vedhya noun (neuter) a mark for shooting at (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
butt (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
target (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[medic.] puncturing (G.J. Meulenbeld (0), 204)
Frequency rank 13786/72933
vaigandhya noun (neuter) bad smell
Frequency rank 30359/72933
vaidagdhya noun (neuter) acuteness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cunning in (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dexterity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39716/72933
vaindhya adjective belonging to the Vindhya range (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 39725/72933
vaividhya noun (neuter) diversity manifoldness
Frequency rank 66744/72933
vaiśodhya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 39738/72933
śabdavedhya noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 39910/72933
śabdavedhya adjective to be shot at without being seen (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67212/72933
śāntikādhyāya noun (masculine) name of work (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 67443/72933
śūnyamadhya noun (masculine) a hollow reed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68108/72933
samadhyas verb (class 2 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 68900/72933
samadhyās verb (class 2 ātmanepada) to inhabit to occupy to sit upon together
Frequency rank 40392/72933
samanudhyā verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to reflect upon
Frequency rank 68908/72933
samapadhyā verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to injure to think bad of
Frequency rank 68926/72933
samabhidhyā verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to direct all the thoughts upon to long for (acc.) to meditate on to reflect deeply on
Frequency rank 30732/72933
samayādhyuṣita adjective half-risen (as the sun) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 68960/72933
samādhyā verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to be lost in thought to meditate deeply upon to reflect upon
Frequency rank 69026/72933
sahādhyayana noun (neuter) companionship in study (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
studying together (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40592/72933
sahādhyāyin noun (masculine) a fellow-student (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
condisciple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who studies the same science (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22570/72933
saṃdhyā noun (feminine) meditation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reflection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thinking about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25788/72933
saṃdhyā noun (feminine) holding together (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
junction (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
juncture (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
juncture of day and night (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
juncture of the three divisions of the day (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
morning or evening twilight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a cave at Prayāg name of a river Twilight (esp. evening twilight) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the religious acts performed by Brāhmans and twice-born men at the above three divisions of the day (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
union (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1110/72933
saṃdhyakṣara noun (neuter) a compound vowel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
diphthong (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40662/72933
saṃdhyā verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to reflect or meditate on to think about
Frequency rank 40663/72933
saṃdhyāpuṣpī noun (feminine) Jasminum Grandiflorum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nutmeg (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69901/72933
saṃdhyābali noun (masculine) a bull (or its image) in a temple of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the evening or twilight oblation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69902/72933
saṃdhyābhra noun (neuter) red ochre
Frequency rank 40664/72933
saṃdhyārāga noun (neuter) red lead (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sindūra
Frequency rank 69903/72933
saṃdhyāvidhi noun (masculine) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.36
Frequency rank 69904/72933
saṃdhyāṃśa noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 9508/72933
saṃdhyāṃśaka noun (masculine) the period at the end of each Yuga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13236/72933
saṃpradhyā verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 69988/72933
dhya noun (neuter) (in logic) the major term in a syllogism (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
accomplishment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an object to be accomplished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
matter in debate (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Sāman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perfection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
silver (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thing to be proved or established (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5796/72933
dhya noun (masculine) name of a class of celestial beings (belonging to the gaṇadevatā) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Vedic Ṛṣi (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 21st astronomical Yoga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the god of love (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2999/72933
dhya adjective amenable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
attainable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
being effected or brought about (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conquerable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
feasible (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
practicable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to the Sādhyas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
taking place (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be accomplished or fulfilled or brought about or effected or attained (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be cultivated or perfected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be formed (grammatically) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be found out by calculation (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be inferred or concluded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be killed or destroyed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be prepared or cooked (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be proved or demonstrated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be set to rights (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be subdued or mastered or won or managed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be summoned or conjured up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be treated or healed or cured (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12276/72933
dhyā noun (feminine) name of a daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Dharma or Manu (regarded as the mother of the Sādhyas) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12729/72933
dhyakṣa adjective with an inspector
Frequency rank 70288/72933
dhyatā noun (feminine) conquerableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
curableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
feasibility (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
practicableness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22625/72933
dhyatama adjective
Frequency rank 18617/72933
dhyatara adjective
Frequency rank 70289/72933
dhyayantra noun (neuter) a kind of alchemical apparatus
Frequency rank 70290/72933
dhyavant adjective comprehending the point to be proved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
containing the major term (in logic) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40777/72933
dhyasama noun (masculine) an assertion identical with the point to be proved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
petitio principii (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20290/72933
dhyasādhana noun (neuter) effecting what has to be done (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the means of establishing what is to be proved (e.g. a Hetu or reason) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70291/72933
dhyasiddhi noun (feminine) accomplishment fulfilment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
accomplishment of what has to be done (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proof (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the establishing of what has to be proved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the success of an undertaking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70292/72933
sāyaṃsaṃdhyā noun (feminine) the evening twilight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70367/72933
sāṃdhya adjective relating to the evening twilight (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
relating to the morning twilight or dawn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vespertine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22638/72933
sāṃdhyakusumā noun (feminine) Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70468/72933
sāṃnidhya noun (neuter) attendance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
nearness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
presence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the being near (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vicinity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4207/72933
sāṃsiddhya noun (neuter) perfection (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the state of having attained the highest object (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70479/72933
siddhasādhya adjective accomplished (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
effected (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
proved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
who or what has effected what was to be done (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70566/72933
sidhya noun (masculine) name of the asterism Puṣya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40883/72933
sidhyati noun (masculine) [gramm.] the root sidh
Frequency rank 70589/72933
sumadhya adjective containing good stuffing (as meat) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
good in the middle (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having a beautiful waist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
slender-waisted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25900/72933
sumadhyamā noun (feminine) a graceful woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5409/72933
surādhyakṣa noun (masculine) name of Brahmā (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Kṛṣṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Śiva (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25906/72933
saugandhya noun (neuter) fragrance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perfume (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sweetness of odour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11858/72933
sūkṣmadhyāna noun (neuter) a kind of dhyāna
Frequency rank 31143/72933
stryadhyakṣa noun (masculine) chamberlain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the superintendent of a king's wives (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71731/72933
sthūladhyāna noun (neuter) a kind of dhyāna
Frequency rank 25966/72933
sthūlamadhya noun (masculine) barley
Frequency rank 71822/72933
snehādhyāya noun (masculine) name of Carakasaṃhitā, Sū. 13
Frequency rank 41235/72933
snaigdhya noun (neuter) affectionateness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fondness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
oiliness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
smoothness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tenderness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unctuousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31169/72933
spardhya adjective desirable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be competed for (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
valuable (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22714/72933
svādhyāyin adjective repeating or reciting the Veda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26004/72933
svādhyāya noun (masculine) a day on which sacred recitation is resumed after its suspension (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a work (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
recitation or perusal of any sacred texts (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reciting or repeating or rehearsing to one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
repeating the Veda aloud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
repetition or recitation of the Veda in a low voice to one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Veda (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2032/72933
svādhyāyana noun (masculine) his family (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 72251/72933
svādhyāyavant adjective
Frequency rank 12744/72933
svedādhyāya noun (masculine) name of Carakasaṃhitā, Sū. 14
Frequency rank 31233/72933
haridhyāna noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.91
Frequency rank 72376/72933
haridhyānasūryārcanayornirūpaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.16
Frequency rank 72377/72933
hṛnmadhya noun (neuter) the aesophagus
Frequency rank 72667/72933
 

adhyaśana

eating too soon after a meal; eating before the digestion of earlier meal.

ādhyātma

supreme self.

adhyavasāya

ascertainment; mental effort.

amlādhyuśita

an eye disease; hazy vision

asādhya

incurable; intractable.

chedi

a geographical region in ancient India corresponding to Bundelkhand region in Madhya Pradesh.

dhyāmaka

Plant rusa grass, Andropogon schoenanthus, syn. Cymbopogon martini.

dhyāna

meditation; mindfulness; attention.

dhyeya

to be pondered or imagined; to be meditated on.

divāndhya

day blindness.

janmavandhya

sterile women who can never concieve.

kadalīvandhya

sterility in women after one successful conception and delivery.

kākavandhya

sterility in women after two conceptions and deliveries, i.e. women with only two children.

kṛcchrasādhya

disease curable with great difficulty.

madhyamapancamūla

(madhyama.panca.mūla) country mallow balā, hogweed punrṇava, castor eranḍa, Uraria picta and Desmodium gangeticum śūrṇaparṇidvayam.

medhya

1. good for the intelligence, brain tonic; 2. Plant blue flag, Iris versicolor, I. nepalensis.

mṛtavandhya

sterile women whose new born children die after delivery.

nakulāndhya

ability to see during the day only, an eye disease.

pañcapañcamūla

(panca.panca.mūla) the roots mentioned in bṛhatpañcamūla, madhyamapañcamūla, jīvanīyapañcamūla, tṛṇapañcamūla together with the roots of svādamṣṭa, śaireya and karamardika.

patanjali

compiler of Yogasūtras (–2nd Century ), author of Mahābhāṣya commentary (on Kātyāyana vārtīka) and on Pāṇiṇi’s Aṣṭādhyāyi.

rohiṣa

Go to dhyāmaka

dhya

curable (disease).

sandhya

twilight.

sandhyārāga

Plant four o’ clock flower, Mirbalis jalapa.

sarayu

river near Ayodhya; lower part of Ghaghara river that flows from Himalayas.

vandhya

sterile women.

vedhya

puncturing.

vindhya

mountain ranges of central India.

vyādhyanuvartininidra

(vyādhi.anuvartini.nidra) sleep caused by illhealth and disease at any time of the day.

Wordnet Search
"dhy" has 304 results.

dhy

sandhiḥ, madhyasthāvalaṃbananiyamaḥ   

samayaṃ kṛtvā parasparaṃ svābhiyogāt kiñcidapāsanam।

kaśmīraviṣaye bhāratasya pākistānasya ca sandhiḥ āvaśyakaḥ। / śatrūṇāṃ na hi saṃdadhyātsuśliṣṭenāpi sandhinā।

dhy

cintanam, cintā, vicāraṇam, vicāraṇā, vicāraḥ, dhyānam, abhidhyānam, ādhyānam, bhāvanā, mananam, manovyāpāraḥ, antaḥkaraṇavyāpāraḥ, cittavyāpāraḥ, cittaceṣṭā, manaceṣṭā, antaḥkaraṇaceṣṭā   

vicāraṇasya kriyā।

cintanād paścāt asya praśnasya samādhānam prāptam।

dhy

pūjanīya, upāsanīya, upāsya, arcanīya, arcya, pūjya, vandanīya, vandya, ārādhya, ārādhanīya, stutya, pūjārha, vareṇya, arhya, ārya   

pūjārthe yogyaḥ।

gautamaḥ buddhaḥ pūjanīyaḥ asti।

dhy

madhyamakoṣṭakam, madhyamakoṣṭakaḥ   

tat koṣṭakaṃ yat vartulākārakoṣṭakāt bahiḥ sthāpyate।

koṣṭakasya praśne madhyamakoṣṭakaṃ niṣkāsya vartulākārakoṣṭakaṃ niṣkāsyate।

dhy

madhyakālaḥ, kālāntaram, abhyantarakālaḥ, avakāśaḥ, avadhiḥ   

krīḍādiṣu bhāgadvayāntargataḥ virāmakālaḥ।

krīḍāyāḥ madhyakāle ahaṃ kaṣāyapānārtham agaccham।

dhy

khriścanadharmādhyāpakaḥ   

khriścanadharmasya purohitaḥ।

pāścātyasamāje khriścanadharmādhyāpakasya sthānam atīva mahatvapūrṇam।

dhy

kaphoṇiḥ, kaphaṇiḥ, bhujāmadhyaḥ   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, hastamadhyagataḥ avayavaḥ yena maṇibandha-bāhu-paryantaḥ hastaḥ anāyāsena parivartate।

vāhanabhraṃśena tasya kaphoṇiḥ āhataḥ।

dhy

madhyarātraḥ, ardharātraḥ, ardhaniśā, mahārātraḥ, mahāniśā, niśīthaḥ, sarvvāvasaraḥ, niḥsampātaḥ   

rātreḥ madhyam।

saḥ madhyarātre bhramati।

dhy

śūnyamadhya, śūnyagarbha, śūnyodara, suṣira, riktamadhya, riktagarbha, uttāna, vitāna, puṭākāra, garbhākāra, udarākṛti   

yasya madhyaḥ riktaḥ।

etad vādyaṃ śūnyamadhyam asti।

dhy

kendra binduḥ, kendram, madhya-binduḥ, nābhiḥ, madhyam, madhyaḥ, madhyasthānam, madhyasthalam, garbhaḥ, udaram, abhyantaram, hṛdayam   

kasyāpi vṛttasya paridheḥ paṅkteḥ vā yāthārthena madhye vartamāno binduḥ।

asya vṛttasya kendrabinduṃ chindantīṃ rekhāṃ likhatu।

dhy

vedhya, vedhanīya, vyadhya, bhedya, ṅedanīya, praveśanīya, praveśya, praveṣṭavya, vedhanārha, bhedārha, bhedayogya   

yasya bhedanaṃ śakyam।

eṣaḥ durgaḥ vedhyaḥ asti।

dhy

jñeya, jñānagamya, bodhagamya, bodhya, jñātavya, abhimantavya, grāhya   

yaḥ jñātuṃ yogyaḥ।

īśvaraḥ sajjanānāṃ kṛte jñeyaḥ asti।

dhy

adhivāsita, adhyuṣita, vāsita, adhyāsita   

yatra janāḥ vasanti।

bhūkampanāt naikāḥ adhivāsitāḥ grāmāḥ naṣṭāḥ।

dhy

aśuddha, aśuci, apavitra, amedhya, apūta, aśuddhi, aśaucin, anirmala, samala, malavān, malina, apuṇya, apavana   

yad śuddhaṃ nāsti।

etad ghṛtam aśuddham asti।

dhy

sugama, anāyāsa, nirāyāsa, sukara, susādhya   

yat sukhena kartuṃ śakyate।

īśvarasya prāptyaye bhakti iti sugamo mārgaḥ।

dhy

dharmādhyakṣaḥ, dharmādhikārī, nyāyādhīśaḥ, nyāyādhipatiḥ, vicārakartā, vicārakaḥ, daṇḍanāyakaḥ, vyavahartā, akṣadarśakaḥ, ākṣapācikaḥ, stheyaḥ, ādhikaraṇikaḥ, nirṇetā, nirṇayakāraḥ   

dharmādhikaraṇam āśrayavicāryasthānatvenāstyasyeti।

yaḥ sarvaśāstraviśāradaḥ tathā ca samaḥ śatrau mitre ca saḥ kuśalaḥ dharmādhyakṣaḥ bhavati।

dhy

ācāryā, śikṣikā, adhyāpikā   

sā mahilā yā pāṭhayati।

mātā asmākaṃ prathamā ācāryā।

dhy

adhyāyaḥ, paricchedaḥ, adhyayaḥ, sargaḥ, parvaḥ, vicchedaḥ, skandhaḥ, prakaraṇam, prastāvaḥ, aṅkaḥ, vargaḥ, śākhā, ullāsaḥ, ucchvāsaḥ, āśvāsaḥ, udyataḥ   

ekaviṣayapratipādanadṛṣṭyā granthasthitaprakaraṇasya avayavaḥ।

asmin adhyāye prabhurāmacandrasya janmanaḥ adbhutaṃ varṇanam asti।

dhy

vidyālayaḥ, śālā, pāṭhaśālā, vidyālayam, vidyāveśma, vidyāgṛham, vidyābhyāsagṛham, vidyābhyāsaśālā, śikṣāgṛham, śikṣālayam, śikṣālayaḥ, adhyayanaśālā, adhyayanagṛham, maṭhaḥ, āśramaḥ, avasathaḥ, avasathyaḥ   

vidyāyāḥ ālayaḥ।

asmākaṃ vidyālaye ekādaśa prakoṣṭhāḥ santi/prātaḥ sarve chātrāḥ vidyālayaṃ gacchanti।

dhy

upādhyakṣaḥ   

yaḥ kasyāpi saṃsthāyāḥ adhyakṣasya sahāyyakarūpeṇa kāryaṃ karoti।

adhyakṣasya anupasthityām upādhyakṣaḥ kāryarataḥ asti।

dhy

pradhānācāryā, pradhānādhyāpikā   

vidyālayasya pramukhā ācāryā।

śrīmatī śarmā mahodayā asya vidyālayasya pradhānācāryā asti।

dhy

prācāryaḥ, mukhyādhyāpakaḥ, pradhānādhyāpakaḥ   

yaḥ adhyāpakeṣu mukhyaḥ adhyāpakaḥ।

vidyālaye gaṇatantradine prācāryeṇa dhvajārohaṇaṃ kṛtam।

dhy

adhyāpikā, śikṣikā, ācāryā   

mahilā adhyāpakaḥ yā vidyālaye pāṭhayati।

asmin vidyālaye dvau adhyāpike pāṭhayataḥ।

dhy

vikīrṇacetas, dhyānahīna, atallīna   

yasmin dhyānasya abhāvaḥ asti।

vikīrṇacetāḥ bālakāḥ paṭhane durbalāḥ santi।

dhy

vapanam, vāpaḥ, sasyāvāpaḥ, āvāpaḥ, adhyāvāpaḥ, bījoptiḥ, uptiḥ   

bījāropaṇasya kriyā।

adhunā kṛṣakaḥ godhūmasya vapanam karoti ।

dhy

pavitra, medhya, pūta, pāvana, pavana, śuci, śaucopeta   

dharmeṇa śuddhaḥ।

kāśī iti pavitraṃ sthānam asti।

dhy

aṅgīkṛ, svīkṛ, saṃdhyā   

asvaṃ vastu vicāraṃ vā svaṃ karaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ahaṃ hindudharmam aṅgīkaromi।

dhy

agniḥ, pāvakaḥ, pāvanaḥ, tejaḥ, vahniḥ, jvalanaḥ, analaḥ, kṛśānuḥ, vāyusakhā, vāyusakhaḥ, dahanaḥ, śikhī, śikhāvān, kṛṣṇavartmā, araṇiḥ, ghāsiḥ, dāvaḥ, pacanaḥ, pācanaḥ, pācakaḥ, juhuvān, vāśiḥ, arciṣmān, prabhākaraḥ, chidiraḥ, śundhyuḥ, jaganuḥ, jāgṛviḥ, apāmpitaḥ, jalapittaḥ, apittam, himārātiḥ, phutkaraḥ, śukraḥ, āśaraḥ, samidhaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, jvālājihvā, kapilaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonud, śuciḥ, śukraḥ, damunaḥ, damīnaḥ, agiraḥ, hariḥ, kaviḥ   

tejaḥpadārthaviśeṣaḥ।

parvate dṛśyamānaḥ dhūmaḥ agneḥ sūcakaḥ।

dhy

śivaḥ, śambhuḥ, īśaḥ, paśupatiḥ, pinākapāṇiḥ, śūlī, maheśvaraḥ, īśvaraḥ, sarvaḥ, īśānaḥ, śaṅkaraḥ, candraśekharaḥ, phaṇadharadharaḥ, kailāsaniketanaḥ, himādritanayāpatiḥ, bhūteśaḥ, khaṇḍaparaśuḥ, girīśaḥ, giriśaḥ, mṛḍaḥ, mṛtyañjayaḥ, kṛttivāsāḥ, pinākī, prathamādhipaḥ, ugraḥ, kapardī, śrīkaṇṭhaḥ, śitikaṇṭhaḥ, kapālabhṛt, vāmadevaḥ, mahādevaḥ, virūpākṣaḥ, trilocanaḥ, kṛśānuretāḥ, sarvajñaḥ, dhūrjaṭiḥ, nīlalohitaḥ, haraḥ, smaraharaḥ, bhargaḥ, tryambakaḥ, tripurāntakaḥ, gaṅgādharaḥ, andhakaripuḥ, kratudhvaṃsī, vṛṣadhvajaḥ, vyomakeśaḥ, bhavaḥ, bhaumaḥ, sthāṇuḥ, rudraḥ, umāpatiḥ, vṛṣaparvā, rerihāṇaḥ, bhagālī, pāśucandanaḥ, digambaraḥ, aṭṭahāsaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, purahiṭ, vṛṣākapiḥ, mahākālaḥ, varākaḥ, nandivardhanaḥ, hīraḥ, vīraḥ, kharuḥ, bhūriḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, bhairavaḥ, dhruvaḥ, śivipiṣṭaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, devadevaḥ, mahānaṭaḥ, tīvraḥ, khaṇḍaparśuḥ, pañcānanaḥ, kaṇṭhekālaḥ, bharuḥ, bhīruḥ, bhīṣaṇaḥ, kaṅkālamālī, jaṭādharaḥ, vyomadevaḥ, siddhadevaḥ, dharaṇīśvaraḥ, viśveśaḥ, jayantaḥ, hararūpaḥ, sandhyānāṭī, suprasādaḥ, candrāpīḍaḥ, śūladharaḥ, vṛṣāṅgaḥ, vṛṣabhadhvajaḥ, bhūtanāthaḥ, śipiviṣṭaḥ, vareśvaraḥ, viśveśvaraḥ, viśvanāthaḥ, kāśīnāthaḥ, kuleśvaraḥ, asthimālī, viśālākṣaḥ, hiṇḍī, priyatamaḥ, viṣamākṣaḥ, bhadraḥ, ūrddharetā, yamāntakaḥ, nandīśvaraḥ, aṣṭamūrtiḥ, arghīśaḥ, khecaraḥ, bhṛṅgīśaḥ, ardhanārīśaḥ, rasanāyakaḥ, uḥ, hariḥ, abhīruḥ, amṛtaḥ, aśaniḥ, ānandabhairavaḥ, kaliḥ, pṛṣadaśvaḥ, kālaḥ, kālañjaraḥ, kuśalaḥ, kolaḥ, kauśikaḥ, kṣāntaḥ, gaṇeśaḥ, gopālaḥ, ghoṣaḥ, caṇḍaḥ, jagadīśaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, jaṭilaḥ, jayantaḥ, raktaḥ, vāraḥ, vilohitaḥ, sudarśanaḥ, vṛṣāṇakaḥ, śarvaḥ, satīrthaḥ, subrahmaṇyaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ- hindūdharmānusāraṃ sṛṣṭeḥ vināśikā devatā।

śivasya arcanā liṅgarūpeṇa pracalitā asti।

dhy

madhyabhāga, madhyavartin, madhya   

kasyāpi sthānādinām kendrasthānam।

adhunā bhāratadeśasya madhyabhāge atīva vṛṣṭiḥ bhavati।

dhy

abhyantare, antaḥ, antarā, madhye   

kasya api nirdhāritasya samayasya athavā sthānasya sīmāyāḥ pūrvaṃ vā।

ahaṃ dvi-ghaṇṭāyāḥ abhyantare eva āgacchāmi।

dhy

paṭhanīya, supāṭhya, pāṭhya, paṭhya, adhyayanīya, adhyetavya, adhyeya   

paṭhanārthe yogyam।

mānasa iti ekaḥ paṭhanīyaḥ granthaḥ।

dhy

uttama, utkṛṣṭa, śreṣṭha, pradhāna, pramukha, praveka, mukhya, varyaḥ, vareṇya, pravarha, anavarārdhya, parārdhya, agra, pragrabara, prāgrā, agrā, agrīya, agriya, anuttama   

atyantam śreyān।

rāmacaritamānasa iti gosvāmī tulasīdāsasya ekā uttamā kṛtiḥ।

dhy

ajaḥ, vastaḥ, chagalakaḥ, stubhaḥ, chagaḥ, chagalaḥ, chāgalaḥ, tabhaḥ, stabhaḥ, śubhaḥ, laghukāmaḥ, krayasadaḥ, varkaraḥ, parṇabhojanaḥ, lambakarṇaḥ, menādaḥ, vukkaḥ, alpāyuḥ, śivāpriyaḥ, avukaḥ, medhyaḥ, paśuḥ, payasvalaḥ   

paśuviśeṣaḥ, yaḥ apraśastaḥ, kharatulyanādaḥ, pradīptapucchaḥ kunakhaḥ vivarṇaḥ nikṛttakarṇaḥ dvipamastakaśca।

ajaḥ parvataṃ gacchati।

dhy

ajā, chāgī, payasvinī, bhīruḥ, medhyā, galestanī, chāgikā, majjā, sarvabhakṣyā, galastanī, culumpā, sajjā, mukhaviluṇṭhikā   

paśuviśeṣaḥ, yā apraśastā kharatulyanādā pradīptapucchā kunakhā vivarṇā nikṛttakarṇā dvipamastakā tathā ca yasyāḥ dugdhaṃ pānārthaṃm upayujyate ।

ajāyāḥ dugdhaṃ śītalaṃ madhuraṃ ca।

dhy

durbodhya   

bodhduṃ kaṭhinam।

eṣā durbodhyā ghaṭanā asya samādhānam api kaṭhinam।

dhy

adhyāyaḥ, pāṭhaḥ, paricchedaḥ, sargaḥ, vargaḥ, udghātaḥ, aṅkaḥ, saṃgrahaḥ, ucchvāsaḥ, parivartaḥ, paṭalaḥ, parvaḥ, āhnikam, prakaraṇam   

granthasandhiḥ।

upādhyāyena pravacane gītāyāḥ pañcamasya adhyāyasya vivaraṇaṃ kṛtam।

dhy

adhyakṣaḥ, adhiṣṭhātā   

yaḥ sabhāyāḥ saṃsthāyāḥ vā pramukhaḥ।

sarvasammatipūrvakaḥ paṃḍita rāmānujaḥ asyāḥ saṃsthāyāḥ adhyakṣaḥ abhavat।

dhy

madhyavayaska   

yena yauvanaḥ atikrāntaḥ।

asmākaṃ prādhyāpikā madhyamavayaskā asti।

dhy

sabhāpatiḥ, sabhādhyakṣaḥ   

sabhāyāṃ pradhānam।

sabhāpateḥ svāgatabhāṣāṇād anantaraṃ sabhā ārabdhā।

dhy

tatvajñānam, adhyātmajñānam   

ātmā tathā ca brahmaṇaḥ vivecanam।

tatvajñānam ātmāparamātmanoḥ bhedaṃ spaṣṭayati।

dhy

adhyādeśaḥ   

kasyāpi kāryavyavasthādisambandhī śāsanena dattaḥ ādhikārīrūpeṇa dattaḥ ādeśaḥ।

āyakaravibhāgena mārcamāsasya 31 dināṅkaṃ yāvat prārthanāpatraṃ pradānasya adhyādeśaḥ dattaḥ।

dhy

adhyāpakaḥ, śikṣakaḥ, ācāryaḥ, guruḥ   

yaḥ chātrān pāṭhayati।

adhyāpakaiḥ saha chātrāṇāṃ sambandhaḥ samyak apekṣate।

dhy

śikṣaṇam, adhyāpanam, dānam   

śikṣāpradānasya kāryam।

asmin vidyālaye julaimāsasya prathamadināt śikṣaṇam ārabhyate।

dhy

pāṭhakaḥ, adhyetā, paṭhakaḥ   

yaḥ adhyayanaṃ karoti।

kuśalaḥ pāṭhakaḥ kasyāpi viṣayasya adhyayanaṃ sūkṣmatayā karoti।

dhy

dhyānin   

yaḥ dhyānaṃ karoti।

dhyānī puruṣaḥ dhyānena yathārthaṃ jānāti।

dhy

udāsīna, apakṣapātin, taṭastha, madhyastha   

ubhayapakṣabhinnaḥ।

naike udāsīnāḥ netāraḥ santi ataḥ kendraśāsanena kasyāpi dalasya śāsanaṃ na sthapitaṃ rāṣṭrapateḥ śāsanaṃ ghoṣitam।

dhy

dhyānahīnatā   

dhyānahīnasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

yogena dhyānahīnatā dūrībhavati।

dhy

adhyayanam, paṭhanam, adhigamanam, jñānārjanam   

kasyāpi viṣayasya jñānaprāptyarthaṃ kṛtā kriyā।

saḥ saṃskṛtasya adhyayanārthe kāśīnagaraṃ gatavān।

dhy

upaviś, ās, samās, adhyās, sad, nisad   

pādayoḥ ādhāraṃ tyaktvā kaṭiprothaḥ kasmin api ādhāre vinyasya āsanātmakaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

atithimahodayaḥ pradhānakakṣe upaviśati।

dhy

sindūraḥ, nāgasambhavam, nāgareṇuḥ, raktam, sīmantakam, nāgajam, nāgagarbham, śoṇam, vīrarajaḥ, gaṇeśabhūṣaṇam, sandhyārāgam, śṛṅgārakam, saubhāgyam, arūṇam, maṅgalyam, agniśikham, piśunam, asṛk, vareṇyam   

raktavarṇacūrṇaviśeṣaḥ hindudharmīyāṇāṃ kṛte māṅgalyasūcakam ābharaṇañca, yaṃ akhrīṣṭīyāḥ tathā ca amuslimadharmīyāḥ bhāratīyāḥ striyaḥ pratidinaṃ sīmantake bhālapradeśe vā dhārayanti, khrīṣṭīyān tathā ca muslimadharmīyān vinā itare sarve bhāratīyāḥ puruṣāḥ bālakāḥ ca pūjāvidhau māṅgalyārthaṃ bhālapradeśe bindumātraṃ dhārayanti, tathā ca pūjādiṣu devadevatān samarpayanti।

kāścit striyaḥ sindurasya dhāraṇāt pateḥ āyurvṛddhirbhavati iti manyante।

dhy

avakāśaḥ, anadhyāyaḥ   

viśiṣṭe dine niyamena kṛtaḥ virāmaḥ।

bhāratadeśasya śāsanena bhānuvāsare avakāśaḥ ghoṣitaḥ।

dhy

asuraḥ, daityaḥ, daiteyaḥ, danujaḥ, indrāriḥ, dānavaḥ, śukraśiṣyaḥ, ditisutaḥ, pūrvadevaḥ, suradviṭ, devaripuḥ, devāriḥ, kauṇapaḥ, kravyāt, kravyādaḥ, asrapaḥ, āśaraḥ, rātriñcaraḥ, rātricaraḥ, kavvūraḥ, nikaṣātmajaḥ, yātudhānaḥ, puṇyajanaḥ, nairṛtaḥ, yātuḥ, rakṣaḥ, sandhyābalaḥ, kṣapāṭaḥ, rajanīcaraḥ, kīlāpāḥ, nṛcakṣāḥ, naktañcaraḥ, palāśī, palāśaḥ, bhūtaḥ, nīlāmbaraḥ, kalmāṣaḥ, kaṭaprūḥ, agiraḥ, kīlālapaḥ, naradhiṣmaṇaḥ, khacaraḥ   

dharmagranthaiḥ varṇitāḥ te jīvāḥ ye dharmavirodhinaḥ kāryān akarot tathā ca devānāṃ ṛṣīṇāṃ ca śatravaḥ āsan।

purākāle asūrāṇāṃ bhayena dharmakārye kāṭhīnyam abhavat।

dhy

asādhyaḥ, asādhyam, aśakyam, asādhyā, asādhanīyam, asādhanīyaḥ, asādhanīyā, sādhanāyogyam, asādhitavyam   

sādhayitum aśakyam।

idam asādhyaṃ kāryaṃ mama kṛte kṛpayā anyad dadātu। / ya idaṃ prapaṭhet nityaṃ durgānāmaśatātmakam na asādhyaṃ vidyate tasya triṣu lokeṣu pārvati।

dhy

asādhyaḥ, nirauṣadhaḥ, durdharaḥ, asādhaḥ, avāraṇīyaḥ, nirupakramaḥ, durācaraḥ, kṣetriyaḥ, kriyāpathamatikrāntaḥ, vivarjanīyaḥ   

cikitsātikrāntaḥ।

raktakṣayaḥ asādhyaḥ rogaḥ asti।

dhy

maṭhādhīśaḥ, mahantaḥ, maṭhapatiḥ, maṭhādhyakṣaḥ, maṭhādhikārī   

yaḥ maṭhasya pradhānaḥ।

haridvāranagare maṭhādhīśānāṃ sammelanam āsīt।

dhy

ādhyātmika, adhyātmika   

brahmatatvena ātmatatvena ca sambandhitaḥ।

bhagavadgītā iti ekaḥ ādhyātmikaḥ granthaḥ।

dhy

praviś, upaviś, upāviś, āviś, viviś, anvāviś, anuprapad, āgam, āyā, prayā, abhyupe, abhyavagāh, avasthā, āpad, āśri, āvas, upapad, upaprasad, upasaṃcar, upasaṃvraj, vigāh, samāruh, samāśri, same, saṃgāh, sampragāh, saṃpragāh, samprapad, vyāviś, pratipad, adhyāvas, prapad, āp, padaṃ kṛ, laṅgh   

antargamanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ paṭhitum adhyayanakakṣaṃ prāviśat।

dhy

madhyamapuruṣaḥ   

vyākaraṇe saḥ puruṣaḥ yena saha vārtālāpaḥ jāyate।

tvam yuvāṃ yūyam iti madhyamapuruṣasya nirdeśakāḥ।

dhy

sarasvatī, prajñā, bhāratī, vāgīśvarī, vāgdevī, vīṇāvādinī, śāradā, haṃsavāhinī, girā, ilā, brāhmī, irā, jñānadā, gīrdevī, īśvarī, vācā, vacasāmīśā, varṇamātṛkā, gauḥ, śrīḥ, vākyeśvarī, antyasandhyeśvarī, sāyaṃsandhyādevatā, gaurī   

vidyāyāḥ vāṇyaḥ ca adhiṣṭhātrī devatā।

sarasvatyāḥ vāhanaṃ haṃsaḥ asti।

dhy

pādāghātaḥ, padapātaḥ, caraṇapātaḥ, pādāsphālanam, pādādhyāsaḥ, caraṇaskandanam, pramathanam   

padasya āsphālanam।

kasyacit pādāghātaḥ śrūyate।

dhy

prauḍhaḥ, madhyavayaskaḥ   

vṛddhāvasthā tāruṇyaṃ ca ityanayoḥ madhyagatā avasthā;

prauḍhena dhāvataḥ coraḥ pratigrāhitaḥ।

dhy

yatnaḥ, prayatnaḥ, ceṣṭā, ceṣṭitam, viceṣṭitam, ceṣṭanam, udyamaḥ, udyogaḥ, vyavasāyaḥ, adhyavasāyaḥ, adhyavasānam, pravṛttiḥ, vyāpāraḥ, āyāsaḥ, ghaṭanam, ghaṭanā, ghaṭā, grahaḥ, guraṇam, gūraṇam, goraṇam, upakramaḥ, karmayogaḥ, prayogaḥ, vyāyāmaḥ, utsāhaḥ   

īpsitasiddhyarthaṃ kriyamāṇaṃ kāryam।

udyoginaṃ puruṣasiṃham upaiti lakṣmīr daivena deyam iti kāpuruṣā vadanti। daivaṃ nihatya kuru pauruṣam ātmaśaktyā yatne kṛte yadi na sidhyati ko'tra doṣaḥ॥

dhy

ghaniṣṭhatā, sāmīpyam, nikaṭatā, sānnidhya, samīpatā, sannidhiḥ   

ghaniṣṭhasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

tayoḥ madhye bahu ghaniṣṭhatā asti।

dhy

dyumat, dyutikar, dyutimat, dyotana, dyoti, dyotamāna, ujvala, kāntimat, kiraṇamaya, utprabha, ullasa, ullasita, prakāśavat, prakāśaka, prakāśamāna, prakāśat, prakāśin, citra, tejasvat, tejasvin, tejomaya, taijasa, añjimat, atiśukra, abhirucira, abhivirājita, abhiśobhita, abhīṣumat, amanda, avabhāsita, avabhāsin, ābhāsvara, ārocana, ābhāsura, iddha, utprabha, udīrṇadīdhiti, uddyota, uddyotita, kanakatālābha, kanakaprabha, kanala, kāśī, kāśīṣṇu, ketu, taijasa, dīdi, dīdivi, dīpta, dīptimat, dyotamāna, dhauta, punāna, prakhya, prabhāvat, bṛhajjyotis, bhāskara, bhāsura, bhāsvara, bhāsvat, bhāsayat, rukmābha, rucita, rucira, rucya, ruśat, roca, rocana, rocamāna, rociṣṇu, varcasvin, vidyotamāna, virukmat, vicakṣaṇa, virājamāna, śuklabhāsvara, śundhyu, śubhāna, śubhra, śubhri, śumbhamāna, śobha, śobhamāna, sutāra, suteja, sudīpta, sudyotman, supraketa, suprabha, suruk, suvibhāta, sphurat, hiraṇyanirṇij, hiraṇyanirṇig   

yasmin dīptiḥ asti athavā yasya varṇaḥ ābhāyuktaḥ asti।

prācyadeśāt āgatena tena dūtena tat dyumat ratnaṃ rājasabhāyāṃ rājñe samarpitam।

dhy

dhyarāśiḥ, sāmānyarāśiḥ   

ekasmāt adhikānāṃ saṅkhyānāṃ yojanaphalaṃ dve iti saṅkhyayā vibhajya prāptā rāśiḥ।

dve iti saṅkhyāyāḥ tathā catvāri iti saṅkhyāyāḥ mādhyarāśiḥ trīṇi iti saṅkhyā vartate।

dhy

madhyagaśulkam   

madhyagasya pāriśramikaḥ।

yadā nūtanaṃ gṛhaṃ krītaṃ tadā pratiśate daśaṃ madhyagaśulkaṃ dattam।

dhy

dadhyātañcaḥ   

dadhnaḥ ātañcaḥ।

dadhini dadhyātañcaḥ tathā ca jalaṃ pṛthak bhavati।

dhy

durgā, umā, kātyāyanī, gaurī, brahmāṇī, kālī, haimavatī, īśvarā, śivā, bhavānī, rudrāṇī, sarvāṇī, sarvamaṅgalā, aparṇā, pārvatī, mṛḍānī, līlāvatī, caṇaḍikā, ambikā, śāradā, caṇḍī, caṇḍā, caṇḍanāyikā, girijā, maṅgalā, nārāyaṇī, mahāmāyā, vaiṣṇavī, maheśvarī, koṭṭavī, ṣaṣṭhī, mādhavī, naganandinī, jayantī, bhārgavī, rambhā, siṃharathā, satī, bhrāmarī, dakṣakanyā, mahiṣamardinī, herambajananī, sāvitrī, kṛṣṇapiṅgalā, vṛṣākapāyī, lambā, himaśailajā, kārttikeyaprasūḥ, ādyā, nityā, vidyā, śubhahkarī, sāttvikī, rājasī, tāmasī, bhīmā, nandanandinī, mahāmāyī, śūladharā, sunandā, śumyabhaghātinī, hrī, parvatarājatanayā, himālayasutā, maheśvaravanitā, satyā, bhagavatī, īśānā, sanātanī, mahākālī, śivānī, haravallabhā, ugracaṇḍā, cāmuṇḍā, vidhātrī, ānandā, mahāmātrā, mahāmudrā, mākarī, bhaumī, kalyāṇī, kṛṣṇā, mānadātrī, madālasā, māninī, cārvaṅgī, vāṇī, īśā, valeśī, bhramarī, bhūṣyā, phālgunī, yatī, brahmamayī, bhāvinī, devī, acintā, trinetrā, triśūlā, carcikā, tīvrā, nandinī, nandā, dharitriṇī, mātṛkā, cidānandasvarūpiṇī, manasvinī, mahādevī, nidrārūpā, bhavānikā, tārā, nīlasarasvatī, kālikā, ugratārā, kāmeśvarī, sundarī, bhairavī, rājarājeśvarī, bhuvaneśī, tvaritā, mahālakṣmī, rājīvalocanī, dhanadā, vāgīśvarī, tripurā, jvālmukhī, vagalāmukhī, siddhavidyā, annapūrṇā, viśālākṣī, subhagā, saguṇā, nirguṇā, dhavalā, gītiḥ, gītavādyapriyā, aṭṭālavāsinī, aṭṭahāsinī, ghorā, premā, vaṭeśvarī, kīrtidā, buddhidā, avīrā, paṇḍitālayavāsinī, maṇḍitā, saṃvatsarā, kṛṣṇarūpā, balipriyā, tumulā, kāminī, kāmarūpā, puṇyadā, viṣṇucakradharā, pañcamā, vṛndāvanasvarūpiṇī, ayodhyārupiṇī, māyāvatī, jīmūtavasanā, jagannāthasvarūpiṇī, kṛttivasanā, triyāmā, jamalārjunī, yāminī, yaśodā, yādavī, jagatī, kṛṣṇajāyā, satyabhāmā, subhadrikā, lakṣmaṇā, digambarī, pṛthukā, tīkṣṇā, ācārā, akrūrā, jāhnavī, gaṇḍakī, dhyeyā, jṛmbhaṇī, mohinī, vikārā, akṣaravāsinī, aṃśakā, patrikā, pavitrikā, tulasī, atulā, jānakī, vandyā, kāmanā, nārasiṃhī, girīśā, sādhvī, kalyāṇī, kamalā, kāntā, śāntā, kulā, vedamātā, karmadā, sandhyā, tripurasundarī, rāseśī, dakṣayajñavināśinī, anantā, dharmeśvarī, cakreśvarī, khañjanā, vidagdhā, kuñjikā, citrā, sulekhā, caturbhujā, rākā, prajñā, ṛdbhidā, tāpinī, tapā, sumantrā, dūtī, aśanī, karālā, kālakī, kuṣmāṇḍī, kaiṭabhā, kaiṭabhī, kṣatriyā, kṣamā, kṣemā, caṇḍālikā, jayantī, bheruṇḍā   

sā devī yayā naike daityāḥ hatāḥ tathā ca yā ādiśaktiḥ asti iti manyate।

navarātrotsave sthāne sthāne durgāyāḥ pratiṣṭhāpanā kriyate।

dhy

arjunaḥ, dhanañjayaḥ, pārthaḥ, śakranandanaḥ, gāṇḍivī, madhyamapāṇḍavaḥ, śvetavājī, kapidhvajaḥ, rādhābhedī, subhadreśaḥ, guḍākeśaḥ, bṛhannalaḥ, aindriḥ, phālgunaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ, kirīṭī, śvetavāhanaḥ, bībhatsuḥ, vijayaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, savyasācī, kṛṣṇaḥ, jiṣṇuḥ   

kunteḥ tṛtīyaḥ putraḥ।

arjunaḥ mahān dhanurdharaḥ āsīt।

dhy

līlā, alāyāsaḥ, nirāyāsaḥ, sukaraḥ, susādhyaḥ, akaṣṭaḥ, sukhasādhyaḥ, sugamaḥ, akaṭhinaḥ, aviṣamaḥ, sulabhaḥ, niḥśalyorthaḥ, akleśaḥ, sukaram, ayatnataḥ, saukaryeṇa, duḥkhaṃ vinā, kleṣaṃ vinā, susahaḥ, helayā   

sukhena yat kartum śakyate।

śrīkṛṣṇena govardhanaparvataḥ līlayā utthāpitaḥ।

dhy

madhyavīthikā   

paṅktidvayasya madhye vartamānaḥ mārgaḥ।

adhyakṣaḥ madhyavīthikayā mañce gataḥ।

dhy

dhyānam, cintanam, cintanā, ādhyānam   

dhāraṇāviṣaye anyanispṛhā viṣayāntareṇa avyavadhīyamānā ekapratyayasantatiḥ।

rameśaḥ dhyānaṃ datvā paṭhati। /dhyeye saktaṃ mano yasya dhyeyam eva anupaśyati nānyaṃ padārthaṃ jānāti dhyānam atat prakīrtitam।

dhy

cint, sañcint, vicint, paricint, pravicint, dhyai, anudhyai, upadhyai, abhidhyai, parīdhyai, paryāloc, pravimṛś, nirloc, vigaṇ, vigāh   

kāryaviṣayakaḥ viṣayaviṣayakaḥ vā vicāraṇānukūlaḥ manovyāpāraḥ।

vṛthā cintayati bhavān sarvaṃ bhadram eva bhavet।

dhy

saṃvivṛdh, vivṛdh, pravṛdh, adhyedh, adhivṛdh, abhivṛdh, ṛdh, edh, puṣ, prakḷp, mahīya, ruh, samedh, uttu, udṛ   

pūrvāpekṣayā śreṣṭhatarāvasthāprāpyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ahani ahani tasya karmayogaḥ saṃvivardhate।

dhy

adhyāpaya, pāṭhaya, śikṣaya, upadeśaya, śās   

vidyādānānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

rāmānujaḥ vidyālaye gaṇitam adhyāpayati। / śiṣyaḥ te ahaṃ śādhi mām।

dhy

āvap, kṣip, nirvap, kṝ, paryavakṝ, pravap, prasṛj, anvāvap, adhivap, adhividhā, adhyāvap, samāvap, anuvap, parivap, saṃnirvap, vipru, apivap   

cūrṇādīnāṃ anyavastuni vikiraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

cikitsakaḥ rujāyām oṣadhim āvapati।

dhy

jambūvṛkṣaḥ, kṛṣṇaphalā, dīrghapatrā, madhyamā, svarṇamātā, śukapriyā, rājaphalā, nīlaphalā, sudarśanaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya phalāni kṛṣṇavarṇīyāni tathā ca yaḥ ciraharitaḥ asti।

tasya udyāne pañca jambūvṛkṣāḥ santi।

dhy

virāmaḥ, anujñā, avasānam, anadhyayanam   

kāryāt anujñāpūrvako virāmaḥ।

adhunā virāmasya avasaro nāsti।

dhy

madhye, madhyamasthāne   

madhyamuddiśya।

grāmasya madhye śivasya mandiram asti।

dhy

adhyātmavādaḥ   

saḥ siddhāntaḥ yaḥ ātmā tathā ca brahma pramukhau staḥ iti manyate।

kabīrasya dohā iti kāvyam adhyātmavādasya puṣṭiṃ karoti।

dhy

madhyaḥ, kendram   

madhyavarti sthānam।

gṛhasya madhye bhāge prāṅgaṇam asti।

dhy

yavaḥ, yavakaḥ, tīkṣṇaśūkaḥ, praveṭaḥ, śitaśūkaḥ, medhyaḥ, divyaḥ, akṣataḥ, kañcukī, dhānyarājaḥ, turagapriyaḥ, śaktuḥ, maheṣṭaḥ, pavitradhānyam   

sasya-viśeṣaḥ, yasya bījasya guṇāḥ kaṣāyatva-madhuratva-pramehapittakaphāpahārakatvādayaḥ।

śyāmaḥ bhūmau yavaṃ ropayati।

dhy

medhyavānaraḥ   

viṣuvṛtte āphrikākhaṇḍasthe vane vartamānaḥ vānaraḥ।

medhyavānaraḥ caturaḥ asti।

dhy

senādhyakṣaḥ, senāpatiḥ, senānāyakaḥ, senādhipatiḥ, senādhināthaḥ   

senāyāḥ adhyakṣaḥ।

mohanaḥ kuśalaḥ senādhyakṣaḥ asti।

dhy

madhyagaḥ, niyogī, niyuktaḥ   

vāṇijyakarmanirvahaṇe niyukto janaḥ।

etad yānaṃ mayā madhyagasya sāhāyyena krītam।

dhy

madhyagakāryam   

madhyagasya kāryam।

saḥ madhyagakāryāt bahu dhanaṃ prāptavān।

dhy

yavaḥ, śitaśrūkaḥ, sitaśrūkaḥ, medhyaḥ, divyaḥ, akṣataḥ, kañcukī, dhānyarājaḥ, tīkṣṇaśrūkaḥ, turagapriyaḥ, śaktuḥ, maheṣṭaḥ, pavitradhānyam   

śrūkadhānyaviśeṣaḥ। asya guṇāḥ - kaṣāyatva-madhuratva-suśītalatvādayaḥ। sītā yavān caṇakān ca pinaṣṭi।/

yavaḥ kaṣāyamadhuro bahuvātaśakṛd guruḥ। rūkṣaḥ sthairyakaraḥ śīto mūtramedakaphāpahaḥ॥

dhy

madhyāhnaḥ   

ahnaḥ saḥ bhāgaḥ yadā sūryaḥ ākāśe madhye vartate।

saḥ madhyāhne gṛhāt bahiḥ gataḥ।

dhy

ṛṇapradātā, uttamarṇaḥ, kusīdaḥ, kusīdikaḥ, prayoktā, prayojakaḥ, vṛddhyājīvaḥ, vṛddhyupajīvī, dhanikaḥ, sādhu   

ṛṇadānajīvakaḥ dhanikaḥ yaḥ anyān ṛṇatvena dhanaṃ dadāti।

vayam uttamarṇāya ṛṇaṃ pratyarpayitum icchāmaḥ।

dhy

madhyasthaḥ   

saḥ puruṣaḥ yaḥ vivāhasambandhaṃ yojayituṃ prayatati।

vadhūpitā vāraṃvāraṃ madhyasthaṃ dhanyavādān vitarati।

dhy

dhyānam, dhyānayogaḥ   

dhāraṇāviṣaye ekapratyayasantatiḥ athavā advitīyavastūni vicchidya vicchadya āntarendriyavṛttipravāharūpā samādheḥ pūrvāvasthā। mahātmā dhyāne līnaḥ।/

prāṇāyāmair dvādaśabhir yāvatkālo hṛto bhavet। yas tāvatkālaparyantaṃ mano brahmaṇi dhārayet। tasyaiva brahmaṇā proktaṃ dhyānaṃ dvādaśa dhāraṇāḥ॥

dhy

madhyapradeśaḥ   

bhāratarāṣṭre vartamānaṃ rājyam।

madhyapradeśasya rājadhānī bhopāla iti asti।

dhy

pāṭhaḥ, adhyāyaḥ   

sakṛt pāṭhanam pāṭhaḥ;

hariḥ pāṭhasya paṭhanam karoti

dhy

jyotiṣmatī, pārāvatāṅghrī, kaṭabhī, piṇyā, pārāvatapadī, nagaṇā, sphuṭabandhanī, pūtitailā, iṅgudī, svarṇalatā, analaprabhā, jyotirlatā, supiṅgalā, dīptā, medhyā, matidā, durjarā, sarasvatī, amṛtā   

latāviśeṣaḥ-yasyāḥ bījāt tailaṃ prāpyate tathā ca yā vātakaphahāriṇī asti।

jyotiṣmateḥ bījasya tailaṃ bahu upayuktam asti।

dhy

ayodhyā   

uttarapradeśe śarayūnadītaṭe vartamānaṃ hindūnāṃ tīrthasthānam।

prabhū-rāmacandrasya janmasthānam ayodhyā asti।

dhy

bakaḥ, dvārabalibhuk, kakṣeruḥ, śuklavāyasaḥ, dīrghajaṅghaḥ, bakoṭaḥ, gṛhabalipriyaḥ, niśaitaḥ, śikhī, candravihaṅgamaḥ, tīrthasevī, tāpasaḥ, mīnaghātī, mṛṣādhyāyī, niścalāṅgaḥ, dāmbhikaḥ   

khagaviśeṣaḥ-yasya kaṇṭha tathā ca pādau dīrghau।

matsyān bhakṣayituṃ bakaḥ taṭe avasthitaḥ।

dhy

śikṣ, adhyāpaya   

vidhipūrvakaśikṣānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ mām pākavidhim aśikṣat।

dhy

sūpakāraḥ, pacakaḥ, pācakaḥ, pacaḥ, pacelukaḥ, sūdādhyakṣaḥ, bhakṣyakāraḥ, annasaṃskartā, bhaktakāraḥ, audenikaḥ, āndhasikaḥ   

yaḥ anyān kṛte annaṃ pacati।

asmākaṃ sūpakāraḥ svādayuktam annaṃ pacati।

dhy

brāhmī, somalatā, sarasvatī, saumyā, suraśreṣṭhā, śāradā, suvarcalā, kapotavagā, vaidhātrī, divyatejāḥ, mahauṣadhī, svayaṃbhuvī, saumyalatā, sureṣṭā, brahmakanyakā, maṇaḍūkamātā, maṇḍukī, surasā, medhyā, vīrā, bhāratī, varā, parameṣṭhinī, divyā, śāradā   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ-yaḥ bheṣajarupeṇa upayujyate yasya guṇāḥ vātāmlapittanāśitvaṃ tathā ca buddhiprajñāmedhākārītvam।

brāhmī prāyaḥ gaṅgātaṭe haridvāranagarasya samīpe dṛśyate।

dhy

madhyamasvaraḥ   

saṅgītasya saptasvareṣu caturthaḥ svaraḥ।

sā madhyamasvare gāyati। /madhyamasvaraḥ krauñcasvaratulyaḥ asti।

dhy

madhyasthaḥ, madhyamapuruṣaḥ, madhyasthitaḥ, carapuṣṭaḥ   

yaḥ dvayoḥ pakṣayoḥ madhye bhūtvā tayoḥ vyavahāre sulabhatām ānayati svasya kṛte lābhañca sampādayati।

rāmaśyāmayoḥ kalahe sohanaḥ madhyasthaḥ āsīt।

dhy

yuvatī, yuvatiḥ, taruṇī, yūnī, talunī, dikkarī, dhanikā, dhanīkā, madhyamā, dṛṣṭarajāḥ, madhyamikā, īśvarī, varyā   

prāptayauvanā strī। (prāg yauvanā yuvatiḥ iti vātsyāyanaḥ।);

yo yaṃ vicintayati yāni sa tanmayatvam। yassmād ataḥ subhagayā iva gatā yuvatyaḥ॥

dhy

rājyapālaḥ, adhyakṣaḥ, adhipatiḥ, adhiṣṭhātā, adhikārī, adhipaḥ, śāsitā, praśāsitā, śāstā, anuśāsakaḥ, adhikṛtaḥ   

kendraśāsanena niyuktaḥ rājyasya pradhāna śāsakaḥ।

bhārate rājyapālasya nirvācanaṃ sāmānyavaraṇena na bhavati।

dhy

trisandhyam   

pūrvāhṇa-madhyāhna-aparāhṇakālaḥ।

saḥ pratidine trisandhye upāsanāṃ karoti।

dhy

sandhyā   

samyak dhyāyatyasyāmiti। saḥ pratidine sandhyām upāste। /

sandhyā upāsitā yena viṣṇustena upāsitaḥ

[śa ka]

dhy

sāyam, sandhikālaḥ, sandhyāsamayaḥ, pitṛprasūḥ, sandhā, dvijamaitrau, dināntam, niśādi, divasātyayam, sāyāhnaḥ, vikālaḥ, brahmabhūtiḥ, sāyaḥ   

kālaviśeṣaḥ- saḥ samayaḥ yaḥ dinasya ante tathā ca rātreḥ ārambhe asti।

sāyaṃ samaye prāpte saḥ gṛhāt nirgataḥ।

dhy

dhyānamagna, dhyānaniṣṭha, dhyānastha, dhyānin   

yaḥ dhyāne magnaḥ asti।

dhyānamagnasya ṛṣeḥ śarīraṃ jarjaram abhavat।

dhy

andhatā, andhatvam, āndhyam, acakṣuṣṭvam   

andhasya avasthā।

sūradāsasya sāhityakṛtiṣu tasya andhatāyāḥ alpaḥ api prabhāvaḥ nāsti।

dhy

āsīna, upaviṣṭa, adhyāsīna, abhiniviṣṭa   

yaḥ āsyate।

mañce āsīneṣu janeṣu mama gurucaraṇāḥ api santi।

dhy

adhyayanakakṣaḥ   

adhyayanārthe kakṣaḥ।

sudhīraḥ adhyayanakakṣe adhyayanaṃ karoti।

dhy

ślakṣṇatā, cikkaṇatā, snaigdhyam, snigdhatā, mṛdutā, mārjaḥ, snehaḥ   

ślakṣṇasya avasthā।

prakṣālanānantarapi pātre vartamānā tailasya ślakṣṇatā na gatā।

dhy

dvārapālaḥ, pratihāraḥ, dvārapālakaḥ, pratihārī, pratīhāraḥ, dvārasthaḥ, dvārarakṣakaḥ, dvārī, dvāḥsthaḥ, dvāḥsthitaḥ, dvārādhyakṣaḥ   

dvārarakṣaṇārthe niyuktaḥ sevakaḥ।

atithīnāṃ kṛte dvārapālaḥ dvāram udghāṭayati।

dhy

duṣkara, duḥsādhya   

duḥkhena karaṇam;

vane gatvā tapastaptaṃ vāsudevena duṣkaram। viṣṇoraṃśāvatāreṇa śivasyārādhanaṃ kṛtam।।

dhy

nausenādhyakṣaḥ, jalasenādhyakṣaḥ   

nausenāyāḥ adhyakṣaḥ।

rājīvasya pitā nausenādhyakṣaḥ abhavat।

dhy

prādhyāpakaḥ   

saḥ pāṭhakaḥ yaḥ mukhyatvena mahāvidyālayādiṣu pāṭhayati।

prādhyāpakaḥ chātrān mārgadarśanaṃ karoti।

dhy

vandhyā, aprajā, aprasūta, aphala, avakeśin   

santānahīnā strī।

vandhyā strī anāthaṃ bālakaṃ putrīkaroti।

dhy

vandhyākaraṇam   

dhy

bhūmadhyarekhā, nirakṣaḥ, viṣuvadvṛttam, vyakṣaḥ, bhūvārāhavṛttam, viṣṇugolaḥ, viṣuvanmaṇḍalam, viṣuvadvalayam   

pṛthivyāḥ madhyabhāgaṃ sūcayantī ekā kālpanikī rekhā yasyāḥ dvau dhruvau samāne antare staḥ।

bhūmadhyarekhāṃ parītaḥ adhikā uṣṇatā bhavati।

dhy

madhyama   

yaḥ ākāreṇa bṛhat laghuḥ vā nāsti।

asya vṛkṣasya phalāni ākṛtyā madhyamāni santi।

dhy

maṭhādhikāriṇī, maṭhādhyakṣā   

kasyāpi maṭhasya strī adhikāriṇī।

maṭhādhikāriṇyaḥ anupasthityāṃ tasya sāhāyyikāḥ maṭhasya kāryaṃ prācālayan।

dhy

madhyā, karṇikā   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, madhyamāṅguliḥ।

aṅguliṣu madhyā unnatatamā।

dhy

nibandhakaḥ, gaṇanādhyakṣaḥ   

yaḥ āyavyayādīnāṃ gaṇanaṃ karoti।

lālādhanapatarāyasya nibandhakaḥ prāñjalaḥ asti।

dhy

vadhakaḥ, ghātakaḥ, daṇḍapāśikaḥ, vadhyāpuruṣaḥ, vadhakarmādhikārī   

udbandhanadaṇḍasya prāptṝṇām udbandhaṃ yaḥ karoti saḥ।

prāptamṛtyudaṇḍasya puruṣasya vadhakaḥ udbandhanam akarot।

dhy

vadhya, hanya   

vadhamarhyati;

rāṣṭradrohī vadhyaḥ asti।

dhy

stheyaḥ, madhyasthaḥ, pramāṇapuruṣaḥ, praśnavivākaḥ, prāśnikaḥ   

kañcit vivādaṃ nirṇetuṃ niyateṣu daleṣu kaścit ekaḥ sadasyaḥ।

stheyaḥ svanirṇayaṃ samyak vicārya kriyeta।

dhy

pradhānamadhyasthaḥ, mukhyapramāṇapuruṣaḥ, śreṣṭhī   

stheyagaṇeṣu pradhānaḥ puruṣaḥ।

stheyagaṇaiḥ saṃvādaṃ kṛtvā pradhānamadhyasthaḥ svanirṇayam aśrāvayat।

dhy

sahādhyāyī, sahapāṭhī   

yaḥ saha adhītavān।

bahudinānantaram akasmādeva mama sahādhyāyīṃ dṛṣṭvā ahaṃ vismitā jātā।

dhy

adhyāpanasādhanam   

tāni sādhanāni yāni śikṣārthe upayujyante।

bī eḍ ityasmin abhyāsakrame naikānām adhyāpanasādhanānām āvaśyakatā asti।

dhy

adhyāpakaḥ, guruḥ, ācāryaḥ, śikṣakaḥ, avabodhakaḥ   

yaḥ vidyālayāt anyatrāpi śulkaṃ svīkṛtya pāṭhayati।

rāhulasya adhyāpakaḥ pratidinaṃ pañcavādane taṃ pāṭhayitum āgacchati।

dhy

viśeṣavargam, adhyāpanam, śikṣaṇam, upadeśaḥ   

vidyālayasya samayād atirikte samaye kañcit śulkaṃ svīkṛtya śikṣakeṇa kṛtaṃ pāṭhanam।

idānīṃtanīye kāle chātrāḥ viśeṣavarge eva paṭhitum icchanti।

dhy

upasabhāpatiḥ, upasabhādhyakṣaḥ   

kasyāpi saṃsthāyāḥ saḥ adhikārī yasya padaṃ sabhāpateḥ apekṣayā nimnastarīyaṃ paraṃ mantriṇaḥ apekṣayā uccastarīyaṃ vartate।

sabhāpateḥ anupasthitau tasya sarvāṇi kāryāṇi upasabhāpatiḥ karoti।

dhy

kāṇḍaḥ, kāṇḍam, sargaḥ, adhyāyaḥ, ullāsaḥ, parva   

kasyāpi viṣayasya granthasya vā vibhāgaḥ।

rāmāyaṇasya sapta kāṇḍāḥ santi।

dhy

śarīramadhyadeśaḥ   

udaravakṣasthalamadhyasthaḥ śarīrabhāgaḥ।

śarīramadhyadeśaḥ atīva namraḥ asti।

dhy

adhyardha, dvyardha   

sārdham ekam।

tena haṭṭāt adhyardham bhāravanti āmraphalāni krītāni।

dhy

khadiraḥ, gāyatrī, bālatanayaḥ, dantadhāvanaḥ, tiktasāraḥ, kaṇṭakīdrumaḥ, bālapatraḥ, khadyapatrī, kṣitikṣamaḥ, suśalyaḥ, vakrakaṇṭaḥ, yajñāṅgaḥ, jihvāśalyaḥ, kaṇṭī, sāradrumaḥ, kuṣṭhāriḥ, bahusāraḥ, medhyaḥ, bālaputraḥ, raktasāraḥ, karkaṭī, jihvaśalyaḥ, kuṣṭhahṛt, bālapatrakam, yūpadrumaḥ, kṣamā   

varvūrajātīyaḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

khadirāt arkaḥ niṣkāsayanti।

dhy

dhyamika   

deśakālapramāṇeṣu madhye vartamānaḥ।

grāme mādhyamikaṃ vidyālayam udghāṭitam।

dhy

puṣyā, sidhyā, tiṣyā, tiṣyaḥ   

aśvinyādisaptaviṃśatinakṣatrāntargataaṣṭamanakṣatram।

puṣyāyāḥ pūrvaṃ punarvasū nakṣatre āgacchataḥ।

dhy

darśanam, ālokanam, īkṣaṇam, nidhyānam, nirvvarṇanam, nibhālanam   

akṣibhyāṃ rūpagrahaṇam।

kāryasya vyagratāyāḥ kāraṇāt ekaṃ māsaṃ yāvat pituḥ darśanam na jātam।

dhy

ākram, adhyākram, prakram, vikram, vyativraj, āruh, adhyāruh   

dīrghapādanyāsayuktaḥ ekasmāt sthānāt anyasthānasaṃyogānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bandiḥ kārāgṛhasya bhittim ākrāmat।

dhy

madhye sthā, madhye pat, parakāryeṣu vyāpṛ   

parakārye anadhikāritve api madhyastharūpeṇa vyavaharaṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

pitāputrayoḥ vivāde tvaṃ kimarthaṃ madhye tiṣṭhasi।

dhy

svīkṛ, aṃgīkṛ, urīkṛ, ūrīkṛ, abhyupagam, abhyupi, pratipad, prapad, adhyavaso, abhipad, abhiprapad, i   

dāyitvasvīkaraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

vivāhasya uttaradāyitvam ahaṃ svyakarot।

dhy

cint, vicint, paricint, anudhyai, abhiman, paritark, praman, dīdhī, anudhī   

kasmin api viṣayam uddiśya cintanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

na jñāyate kiṃ cintayati sā।

dhy

bhūmadhyasāgaraḥ   

yūropāphrikādeśayoḥ madhye vartamānaḥ samudraḥ।

bhūmadhyasāgare hyaḥ ekā yuddhanaukā nyamajjat।

dhy

bhedya, bhedanīya, vedhanīya, vedhya   

yaḥ bhettuṃ śakyate।

vedhyaḥ durgaḥ sainikaiḥ āveṣṭitaḥ।

dhy

samīpatā, sānnidhyanam, āsannatā, sāmīpyam   

samīpasya avasthā bhāvo vā।

sthānasya samīpatā hṛdayān api vyatiṣajati।

dhy

niści, nirṇī, vyavaso, adhyavaso   

kāryaviśeṣasya avadhāraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

śāsakīyaṃ kāryaṃ mahatā prayāsena niścīyate।

dhy

trayaḥ, tisraḥ, trīṇi, kālaḥ, agniḥ, bhuvanam, gaṅgāmārgaḥ, śivacakṣuḥ, guṇaḥ, grīvārekhā, kālidāsakāvyam, valiḥ, sandhyā, puram, puṣakaram, rāmaḥ, viṣṇuḥ, jvarapādaḥ   

ekaḥ adhikaḥ dvau iti kṛtvā prāptā saṃkhyā।

pañca iti saṅkhyātaḥ yadā dvau iti saṅkhyā nyūnīkṛtā tadā trayaḥ iti saṃṅkhyā prāptā।

dhy

kośādhyakṣaḥ, kośapālaḥ, kośapatiḥ   

yaḥ kośasya rakṣakaḥ।

kośasya samyak vyayaḥ na prāptaḥ ataḥ kośādhyakṣaḥ prācāritaḥ।

dhy

koṣādhyakṣaḥ, kośapatiḥ   

kośasya adhikāriṇaḥ padam।

mohanena asya vittakośasya koṣādhyakṣasya kṛte āvedanaṃ kṛtam।

dhy

dhyānam   

manasaḥ ekasmin eva ālambane ādhānam।

dhyānena vinā saphalatā prāptuṃ na śakyate।

dhy

khasvastikam, viṣṇupadam, ūrdhvā, nabhomadhyam, khamadhyam, svarmadhyam, gaganamadhyam, śirobinduḥ   

ākāśe śirasaḥ upari manyamānaḥ kalpitabinduḥ।

madhyāhne sūryaḥ khasvastike bhavati।

dhy

adhyūḍhā, adhivinnā, kṛtasapatnikā   

kṛtānekavivāhasya prathamavivāhitā strī।

rośanaḥ adhyūḍhā duḥkhena svamātṛgṛhaṃ gatavatī।

dhy

adhirūḍha, ārūḍha, adhiroha, upārūḍha, virūdha, āstita, adhyārūḍha   

ārohaṇakartā।

vṛkṣeṣu adhirūḍhānāṃ latānāṃ śobhā anupamā asti।

dhy

śamī, saktuphalā, śivā, śaktuphalā, śaktuphalī, śāntā, tuṅgā, kacaripuphalā, keśamathanī, īśānī, lakṣmīḥ, tapanatanayā, iṣṭā, śubhakarī, havirgandhā, medhyā, duritadamanī, śaktuphalikā, samudrā, maṅgalyā, surabhiḥ, pāpaśamanī, bhadrā, śaṅkarī, keśahantrī, śivāphalā, supatrā, sukhadā, jīvaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ।

śamyāḥ kāṣṭhasya upayogaḥ pūjākāryeṣu bhavati।

dhy

adhyakṣatvam   

adhyakṣasya padaṃ sthānaṃ vā।

kāṃgresasya adhyakṣatvaṃ gāndhīsoniyāmahodayayā punaḥ svīkriyate।

dhy

adhyadhikṣepaḥ   

atyadhikatiraskāraḥ।

asahanīyasya adhyadhikṣepasya kāraṇena saḥ ātmahatyāṃ kṛtavān।

dhy

adhyadhīna   

sampūrṇataḥ paratantraḥ।

adhyadhīnasya puruṣasya mānasikavikāsaḥ avaruddhaḥ jāyate।

dhy

adhyayanam   

gurumukhādānupūrvīśravaṇam;

devadattaḥ adhyayanam karoti

dhy

adhyavasita   

yena dṛḍhaḥ niścayaḥ kṛtaḥ।

adhyavasitaḥ puruṣaḥ niścayena lakṣyaṃ prāpnoti।

dhy

adhyāpita, śikṣita   

vidyayā abhyastam।

mayā adhyāpitāḥ chātrāḥ deśavideśeṣu kāryaṃ kurvanti।

dhy

adhyāropaḥ, āropaṇam   

bhramāt ekasya sthāne anyasya adhyāhārasya kriyā।

andhakāre adhyāropaḥ bhavati।

dhy

adhyāsanam, upaveśanam, āsanabandhaḥ, upaveśaḥ   

upaveśanakriyā।

vṛddhaḥ puruṣaḥ adhyāsanasya samaye patitaḥ।

dhy

adhyāsita   

sabhāpateḥ āsane upaviṣṭaḥ।

aham adhyāsitasya mahodayasya viṣaye śabdadvayam vaktum icchāmi।

dhy

anadhyayanam   

adhyayanasya abhāvaḥ।

anadhyayanāt uttīrṇatā na sambhavati।

dhy

anadhyāyaḥ   

śāstramanusṛtya pāṭhanāt virāmaḥ।

pratipadāyāṃ anadhyāyaḥ asti।

dhy

asambhavam, aghaṭitam, asādhyam, duḥśakam, asaṃbhāvanīyam   

aśakyā ghaṭanā।

kadācit asambhavam api ghaṭate।

dhy

trisandhyakusumam   

puṣpaprakāraḥ।

trisandhyakusumaṃ śvetaraktakṛṣṇavarṇaiḥ yuktam asti।

dhy

anuṣṭhānam, vidhiḥ, vaidhikam, naiyamikam, śāstroktam, kriyāvidhiḥ, kriyāpaddhatiḥ, śāstroktakriyā, vidhyanurūpam   

phalecchayā kṛtā devapūjā।

varṣāyāḥ abhāve janāḥ anuṣṭhānaṃ kurvanti।

dhy

vedādhyayanam   

vedasya adhyayanam।

saṃśodhakaḥ vedādhyayane līnaḥ।

dhy

vārddhakyam, vṛddhatvam, vṛddhatā, vārddhyam, jarā, śeṣāvasthā, vārddhakabhāvaḥ, vārdhakam, vṛddhakālaḥ   

saḥ samayaḥ yadā janaḥ vṛddhaḥ bhavati।

tena vārddhakyaṃ kāṭhinyena vyatītam।

dhy

prauḍhāvasthā, madhyavayaskatā   

saḥ kālaḥ yadā kopi madhyavayaskaḥ bhavati।

tasya prauḍhāvasthā sukhena vyatītā।

dhy

niyaṃtrakaḥ, vaśī, adhikārī, śāstā, adhyakṣaḥ, adhiṣṭhātā   

yaḥ kāryāṇāṃ vastunaḥ avasthānāṃ vā niyantraṇaṃ karoti।

asmin vidyutayantre ekaḥ tāpasya niyantrakaḥ vartate।

dhy

bandhūkaḥ, bandhujīvakaḥ, raktakaḥ, bandhūjīvakaḥ, bandhukaḥ, bandhuḥ, bandhulaḥ, bandhujīvaḥ, bandhūliḥ, bandhuraḥ, raktaḥ, mādhyāhnikaḥ, oṣṭhapuṣpaḥ, arkavallabhaḥ, madhyandinaḥ, raktapuṣpaḥ, rāgapuṣpaḥ, haripriyaḥ   

kṣupakaviśeṣaḥ।

bandhūkasya śuklavarṇīyaṃ sugandhitaṃ puṣpaṃ bhavati।

dhy

prādhyāpikā   

adhyāpikā yā mahāvidyālaye pāṭhayati।

hindīṃ pāṭhayituṃ nūtanā prādhyāpikā āgacchati।

dhy

adhyakṣīya   

adhyakṣeṇa sambaddham adhyakṣasya vā।

teṣām adhyakṣīyaṃ bhāṣaṇaṃ jñānavardhakaṃ prabhāvi ca āsīt।

dhy

vindhyāvalī   

daityarājyasya baleḥ patnī।

ratnāvalī vindhyāvalyāḥ putrī āsīt।

dhy

duṣkara, viṣama, duḥsādhya   

yasya sampādanaṃ kaṭhinaṃ tat karma।

asmin duṣkare karmaṇi ahaṃ na saṃśleṣaṃ na kariṣye।

dhy

putrahīnā, vandhyā, anapatyā   

putrarahitā strī।

putrahīnāyāḥ duḥkhaṃ anyā kāpi putrahīnā eva jñātuṃ śaknoti।

dhy

rajasvalā, ṛtumatī, puṣpitā, ṛtumatī, kusumavatī, udakyā, madhyamikā, puṣpavatī, puṣpahāsā, avi, dṛṣṭapuṣpā, brahmaghātinī, mlānāṅgī   

sā strī yasyāḥ rajaṃ pravahati।

garbhasya dhāraṇāya akṣamā rajasvalā janaiḥ pīḍitā।

dhy

vandhyā, asūtikā, bandhakī, markarā, moghapuṣpā   

santānotpādane asamarthā strī।

cikitsakena vandhyāyāḥ parīkṣaṇaṃ kṛtam।

dhy

kṛśodarī, tanūdarī, alpamadhyamā, śātodarī   

yasyāḥ sūkṣmā kaṭiḥ।

ekā kṛśodarī nartakī nṛtyati।

dhy

vindhyācalaḥ, vindhyagiriḥ, vindhyaḥ   

bhāratasthā ekā parvatamālā।

vindhyācalaḥ vindhyavāsinyāḥ devyāḥ nivāsasthalam asti।

dhy

manodhyānaḥ, manodhyānarāgaḥ   

sampūrṇajāteḥ ekaḥ rāgaḥ।

saṅgītajñaḥ manodhyānaṃ gāyati।

dhy

avadhyaḥ   

hantum anarhaḥ।

avadhyānāṃ paśūnāṃ baliṃ na dadyāt।

dhy

vaṃdhyatvam, vaṃdhyatā   

aprasūtatāyāḥ avasthā।

vaṃdhyatvasya kāraṇāt śīlā punarjanayituṃ na śaknoti।

dhy

avadhya   

yasya hananasya vidhānaṃ nāsti।

hindudharmānusāreṇa gauḥ avadhyaḥ paśuḥ।

dhy

avadhya   

yaḥ kenāpi hantuṃ na śakyate।

kim ekopi jīvaḥ avadhyaḥ।

dhy

dhyānabindu-upaniṣad, dhyānabinduḥ   

ekā upaniṣad।

dhyānabindu-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

dhy

adhyātmā-upaniṣad, adhyātmā   

ekā upaniṣad।

adhyātmā-upaniṣad yajurvedena sambandhitā।

dhy

tāpasaḥ, tāmarasaḥ, dīrghakaṇṭhakaḥ, dīrghajaṅghaḥ, dhvāṅkṣaḥ, niścalāṅgaḥ, kahvaḥ, bandhuraḥ, bhaṭṭārakaḥ, markakaḥ, mṛṣādhyāyī, śukyavāyasaḥ, candravihaṃgamaḥ   

ekaḥ bakaviśeṣaḥ yasya cañcuḥ dṛḍhaḥ bhavati।

tāpasāḥ jalāśayānāṃ taṭeṣu yūthe vasanti।

dhy

galagaṇḍaḥ, gaṇḍaḥ, gaṇḍiḥ, adhyarbudam, adhyarvudam   

kaṇṭhe jāyamānaḥ ekaḥ rogaviśeṣaḥ।

galagaṇḍaḥ gilāyuḥ ca kaṇṭhasya rogau।

dhy

abādhya, apratibandha, avāraṇīya, durdhara, durādhara   

yasya avarodhanam aśakyam।

abādhyaḥ mṛtyuḥ kasya vaśaṃgataḥ।

dhy

abindhyaḥ   

rāvaṇasya ekaḥ amātyaḥ।

rāmāyaṇe abindhyasya ullekhaḥ asti।

dhy

abhidhyā   

paradravyecchā।

abhidhyā iti manovikāraḥ।

dhy

yajñīya, yajuṣya, medhya   

yajñasya yajñena sambaddhaṃ vā।

sādhuḥ yajñīyaṃ karma karoti।

dhy

abhiyuktaḥ, āropī, abhiśastaḥ, abhiśastakaḥ, abhyākhyātaḥ, vyavahārābhiśastaḥ, śodhyaḥ   

yasmin ko'pi abhiyogaḥ asti।

saḥ hatyāyāḥ abhiyuktam akṣāmyat।

dhy

śītakaṭibandhya   

śītakaṭibandhena sambaddhaṃ śītakaṭibandhasya vā।

śītakaṭibandhyeṣu pradeśeṣu atyadhikaṃ śītaṃ bhavati।

dhy

tanumadhyā   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

tanumadhyāyāḥ praticaraṇe ekaḥ tagaṇaḥ ekaḥ yagaṇaḥ ca bhavataḥ।

dhy

dhya, sādhanīya   

seddhuṃ yogyam।

gāyatrīmantraḥ sādhyaḥ।

dhy

karaṇīya, kṛtya, kalpa, sādhya   

kartuṃ yogyaḥ।

cauryaṃ kāpaṭyādīni karaṇīyāni karmāṇi na santi।

dhy

yodhya   

yena saha yuddhaṃ kartuṃ śakyate।

rājā uktavān yat śatruḥ nityaṃ yodhyaḥ asti।

dhy

prativindhyaḥ   

draupadyāḥ pañcasu putreṣu anyatamaḥ।

prativindhyaḥ draupadīyudhiṣṭhirayoḥ putraḥ āsīt।

dhy

agniḥ, vaiśvānaraḥ, vītahotraḥ, agnihotraḥ, huraṇyaretāḥ, saptārci, vibhāvasuḥ, vṛṣākapiḥ, svāhāpatiḥ, svāhāprayaḥ, svāhābhuk, agnidevaḥ, agnidevatā, dhanañjayaḥ, jātavedaḥ, kṛpīṭayoniḥ, śociṣkeśaḥ, uṣarbudhaḥ, bṛhadbhānuḥ, hutabhuk, haviraśanaḥ, hutāśaḥ, hutāśanaḥ, havirbhuk, havyavāhanaḥ, havyāśanaḥ, kravyavāhanaḥ, tanunapāt, rohitāśvaḥ, āśuśukṣaṇiḥ, āśrayāśaḥ, āśayāśaḥ, āśrayabhuk, āśrayadhvaṃsī, pāvakaḥ, pāvanaḥ, tejaḥ, vahniḥ, jvalanaḥ, analaḥ, kṛśānuḥ, vāyusakhā, vāyusakhaḥ, dahanaḥ, śikhī, śikhāvān, kṛṣṇavartmā, araṇiḥ, ghāsiḥ, dāvaḥ, pacanaḥ, pācanaḥ, pācakaḥ, juhuvān, vāśiḥ, arciṣmān, prabhākaraḥ, chidiraḥ, śundhyuḥ, jaganuḥ, jāgṛviḥ, apāmpitaḥ, jalapittaḥ, apittam, himārātiḥ, phutkaraḥ, śukraḥ, āśaraḥ, samidhaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, jvālājihvā, kapilaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonud, śuciḥ, śukraḥ, damunaḥ, damīnaḥ, agiraḥ, hariḥ, bhuvaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ-hindudharmānusāram agneḥ devatāsvarūpam।

agneḥ patnī svāhā।

dhy

pṛthivī, bhūḥ, bhūmiḥ, acalā, anantā, rasā, viśvambharā, sthirā, dharā, dharitrī, dharaṇī, kṣauṇī, jyā, kāśyapī, kṣitiḥ, sarvasahā, vasumatī, vasudhā, urvī, vasundharā, gotrā, kuḥ, pṛthvī, kṣmā, avaniḥ, medinī, mahī, dharaṇī, kṣoṇiḥ, kṣauṇiḥ, kṣamā, avanī, mahiḥ, ratnagarbhā, sāgarāmbarā, abdhimekhalā, bhūtadhātrī, ratnāvatī, dehinī, pārā, vipulā, madhyamalokavartmā, dhāraṇī, gandhavatī, mahākāntā, khaṇḍanī, girikarṇikā, dhārayitrī, dhātrī, acalakīlā, gauḥ, abdhidvīpā, iḍā, iḍikā, ilā, ilikā, irā, ādimā, īlā, varā, ādyā, jagatī, pṛthuḥ, bhuvanamātā, niścalā, śyāmā   

martyādyadhiṣṭhānabhūtā।

pṛthivī pañcamam bhūtam

dhy

"sthapatiḥ, śilpī, vāstuvit, vāstuvid, gṛhanirmāṇādhyakṣaḥ, metā, gṛhādinirmāṇavidyājñaḥ   

bhavanādeḥ śilpakāraḥ।

tejomahālayasya anekeṣāṃ sthapatīnāṃ hastāḥ cheditāḥ iti kathyate।

dhy

upavindhyaḥ   

parvatasya samīpasthā bhūmiḥ।

kṛṣakāḥ upavindhyasya kañcit bhāgaṃ kṛṣeḥ yogyaṃ kurvanti।

dhy

madhyama   

yat mahat nāsti laghu api nāsti।

asmin vane ākāreṇa madhyamāḥ vanaspatayaḥ santi।

dhy

madhyayugīna   

madhyayugasambandhī।

etad bhavanaṃ madhyayugīnāyāḥ śilpakalāyāḥ udāharaṇam asti।

dhy

kācaḥ, madhyonnatakācaḥ   

svacchaṃ prakāśi upakaraṇam।

kācaḥ prasāritān kiraṇān ekasmin sthāne yojayati prasārayati vā।

dhy

madhyāhnabhojanam   

madhyāhne kriyamāṇaṃ bhojanam।

adya vayaṃ sarve militvā madhyāhnabhojanaṃ kurmaḥ।

dhy

ajā, chāgā, chagalam, chelikā, culumpā, payasvinī, bhīru, mañjā, mañjī, sañjā, śubhā, medhyā, galestanī, chāgikā, sarvabhakṣyā, galastanī, mukhaviluṇṭhikā   

romanthakāriṇī।

saḥ ajāḥ tṛṇabhakṣaṇārthe nayati।

dhy

dakṣiṇa-madhyavartin   

dakṣiṇa-madhyabhāgena sambaddhaḥ।

saḥ dakṣiṇa-madhyavartini landanadeśe nivasati।

dhy

uttara-madhyavartin   

uttara-madhyabhāgena sambaddhaḥ।

asya parvatasya uttara-madhyavartini bhāge ekaḥ sādhuḥ nivasati।

dhy

brahmamedhyā, brahmamedhyānadī   

paurāṇikī nadī।

brahmamedhyāḥ varṇanaṃ mahābhārate asti।

dhy

vadhyadiṇḍimaḥ, vadhadiṇḍimam   

prācīne kāle vartamānaḥ paṭahaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ prāṇadaṇḍasya anuṣṭhānasamaye vādayate sma।

vadhyadiṇḍimasya dhvaniṃ śrutvā janeṣu bhayam utpadyate sma।

dhy

madhyamātreyaḥ   

ṛṣiviśeṣaḥ।

madhyamātreyasya varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu asti।

dhy

madhyā   

varṇavṛttaviśeṣaḥ।

madhyāyāḥ pratyekasmin caraṇe trayaḥ varṇāḥ bhavanti।

dhy

madhyakālīna   

nātiprācīnaḥ nārvācīnaḥ api tu tayoḥ madhyaḥ eva kālaḥ।

saḥ madhyakālīnānāṃ vastūnām anveṣaṇaṃ karoti।

dhy

amedhya, ayājya   

yājanārtham ayogyaḥ।

madyādīni amedhyāni vastūni santi।

dhy

anadhyavasāyin, aprayatnaśīla, alpaceṣṭita, anudyamin, anudyogin, alasa, gehemehin, jihma, nirūdyama, niryatna, niṣkriyātman   

yaḥ prayatitum anutsukaḥ asti।

anadhyavasāyī manuṣyaḥ kadāpi yaśaḥ na prāpnoti।

dhy

ayodhya   

yena saha yodhanaṃ na śakyate।

ayodhyaṃ rājānam ko'pi na āhvayati।

dhy

ayodhyākāṇḍam   

rāmāyaṇasya dvitīyaṃ kāṇḍam।

rāmasya rājyābhiṣekasya prastāvataḥ atrimuneḥ āśramagamanaparyantasya varṇanaṃ ayodhyākāṇḍe asti।

dhy

adhyāyaḥ, parvam, yugam   

kasyāpi vyakteḥ jīvanakālaḥ athavā itihāsasya ko'pi viśiṣṭaḥ kālakhaṇḍaḥ।

mumbai-nagaryāṃ yad bhayāvaham abhūt tena ātaṅkavādibhiḥ ko'pi nūtanaḥ adhyāyaḥ prārabdhaḥ ityeva sūcitam।

dhy

adhiṣṭhita, adhyāsita, paryavasita, vyavasita   

kasmiñcit sthāne adhikakālaparyantaṃ yaḥ vasati।

amerikādeśe adhiṣṭhitaiḥ bhāratīyaiḥ bhāratadeśasya sahāyyaṃ karaṇīyam।

dhy

alpamadhyama   

kṛśayā kaṭyā yuktaḥ।

alpamadhyamaḥ nartakaḥ sarveṣāṃ manāṃsi ākarṣati।

dhy

naiyāyikaḥ, nyāyavettā, nyāyādhyetā   

yaḥ nyāyaṃ tarkaśāstraṃ vā viśeṣam adhīte।

naiyāyikasya tarkeṇa sarve joṣaṃ sthitāḥ।

dhy

kārāgṛhādhyakṣaḥ, kārāgārādhipatiḥ   

kārāgṛhasya vyavasthāpanādīnāṃ paryavekṣaṇaṃ yaḥ karoti।

kārāgṛhādhyakṣaḥ kārāgṛhe aṭitvā kāryāṇāṃ nirīkṣaṇaṃ karoti।

dhy

prativindhyaḥ   

yudhiṣṭhirasya putraḥ।

prativindhyaḥ draupadīgarbhāt jātaḥ।

dhy

aṣṭādhyāyī   

pāṇininā viracitaḥ saṃskṛtavyākaraṇasya pradhānaḥ granthaḥ।

aṣṭādhyāyyāṃ aṣṭādhyāyāḥ santi।

dhy

amedhya   

hotum anarham।

amedhyaṃ dravyaṃ na juhuyāt।

dhy

vāyusenādhyakṣaḥ   

vāyusenāyāḥ pradhānaḥ adhikārī।

e vāya ṭīpaṇīsa mahodayaḥ bhūtapūrvaḥ vāyusenādhyakṣaḥ āsīt।

dhy

ādhyātmikatā, adhyātmikatā   

ādhyātmikasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

prema, dayā tathā ahiṃsā ādhyātmikatāṃ vardhayanti।

dhy

vaividhyapūrṇa   

vividhatayā yuktaḥ।

bhāratadeśaḥ sāṃskṛtikaparamparārūpeṇa nyāsena vaividhyapūrṇayā aitihāsikyā pṛṣṭhabhūmyā ca yuktaḥ deśaḥ asti।

dhy

ākram, adhyākram, prakram, vikram, vyativraj   

balāt pararājyasya sīmānam ullaṅghya tatra praveśanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

śatravaḥ somanāthamandiram naikavāram ācakramuḥ।/parakīyaiḥ bhārataḥ naikavāram ākramyata।

dhy

madhyamavargīya   

ārthikastaraṃ sāmājikastaraṃ vā anusṛtya kṛte vibhāge uttamādhamayoḥ antarā sthitasya vargasya ghaṭakaḥ tadvargasambandhī ca।

na kadāpi svīkurmaḥ vayaṃ madhyamavargīyāṃ kanyāṃ vivāhārtham।

dhy

madhyasthatā, madhyavartitā   

madhyasthasya avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

mātāpitroḥ madhyasthatayā bhrātroḥ madhye sandhiḥ jātaḥ।

dhy

madhyāvadhi   

yaḥ avadheḥ prāk vartate।

asmākaṃ pradeśe madhyāvadhi nirvācanam asti।

dhy

madhyamavargaḥ   

uccanimnayoḥ madhyastarīyaḥ vargaḥ।

vastūnāṃ mūlyavardhanena nimnavargeṇa saha madhyamavargaḥ api trastaḥ asti।

dhy

senādhyakṣaḥ   

senāyām ekaḥ adhikārī।

rāmasya pitā senādhyakṣaḥ asti।

dhy

prasāramādhyamam   

janatāyai vārtāṃ preṣayituṃ prayuktaṃ sādhanam।

dūradarśanam ākāśavāṇī ityādīni prasāramādhyamāni santi।

dhy

madhyaḥ, kendram   

kasyāpi vastunaḥ tat sthānaṃ yasmāt tasya prāntaḥ samāne antare bhavati।

prakoṣṭhasya madhye mandiram asti।

dhy

vyākhyātā, prādhyāpakaḥ   

mahāvidyālaye pāṭhyamānānāṃ śikṣakāṇām ekaṃ viśiṣṭaṃ padam।

rāmasya pitā ekasmin viśvavidyālaye vyākhātā asti।

dhy

pracāramādhyamam   

vārtāpatrasya lekhakānāṃ vṛttāntalekhakānāṃ vā samūhaḥ।

mantrimahodayena pracāramādhyame svasya aparādhaḥ svīkṛtaḥ।

dhy

adhyayanaśīla   

yaḥ adhyayane viśeṣaṃ prayatnaṃ karoti।

adhyayanaśīlaḥ rameśaḥ kakṣāyāṃ sarvadā agrasthāne bhavati।

dhy

uccamādhyamikavidyālayaḥ   

yasmin vidyālaye navamīkakṣātaḥ dvādaśyāṃ kakṣāṃ yāvat śikṣā pradīyate।

bālakāḥ samīpastham uccamādhyamikavidyālayaṃ paṭhanārthaṃ gacchanti।

dhy

dhya   

parasparayoḥ viparītayoḥ diśoḥ sthitayoḥ dvayoḥ bindvoḥ saṅkhyayoḥ vā madhyasthānam।

yadi kasyacit sthānasya nimnatamaḥ tāpamānaḥ navapañcaśatāṃśaḥ asti adhikatamaḥ tāpamānaḥ pañcāśatādhikaikaśatam asti tarhi tatratyaḥ mādhyaḥ tāpamānaḥ śatāṃśaṃ yāvat bhavati।

dhy

madhyapūrvaḥ   

turkīdeśāt uttaradiśi āphrikāṃ yāvat tathā pūrvadiśi īrāṇaṃ yāvat bhūmadhyasāgarasya samīpasthaḥ pradeśaḥ।

madhyapūrvaḥ pāścimātyasaṃskṛteḥ ugamasthānam asti।

dhy

prasāramādhyamakarmī   

yaḥ prasāramādhyame kāryaṃ karoti।

ārakṣakāḥ prasāramādhyamakarmiṇaḥ prāharan।

dhy

upapradhānamadhyasthaḥ   

pradhānamadhyasthasya adhīnaḥ saḥ grāmasevakaḥ yaḥ tasya anupasthitau tasya sthāne kāryarataḥ bhavati।

upapradhānamadhyasthasya pradhānamadhyasthasya ca melanena atra vikāsaḥ na bhavati।

dhy

upādhyakṣaḥ   

adhyakṣa iti padasya anantarīyaḥ padādhikārī yaḥ kārye adhyakṣasya sahāyyaṃ karoti।

asyāḥ saṃsthāyāḥ upādhyakṣaḥ adya na āgamiṣyati।

dhy

adhyayanapūrṇa   

adhyayanena sahitam।

bhavān asya pustakasya adhyayanapūrṇaṃ vivecanaṃ karotu।

dhy

dadhyāpūpaḥ   

tailaghṛtādiṣu bharjitaṃ kusūlapiṣṭasya vyañjanaṃ yad nimijya khādyate।

tasmai dadhyāpūpam atīva rocate।

dhy

vindhyaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

hemacandrasya pariśiṣṭaparvan ityasmin granthe vindhyasya varṇanam asti

dhy

vindhyakaḥ   

ekaḥ rājavaṃśaḥ ।

vindhyakaḥ viṣṇupurāṇe varṇitaḥ

dhy

vindhyakandaram   

sthānaviśeṣaḥ ।

vindhyakandarasya varṇanaṃ vivaraṇapustikāyāṃ dṛśyate

dhy

vindhyaculikāḥ   

ekā jātiḥ ।

vindhyaculikāḥ mahābhārate varṇyate

dhy

vindhyapālakāḥ   

ekā jātiḥ ।

vindhyapālakāḥ viṣṇupurāṇe varṇitāḥ

dhy

vindhyavat   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

mārkaṇḍeyapurāṇe vindhyavataḥ varṇanaṃ dṛśyate

dhy

vindhyavarmā   

ekaḥ rājā ।

praśastiṣu vindhyavarmā varṇyate

dhy

vindhyavāsī   

sthānaviśeṣaḥ ।

vindhyavāsinaḥ varṇanaṃ viṣṇupurāṇe asti

dhy

vindhyasenaḥ   

ekaḥrājā ।

viṣṇupurāṇe vindhyasenasya varṇanam asti

dhy

vindhyeśvarīprasādaḥ   

lekhakaviśeṣaḥ ।

vindhyeśvarīprasādasya varṇanaṃ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

dhy

viśvambharamaithilopādhyāyaḥ   

lekhakaviśeṣaḥ ।

viśvambharamaithilopādhyāyasya varṇanaṃ vivaraṇapustikāyāṃ prāpyate

dhy

dhyānayogaḥ   

indrajālaprakāraḥ ।

dhyānayogasya ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

dhy

viṣṇudevārādhyaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

viṣṇudevārādhyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

dhy

prativindhyaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

prativindhyasya rājyaṃ vindhye āsīt

dhy

prativindhyaḥ   

yudhiṣṭhirasya putraḥ ।

prativindhyasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

dhy

prativindhyaḥ   

yudhiṣṭhiraputrasya vaṃśyaḥ ।

prativindhyasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

dhy

brahmamedhyā   

ekā nadī ।

brahmamedhyāyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

dhy

śāntikādhyāyaḥ   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

śāntikādhyāyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

dhy

prāyaścittādhyāyaḥ   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

saṃskṛta-vāṅmaye prāyaścittādhyāyaḥ iti vikhyātā racanā

dhy

prāyaścittādhyāyabhāṣyam   

ekā kṛtiḥ ।

saṃskṛta-vāṅmaye prāyaścittādhyāyabhāṣyam iti khyātā racanā

dhy

badhyogaḥ, bādhyogaḥ   

bidādi gaṇeṣu ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

badhyogaḥ grāme jñānadānam akarot

dhy

bāhubādhaḥ, bāhubādhyaḥ, bahuradaḥ   

ekaḥ jātiviśeṣaḥ ।

mahābhārate bāhubādhaḥ nirdiṣṭaḥ dṛśyate

dhy

bodhyagītā   

mahābhāratasya mokṣaparveṣu ekaḥ bhāgaḥ yaḥ śāntiparvaṇi vidyate ।

mahābhārate bodhyagītā nāma bodhya-yayātyoḥ saṃvādaḥ prasiddhaḥ vartate

dhy

bāhubādhaḥ, bāhubādhyaḥ, bahuradaḥ   

ekaḥ jātiviśeṣaḥ ।

mahābhārate bāhubādhaḥ nirdiṣṭaḥ dṛśyate

dhy

bodhyagītā   

mahābhāratasya mokṣaparveṣu ekaḥ bhāgaḥ yaḥ śāntiparvaṇi vidyate ।

mahābhārate bodhyagītā nāma bodhya-yayātyoḥ saṃvādaḥ prasiddhaḥ vartate

dhy

medhyaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

medhyaḥ ṛgvede vartamānaḥ ekaḥ lekhakaḥ āsīt

dhy

medhyaḥ   

ekā nadī ।

medhyāḥ ullekhaḥ ṛgvede vartate

dhy

sandhyā   

ekā nadī ।

sandhyāyāḥ ullekhaḥ mahābhārate asti

dhy

sandhyābhāṣyam   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

sandhyābhāṣyam iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ kṛtayaḥ santi

dhy

sandhyāvāsaḥ   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

sandhyāvāsasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

dhy

sandhyopāsanavidhiḥ   

kṛtiviśeṣaḥ ।

sandhyopāsanavidhiḥ iti nāmakāḥ naikāḥ kṛtayaḥ santi

dhy

brahmabodhyā, brahmavedhyā   

ekā nadī ।

mahābhārate brahmabodhyā nadī samullikhitā

dhy

dhyakośaḥ   

ekaḥ śabdakośaḥ ।

sādhyakośasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

dhy

sindhumadhyaḥ   

ekaṃ maṇḍalam ।

sindhumadhyasya ullekhaḥ vivaऱṇapustikāyām asti

dhy

vindhyavāsī   

vaidyakīyaviṣayasya lekhakaḥ ।

vindhyavāsinaḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

dhy

vindhyavāsī   

sāṅkhyadarśanasya ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ ।

vindhyavāsinaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

dhy

hariharopādhyāyaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

hariharopādhyāyasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

dhy

harināthamahopādhyāyaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

harināthamahopādhyāyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

dhy

harināthopādhyāyaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

harināthopādhyāyasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

dhy

svādhyāyanaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

svādhyāyanasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

dhy

uddhyaḥ   

ekaḥ nadaḥ ।

uddhyasya ullekhaḥ bhaṭṭikāvye asti

dhy

pañcapādikādhyāsabhāṣyavyākhyā   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

pañcapādikādhyāsabhāṣyavyākhyāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

dhy

pañcapādikādhyāsabhāṣyavyākhyā   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

pañcapādikādhyāsabhāṣyavyākhyāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

dhy

netropādhyāyaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

netropādhyāyasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

dhy

dadhyānī   

ekaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

dadhyānyāḥ ullekhaḥ kośe vartate

dhy

dhyānataraṅgaṭīkā   

ekaḥ ṭīkāgranthaḥ ।

dhyānataraṅgaṭīkāyāḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

dhy

dhyānadyutiḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

dhyānadyuteḥ ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

dhy

dhyānabindupaniṣad   

ekā upaniṣad ।

dhyānabindūpaniṣadaḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

dhy

dhyānāmbā   

ekā strī ।

dhyānāmbāyāḥ ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

dhy

dhyuṣitāśvaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

dhyuṣitāśvasya ullekhaḥ raghuvaṃśe asti

dhy

dharmakaropādhyāyaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

dharmakaropādhyāyasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

Parse Time: 2.744s Search Word: dhy Input Encoding: IAST: dhy